Technical Assistance Consultant’s Report

Project Number: 49387-001 June 2018

Lao People’s Democratic Republic: Second GMS Tourism Infrastructure for Inclusive Growth Project (Financed by ADB PPTA)

The document is prepared by Norconsult AS(NORWAY) in association with NORCONSULT MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC. (PHILIPPINES)

For Ministry of Information, Culture and Tourism, Lao PDR

This consultant’s report does not necessarily reflect the views of ADB or the Government concerned, and ADB and the Government cannot be held liable for its contents. (For project preparatory technical assistance: All the views expressed herein may not be incorporated into the proposed project’s design.

Appendix 10: Environmental Safeguards Documents

TA9090-REG: Preparing the Second Greater Mekong Subregion Tourism Infrastructure for Inclusive Growth Project

FINAL REPORT – PART C June 2018

Lao People’s Democratic Republic: Second Greater Mekong Subregion Tourism Infrastructure for Inclusive Growth Project

10.1. Initial Environmental Examination 10.2.1. Environmental Management Plan: Vientiane Subprojects 10.2.2. Environmental Management Plan: Champasak Subprojects

171

Appendix 10.1: Initial Environmental Examination

TA9090-REG: Preparing the Second Greater Mekong Subregion Tourism Infrastructure for Inclusive Growth Project

FINAL REPORT – PART C June 2018

Lao People’s Democratic Republic: Second Greater Mekong Subregion Tourism Infrastructure for Inclusive Growth Project

Champasak and Vientiane Provinces, Lao PDR

Prepared by the Ministry of Information, Culture and Tourism with Champasakand Vientiane Province. This initial environmental examination is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature.

Appendix 10.1

CURRENCY EQUIVALENTS (28September 2017)

Currency Unit – kip K K1.00 = $0.00012 $1.00 = K8,156

ABBREVIATIONS

DOF - Department of Agriculture and Forestry EA - environmental assessment EIA - environment impact assessment ECC - environmental compliance certificate ECO - environmental control officer EMP - environment monitoring plan ESIA - environment and social impact assessment EA - executing agency GMS - Greater Mekong Subregion IA - implementing agency IEE - initial environmental examination EO - environmental officer IUCN - International Union for Conservation of Nature LaoPDR - LaoPeople’s Democratic Republic LWU - LaoWomen’sUnion MOF - Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry MICT - Ministry of Information, Culture and Tourism MOF - Ministry of Finance MONRE - Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment MPWT - Ministry of Public Works and Transport MRC - Mekong River Commission NBSAP - National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan NPA - national protected area O&M - operation and maintenance PIU - project implementation unit PCU - project coordination unit PPP - public-private partnership REA - rapid environment assessment SS - safeguard specialist TSS - total suspended solids UXO - unexploded ordnance WREA - Water Resources and Environment Agency

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES

km: kilometer kg: kilogram ha: hectare mm: millimeter

NOTE

In this report, "$" refers to US dollars unless otherwise stated.

173 Appendix 10.1

I. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The second Greater Mekong Subregion (GMS) Tourism Infrastructure for Inclusive Growth Project (TIIG) will develop small scale infrastructure to improve tourist facilities and develop and strengthen management capacity to enhance tourism at selected locations in Lao People’s Democratic Republic (PDR), Cambodia, and Viet Nam.In Lao PDR seven infrastructure subprojects will be implemented in Champasak and Vientiane Province, which are the focus of the IEE presented herein. The seven (7)subprojects are listed below:

Champasak

 Nakasang Access Road and Port Rehabilitation  Don Det/Don Khone Access Improvements

Vientiane

 Nam Ngum Reservoir Access Improvements  Kaeng Yui Waterfall Access Improvements  Western Loop Rural Access Road and Bridge Improvements  Vang Vieng Urban Renewal  Vang Vieng Solid Waste Management Improvements

Subproject Benefits

Champasak province

Nakasang Access Road and Port Rehabilitation

The improvements to the main access road to Nakasang town and to the main tourist port to the “4000 islands” area of the Mekong river will greatly benefit tourism in the area, and access to the islands by residents. The chronic periodic flooding that blocks the road to normal traffic will end. The new concrete road surface will provide a durable surface that will greatly improve movement of local vehicles and tourist coaches. Apart from the upgraded access road,parking will be improved and a new turning circle for coaches provided at the Tourist Information Centre.

The improvements to the footpaths and embankments along the waterfront, and the improved ramps to the existing floating tourist pier will increase capacity and improve safety for tourists and residents. The realignment of the main drainage pipe away from the public shoreline area will improve significantly sanitation and aesthetics of the tourist staging area. The subproject will directly benefit 1,6450 Nakasang residents, 228 boat operators, and about 100 vendors in Nakasang market

Don Det/Don Khone Access Improvements

The upgrades to the island’s small road network and footpaths to concrete paving will relieve congestion, improve traffic safety, and reduce dusty and/or muddy seasonal conditions. The new lighting will allow safer use of the different foot and bicycle paths and small roads at night thereby expanding the scope of tourist activity, while providing a safer environment for the community. The subproject will directly benefit 1,240 Don Det and 1,345 Don Khone residents.

174 Appendix 10.1

Vientiane province

Nam Ngum Reservoir Access Improvements

Delapidated and unsafe piers and beachfront buildings will be replaced with a modern marina that can handle 50-60 boats. The ability to accommodate recreational boats and small ferries will greatly expand the tourist experience. The reconstructed vendor market stalls including public toilets will significantly improve sanitation and business opportunities for residents and tourists. The proposed circular concrete access road to NR #10 and parking lot will improve traffic management and prevent congestion caused by thecurrent dead end situation at the recreation area. The major benefit will be functionally improved, safe, and better organized recreation facilities beside the reservoir. The subproject will benefit 1,600 people from nearby Ban Sengsavang and is expected to catalyze significant tourism related investment at the site

Kaeng Yui Waterfall Access Improvements

The upgraded access road, and improved parking at the base of thepathway leading to the waterfall will allow more tourists to visit the waterfall more comfortably and provide residents better access to markets and social services in nearby Vang Vieng Town. The increased tourist flow to the waterfall will directly benefit the homestays which have been established along the route and near the falls. The improved footpath and small suspension bridges to the falls, and improved vendor kiosks, will generate economic opportunities for local entrepreneurs and greatly improve tourist experience. The subproject will directly benefit 873 Ban Nadoung residents and an additional 2,580 persons living along the improved access road.

Western Loop Rural Access Road and Bridge Improvements

Community managed tourist destinations (i.e., caves, swimming lagoons, and cultural villages) will greatly benefit from the improved western access road. Road improvements will reduce travel time to and from Vang Vieng, increase visitor’s and resident’s safety and comfort, and improve residents access to markets and social services. The new bridge to be constructed across the Nam Song river as part of the subproject will relieve congestion in Vang Vieng urban core. The upgraded and expanded shoreline foot and bicycle footpath along the Nam Song river in Vang Vieng will provide a greenbelt and expanded recreation opportunities for residents and tourists. The subproject will benefit about 9,500 people living in 11 villages alongside the road and relieve urban congestion for 59,661 Vang Vieng residents.

Vang Vieng Urban Renewal

The improvements to lateral street drains, footpaths, and traffic management in the town will improve sanitation and pedestrian safety. The subproject will help prevent flooding, traffic congestion, and provide upgraded and new lateral footpaths with street lighting and landscaping to create a more pleasant urban environment. The subproject will benefit 4,051 residents (Ban Savang, Ban Vieng Keo and Ban Mueang Xong), tourists, and 143 hotels/guest houses and 126 shops/restaurants.

Vang Vieng Solid Waste Management Improvements

The upgraded solid waste management system for Vang Vieng, including the upgraded existing 9.3 ha dumpsite, will expand affordable solid waste collection services in Vang Vieng Town and surrounding villages. New garbage trucks, vaccuum trucks, and modern waste processing facilities at the upgraded landfill will improve santation and reduce greenhouse gas emissions. A materials recovery facility at the upgraded landfill will improve the safety and efficiency of solid waste recycling; and a new septage treatment facility will

175 Appendix 10.1 allow septic tank sludge to be stored and treated safely. The subproject will benefit 59,661 residents in Vang Vieng District and 143 hotels and guesthouses.

Potential Impacts

The seven subprojects are confirmed as Category B for environment pursuant to the SPS (2009).

Pre-construction phase

Negative impacts associated with the pre-construction phases are primarily associated with the social issues of land acquisition which will vary among the subproject components.At the feasibility design stage,land acquisition and resettlement (LAR) impacts are foreseen for two subprojects in Vientiane Province, namely: (a) Nam Ngum Reservoir Access Improvements, and (b) Western Loop Rural Access Road and Bridge Improvements. Out of a total of 59 affected households (AHs), 40 are at the Nam Ngum Reservoir and 19 at the Western Loop Road. 19 AHs at Nam Ngum Reservoir are severely affected due to having to relocate house and business. Amongst the total of 59 AHs there are 17 vulnerable households, out of which five are severely affected. The extent of required land acquisition andresettlementis reported separately in the Resettlement Plan prepared for Vientiane Province. The Champasak subprojects are not expected to have any land acquisition or resettlement impacts.

Vang Vieng dumpsite upgrades require an understanding of the water tabledepth, and groundwater quality to complete the detailed designs. Soil type and porosity at the site should also be determined before completing/selecting materials for cell lining. The separate groundwater and soils study forms part of the Environmental Compliance Audit (ECA) of the dumpsite that must be conducted. An ECA must be prepared because the dumpsite is an “existing facility” as defined by the SPS (2009). The terms of reference for the ECA areappended to the IEE.

The two EMPs for Champasak and Vientiane Province will need to be updated during the pre-construction phase to ensure they meet the safeguard requirements of the final detailed designs. This will involve finalization of mitigation sub-plans to manage potential impact areas such as biodiversity, erosion, sedimentation of surface waters, noise, dust and air quality, spoil disposal, traffic, and community and occupational health and safety at the project sites.

Construction Phase

The potential environmental impacts of civil works includereduced and/or blocked public access to areas, disrupted business and recreation, noise and dust caused by increased truck traffic and heavy equipment use, soil and surface water pollution caused by equipment operation and maintenance, risk of public and worker accidents, increased traffic congestion traffic accidents, land erosion and river and reservoir sedimentation, localized drainage and flooding problems, solid waste and domestic pollution from worker camps, and communicable disease and community conflict with migrant workers. The potential magnitude of construction impacts and disturbances will vary depending on the subproject component(s) and location.

The Nam Ngum subproject is located along the western shore of the Nam Ngum reservoir which was originally zoned as the Phu-En Provincial Protected Forest to protect the shoreline catchment area. The subproject area was subsequently re-zoned for tourist development by the Vientiane Provincial Tourism Development Master Plan (2011)1. While the Nam Ngum subproject activities are consistent with the re-zonation for tourism

1 Vientiane Provincial Tourism Development Master Plan, VTE No. 0411/11 March 2011. 176 Appendix 10.1 development, extra care is prescribed by the EMP to ensure that forestadjacent to the subproject area is not negatively affected by the subproject.

The National University of the Lao PDR wascommissioned to conduct a rapid biodiversity assessment of the Phu En forest near the alignment of the loop road to be upgraded.The desk-study,forest survey, and local stakeholder surveys indicated that the forest type along the loop road alignment consists of regenerating mixed-deciduous forest recovering from loggingand agriculture 3–15 years in the past. The regenerating forest does not support rare or endangered wildlife.The biodiversity assessment identified anaction plan for the construction and operation of the upgraded loop road which has been incorporated into the EMP and Output 3 of the project.

The footpath and parking area of the Kaeng Yui Waterfall Access Improvements subproject are located outside the boundary of the Phu Ban District Conservation Area. Provincial officials indicated that there were no known sensitive wildlife species or critical habitats near the subproject area. Nonetheless,special mitigation measures are prescribed in the EMP to ensure that encroachment into the conservation area does not occur during the construction phase of the subproject components.Trees or vegetation along the boundary of the conservation areaare not to be cut or disturbed and the contractors will be made aware of the need to avoid impacts. During detailed design a biodiversity survey of the Phu Ban forest near the waterfall will be conducted. The results of the survey will be used to enhance the tourist experience at the water fall. It is envisaged that photographs and descriptions of any special wildlife in the area will be presented to visitors to the waterfall on placards placed along the footpath to the waterfall.

Don Det/Don Khone Access Improvements subproject will potentially impede movement around the two islands during construction because the islands rely on the existing alignments (to be upgraded) for mobility. Construction activities should be scheduled to minimize disruption, and move equipment out of the way during specific scheduled times of the day. Construction of temporary alternate routes is not necessary given low traffic volumes.

Operation Phase

The potential impacts of completed subprojects operationwill arise from (i) increased vehicle traffic along the upgraded access roads, (ii) increase solid waste and wastewater, and (iii) increase boat traffic and aquatic pollution. The increased vehicle traffic that will follow the access improvements to the subproject sites could increase risk of vehicle accidents and collisions with wildlife, and potentially increase noise and dust. Speed limits must be clearly posted and enforced along the affected roadways andbe clearly lit as per the feasibility design. At all subproject sites, solid waste and wastewater disposal could become a problem if required operations and maintenance (O&M) budgeting is not provided to support the designed waste management systems. The new marina and market at Nam Ngum Reservoir will be fitted with a wastewater pump-out and storage station, waste oil depot, and required navigation and safety equipment.

Pursuant to Outputs 2 and 3 of the Project, the adoption of the Asean Tourism Standards (e.g., Clean Tourist City Standard, Green Hotel Standard, & Public Toilet Standard) and capacity development for Tourism Destination Management, respectively, will specifically manage for clean tourist sites. Solid waste collection and management will be addressed which is the single most important requirement at all subproject sites.

Climate Change

A Climate Vulnerability and Risk Assessment (CVRA) guided civil works preliminary designs and IEE preparation. The CRVA adopted climate change projections for rainfall and

177 Appendix 10.1 temperature prepared in 20162for the subproject areas and modified subproject component designs such as road drainage capacity, bridge height and construction, and pier construction from national construction norms as the means to increase the resilience of the subprojects to climate change.The initial estimated marginal cost for climate change resilience of the road, pier and embankment components of the all seven subprojects is approximately 6.7 million. The project will generate greenhouse gas (GHG) from anticipated increased vehicle traffic on subproject access roads, however, the increase in vehicles is not 3 expected to exceed the 100,000CO2e/a . Moreover, the emissions of methane (CH4) from the upgraded Vang Vieng landfill should decrease to zero or be minimal because of the gas capture and control technology that will be installed. Pursuant to Output 2 of the project the project-wide adoption of the Asean Tourism Standards (e.g., Homestay Standard, Clean Tourist City Standard, Green Hotel Standard, & Public Toilet Standard) will result in significant reductions in the carbon footprint of the subproject areas through increased energy efficiency (e.g., use of LED lighting) and reductions in GHG emissions.

The initial indicative sensitivity of the subprojects varies between Medium to High as assessed by the AWARETM software tool due primarily to vulnerability topotential landsides and flooding.Water levels in Nam Ngum reservoir will not be an issue with climate change- induced increases in rainfall because the reservoir level can be regulated by the dam. The subprojects are being designed at the outset to be resilient to potential effects of projected future increases in rainfall intensity on flooding, and landslides as summarized below.

The factor of safety adopted for the height of the new bridge in Vang Vieng will accommodate increases in flood levels of the Nam Song river.Similarly, lateral road drains will be large enough to accommodate increased and flashstormwater runoff from increased rain intensity. Important design criteria for the upgraded access roads include; road bed grades that are high enough to reduce vulnerability to lateral flooding; sufficient cross drainage to prevent lateral ponding and flooding; road bed aggregates that shed water and are resistant to erosion; and asphalt grades and/or concrete that does not absorb water with adequate shoulder drainage from road crowns, and that are resistant to high heat.

Conclusions

The EMPs developed for eachprovince provide impact mitigation plans, environmental monitoring plans, and specify the institutional responsibilities and capacity needs for sound environmental management of the seven subprojects. The EMPs need to be reviewed and updated at the detailed design phase to ensure that they fully address the potential impacts of the final designs.

The IEE concludes that the seven subproject’s feasibility design descriptions combined with available information on the affected environments is sufficient to identify the scope of the project’s potential environmental impacts. Given significant changes do not occur to the design of any subproject components, and that new sensitive environmental or social receptor data are not discovered,the subprojects will remain Category B for environment and will not require further detailed environmental impact assessment (EIA).

2Hoang et al., 2016. Mekong river flow and hydrological extremes under climate change. Hydrol. Earth Sys. Sci. 20: 3027-3041. 3 ADB (2016) Guidelines for GHG Emissions Transport Projects 178 Appendix 10.1

TABLE OF CONTENTS I. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 174 Conclusions 178 I. INTRODUCTION 181 A. Background to IEE 181 B. Assessment Context 181 C. Structure of the report 182 II. POLICY, LEGAL, AND REGULATORY FRAMEWORK 182 A. National Environmental Laws, Strategies, and Policies 182 B. National Forest Management Types 183 C. National Environmental Assessment Procedure & Directives 185 D. ADB Safeguard Policy 186 III. SUBPROJECT DESCRIPTIONS 186 A. Champasak Province Subprojects 186 B. Vientiane Province Subprojects 189 IV. DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 197 A. Champasak Province Environment 197 B. Vientiane Province Environment 203 C. Additional Features of Seven Subproject Sites 214 V. PUBLIC CONSULTATION 221 A. Identification of Stakeholders 221 B. Discussion Guide 221 C. Summary of Public Consultation 222 VI. POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATIONS 235 A. Subproject Benefits 235 B. Subproject Impacts and Mitigation 237 C. Induced and Cumulative Impacts 246 D. Climate Change 246 VII. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE AND PUBLIC GRIEVANCE MECHANISM 248 APPENDIX A: RESULTS OF IBAT ANALYSES OF SUBPROJECT AREAS 251 APPENDIX B: STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATIONS – CHAMPASAK PROVINCE 258 APPENDIX C: STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATIONS – VIENTIANE PROVINCE 267 APPENDIX D: DRAFT TOR FOR GROUNDWATER STUDY AT LANDFILL SITE 282 APPENDIX E: ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE AUDIT OF VANG VIENG DUMPSITE 285 APPENDIX F: NATIONAL ECOLOGICAL CONSULTANT: TOR 289 APPENDIX G: SUMMARY: RAPID BIODIVERSITY ASSESSMANT, PHU EN FOREST 291

List of Tables Table 1. Lao PDR subprojects ...... 181 Table 2. Components of Nakasang and Don/Det Khone subprojects ...... 188 Table 3. Components of Nam Ngum subproject ...... 191 Table 4. Components of Kaeng Yui waterfall access improvements ...... 192 Table 5. Components of Western Loop Rural Access Road and Bridge Improvements ..... 194 Table 6. Components of urban renewal in Vang Vieng ...... 194 Table 7. Components of Vang Vieng Solid Waste Management Improvements ...... 196 Table 8: Common Fishes found in Khong District(from Don Sahong HPP) ...... 199 Table 9. Total Rainfall (mm) registered at Nam Ngum 1 Dam from 2007-2016 ...... 205 Table 10. Water quality of Nam Song at Vang Vieng ...... 207 179 Appendix 10.1

Table 11. Water quality of Reservoir at Nam Ngum ...... 207 Table 12. Common Fishes of Nam Ngum Reservoir Fisheries ...... 208 Table 13: Common Fishes of Nam Song Fisheries ...... 209 Table 14. Guiding Questions for Stakeholder Consultations ...... 221 Table 15: Example environmental components to guide stakeholder discussions...... 222 Table 16. Summary of key views of stakeholders of Champasak subprojects ...... 223 Table 17. Summary of key views of stakeholders of Vientiane subprojects ...... 227 Table 18. Maximum Number of PCU per Km to Trigger 100,000CO2e/a...... 247 Table 19. Groundwater quality variables to be determined at all sampling sites...... 283 Table 20. Information requirements of ECA of Vang Vieng dumpsite ...... 286

List of Figures Figure 1. Aerial view of Nakasang subproject ...... 187 Figure 2. Subproject components in Nakasang town ...... 187 Figure 3. Visitor centre just north of the waterfront (Fig 2) ...... 188 Figure 4. Components of Don Det /Don Khone subproject ...... 189 Figure 5. Aerial view of Nam Ngum reservoir and subproject ...... 190 Figure 6. Tourist pier area from Fig 5...... 191 Figure 7. Kaeng Yui Waterfall subproject near Vang Vieng ...... 192 Figure 8. Loop road west of Vang Vieng to be upgraded ...... 193 Figure 9. New bridge and section of loop road south of Vang Vieng...... 193 Figure 10. Components of Vang Vieng urban renewal ...... 195 Figure 11. Location of Vang Vieng dumpsite to be upgraded ...... 196 Figure 12. Fishing in the subproject area...... 201 Figure 13. Champasak conservation and protected areas ...... 202 Figure 14. Water sampling locations in Nam Song river, Vang Vieng ...... 206 Figure 15. Water sampling locations in Nam Ngum reservoir ...... 207 Figure 16. Conservation and protected forests of Vientiane province ...... 210 Figure 17. Phu Hong – Phu Ban District Conservation Forest ...... 211 Figure 18. Phu En Provincial Protected Forest ...... 212 Figure 19. Proposed new road segment (red) along Nam Ngum reservoir ...... 213 Figure 20. Concessional activity areas of Nam Ngum reservoir ...... 213 Figure 21. Access road, footpath, and parking at Tad Keng Yui ...... 215 Figure 22. Existing dumpsite at Vang Vieng ...... 216 Figure 23. Example urban drains to be upgraded in Vang Vieng ...... 216 Figure 24. Location of link road to bridge...... 217 Figure 25. Components of Nakasang subproject ...... 218

180 Appendix 10.1

I. INTRODUCTION

A. Background to IEE

1. The second Greater Mekong Subregion (GMS) Tourism Infrastructure for Inclusive Growth Project (TIIG)will develop small scale infrastructure to improve tourist facilities and develop and strengthen management capacity to enhance tourism at selected locations in Lao PDR, Cambodia, and Viet Nam.In Lao PDR seven subprojects have been selected for implementation in Champasak and VientianeProvince, which are addressed by the IEE presented herein.

2. The project will improve, environmental services, urban-rural transport infrastructure, strengthen capacity to implement regional tourism standards, and strengthen tourism destination management. It will help transformtowns in the Greater Mekong Subregion (GMS) economic corridors into green, inclusive and competitive international tourism nodes to boost trade in services and deepen market linkages between members of the GMS and Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN). The subprojects will build on the ongoing ADB-financed GMS Tourism Infrastructure for Inclusive Growth Project (2014–2019) in Lao PDR.

3. The expected impact is sustainable, inclusive, and more balanced tourism development, as envisaged in the ASEAN Tourism Strategic Plan 2016–2025. The expected outcome is increased tourism competitiveness in project areas. Outputs include: (i) urban- rural access infrastructure and urban environmental services improved, (ii) capacity to implement ASEAN tourism standards strengthened, and (iii) institutional arrangements for tourism destination management and infrastructure operations and maintenance (O&M) is strengthened.

4. The subprojects in Vientiane and Champasak are listed below.

Table 1. Lao PDR subprojects

Champasak

 Nakasang Access Road and Port Rehabilitation  Don Det/Don Khone Access Improvements

Vientiane

 Nam Ngum Reservoir Access Improvements  Kaeng Yui Waterfall Access Improvements  Western Loop Rural Access Road and Bridge Improvements  Vang Vieng Urban Renewal  Vang Vieng Solid Waste Management Improvements

B. Assessment Context

5. The project is classified as category B for environment pursuant to ADB’s 2009 Safeguard Policy Statement4 and recent Good Practice Sourcebook.5A Category B project will have potential adverse impacts that are less adverse than those of a Category A project, are site-specific, largely reversible, and can be mitigated with an environmental management plan (EMP) as described in the Good Practice Sourcebook.6

4ADB. 2009. Safeguard Policy Statement. Manila. 5ADB. 2012.Environmental Safeguards, A Good Practice Sourcebook, Draft. Manila. 6Footnote 3, pg. 18, para 82. 181 Appendix 10.1

6. The IEE was prepared for the subprojects at feasibility design stage, using available data and information on sensitive ecological and cultural receptors that exist at the different subproject sites. Detailed subproject designs will follow project approval. The IEE and EMPs prepared for the subprojects will be updated where necessary to meet the final detailed designs of the subprojects.

1. Impact Footprints

7. Most of the subproject components are improvements to existing infrastructure at established tourist sites, thus, the potential adverse environmental impacts will be marginal and are intended to improve the environment condition ofexisting tourist sites. The new impact footprints arise only from the new section of access road at Nam Ngum reservoir, and the Western Loop Rural Access Road’snew bridge linking Vang Vieng town with the west bank of the Nam Song River.

C. Structure of the report

8. The IEE and the separate subproject EMPs follow the formatsas set out in Appendix 1 of the SPS (2009). The IEE was conducted and the results presented by individual subproject by province to minimize redundancy of background information. The structure of the EMPs follows from and is consistent with the parent IEE.

II. POLICY, LEGAL, AND REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

A. National Environmental Laws, Strategies, and Policies

9. The national framework for the governance of environmental matters inLao PDR includes a comprehensive set of environmental and natural resources related laws and regulations. Several government agencies are involved in environmental management.

10. In 2011, the Ministry of Natural Resources and the Environment (MONRE) was created by merging the Water Resource and Environment Administration (WREA) with departments of the National Land Management Authority (NLMA) and portfolios of other ministries including the Geology Department, and the Forest Conservation and Divisions within the Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry (MAF). The policies, laws relevant to environmental protection are listed below.

1. Laws  Law on Environmental Protection as Amended No. 29/NA (2012)  Law on Industry No. 01/99/NA (1999)  Law on Hygiene, Prevention and Health Promotion No.01/NA (2001)  Law on Water and Water Resources (1996)  Law on Land (2003)  Law on Roads No.203/PSD (2016)  Law on Forestry (2007)  Law on Cultural, Historical and Natural Heritage (2005)  Law on Fisheries (2010)  Law on Wildlife and Aquatic Ecology (2007)

2. Strategies, Plans, Policy

 The 7th National Social and Economic Development Plan (NSEDP) (2011-2015)  Decree on Preservation of Cultural, Historical and Natural Heritage (1997)  Decree on the Protection Forest (2010)  National Forestry Strategy to 2020 (FS2020)  National Biodiversity Strategy to 2020 & Action Plan to 2010 (NBSAP)  Gibbon Conservation Action Plan 2011-2020 182 Appendix 10.1

 Urban Master Plan (2001) No. 58/PM  National Water Resources Strategy and Action Plan [draft]  Strategy on Climate Change (2010)  National Adaptation Programme of Action to Climate Change (NAPA) (2009)  Strategic Plan on Disaster Risk Management in Lao PDR (2020, 2010) and Action Plan (2003-2005)  Ministerial Instruction on the Process of Initial Environment Examination (IEE) of the Investment Projects and Activities No.8029/MONRE (2013)  Ministerial Instruction on Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Process of the Investment Projects and Activities No.8030/MONRE (2013)  Manual of Environmental Impact Assessment Procedures for Road Projects in the Lao PDR (1997).  Regulation and Guidelines for the Environmental Assessment of Road Projects (1999), MPWT.  Environmental Impact Assessment for Industry and Processing Handicraft Order No. 1222/MIH (2005)  Regulation on EIA for Road Projects (2004)  Decree on Compensation and Resettlement of People Affected by Development Projects (2006) and  Technical Guideline on Compensation and Resettlement of People Affected by Development Projects (2013)

3. International Agreements

11. The Lao Government is party to international multilateral environmental agreements. Agreements pertaining to the project are listed below.

 World Heritage Convention (WHC) March 20, 1987  Framework Convention on Climate Change (FCCC), 4 January 1995  Agreement on The Cooperation for The Sustainable Development of The Mekong River Basin (Mekong Agreement), April 5, 1995  Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD), September 20, 1996  Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, August 21, 1998  Kyoto Protocol to United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (1998)  Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPs), March 5, 2002  ASEAN Agreement on Transboundary Haze Pollution, June 10, 2002  International Plant Protection Convention (1997)

4. Environmental Standards & Criteria

12. National standards and criteria exist for drinking water quality, surface and groundwater quality, soil quality for agriculture, air quality and noise level standards, and wastewater discharge standards for BOD, NH3-N, TSS, and pH. Specific standards are also available for certain chemical use by factories. The existing standards are found in the National Environmental Standard Order No. 2734/PMU-WREA (2009)

B. National Forest Management Types

13. Some subprojectcomponents are located adjacent to forested areas. The three primary forest types or categories with respect to forest preservation and development are defined below7.

1. Protection Forests

7 From Law of Forests (2007) 183 Appendix 10.1

14. Protection forests are forests classified for the function of environmental protection defined by water resources, river banks, road sides, preventing soil erosion, protecting soil quality, strategic areas for national defense, and protection from natural disasters.

a. Activity Restrictions

15. Protected forests are further stratified into total protected zones and controlled use zones. The total protected zone is usually steep sloped, contains water resources including forests along rivers, roads and other areas with high risk of environmental degradation. These areas must be protected from activities such as crop rotation, cutting, or burning, tree removal, housing construction, extraction of soil, stones, or mining

16. The controlled use zone is the forest area without a perceived high risk of environment impacts. These areas must be protected like the total protection zone, but people can use wood and forest products according to the management plan. For example, Article 5 of the Forestry Law would apply which indirectly encourages the utilization of forests for research, tourism and recreational purposes.

2. Conservation or Reserved Forests8

17. Conservation forests are forests classified for the purposes of conserving nature, preserving plant and animal species, forest ecosystems and other valuable sites of natural, historical, cultural, tourism, environmental, educational and scientific research experiments. Conservation forests exist at the national, provincial, district and village levels. a. Activity Restrictions

18. Like protected forests, conservation forests are divided into zones defined by total protection zones, controlled use zones, corridor zones and buffer zones. The total protection zone is the forest area that is main habitat, feeding and breeding place for various wild animals and it is the place of diverse and dense vegetation. In this zone, it is strictly prohibited to conduct any forestry activity, to harvest any forest products, including unauthorized entry in this zone. Examples are core zones of national parks or nature reserves.

19. The controlled use zone is the forest area adjacent or close to the total protection zone. These areas must be protected like the total protection zone, but people can use wood and forest products according to the local management plan.

20. The corridor zones are managed areas for preserving tracts of forest to provide passage for animals between two conservation forests or between a conservation forest and another category of forest to preserve existing biodiversity and to increase the general wildlife population. In this zone, it is prohibited to cut trees, conduct forestry activities or any other activity that may obstruct or destroy the passage for the animals. The buffer zones are managed areas for preventing any encroachment and destruction in the conservation forest.

3. Production Forests

8 Conservation forests commonly referred as reserved forests during discussions with agencies and village heads 184 Appendix 10.1

21. Production forests are natural forests and planted forests that are actively utilized for wood production, and for wood and forestry product-related livelihoods to satisfy the requirements of national socio-economic development and people’s living.

22. Two other managed forest categories which reflect the overall goal of the Government of forest restoration through community based forest management are Regeneration Forests and Degraded Forests9.

4. Regeneration Forest

23. Regeneration forest is young fallow forest classified to regeneration and maintenance so that it increases in maturity toward a stage of natural equilibrium.

5. Degraded Forests

24. Degraded forest has been heavily damaged to the extent that land is barren without trees. The forest is classified for tree planting and/or allocation to individuals and organizations for tree planting, permanent agriculture and livestock production, or for other purposes.

C. National Environmental Assessment Procedure& Directives

25. Pursuant to the Environmental Protection Law (2012), development projects and operations that have the potential to affect the environment shall require environmental assessment in accordance with the regulations of MONRE (previously WREA).10MONREis responsible for environmental management and monitoring, and the issuance of an Environmental Compliance Certificate (ECC) as per the Ministerial Instructions on the Process of IEE of the Investment Projects and Activities No.8029/MONRE (2013) and on ESIA Process of the Investment Projects and Activities No.8030/MONRE (2013).

26. The Project Owner in Lao PDR is the Ministry of Information Culture and Tourism (MICT). The MICT is required to conduct the initial environmental assessment (IEE) in accordance with the MONRE Directive. The provincial department of MONRE (DONRE)screens the project to determine whether the project is categorized as Group 1 or Group 2. Group 1 projects require an IEE and Group 2 projects an Environment and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA). For Group 2 projects, the project owner prepares a Scoping Report and Terms of Reference to be reviewed and approved by MONRE. Group 1 projects are approved at the provincial level (DONRE) and Group 2 projects at the national level (MONRE).

27. The technical and procedural aspects of above regulations and directives were recently combined into the UNDP-UNEP supported and MONRE-sponsored Environmental Impact Assessment Guidelines for Lao PDR (2012), which has been followed by the draft IEE guidelines (2013).11 The 2012 EIA and 2013 draft IEE guidelines support the recently promulgated Decree of Environmental Impact Assessment (2010). The IEE requirements of the ADB SPS (2009) satisfy the IEE guidelines for Lao PDR

28. The Lao PDR’s environmental assessment process does not dictate a formal timeline for the approval process for a project IEE/EIA, only the series of process steps. MONRE confirmed that there is not a formal timeline for the preparation and approval of an IEE or EIA, but that the normal timeline for the approval of an IEE or EIA as well as a RP and IPP after documents submission to MONRE is approximately 45 days.The environmental assessment process is completed after detailed engineering design.

9 From NAFRI, 2007 10 WREA now incorporated in the new MONRE 11 MONRE 2012, 2013 185 Appendix 10.1

Environmental Compliance Certificates (ECC) for subprojects should be obtained prior to construction contract award.

D. ADB Safeguard Policy

29. The ADB Safeguard Policy Statement and Sourcebook (ADB 2009, 2012) clarifies the rationale, scope and content of an EA and is supported by technical guidelines (e.g., Environmental Assessment Guidelines 2003). Projects are initially screened using a Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) Checklist to determine the level of assessment that is required.Projects that cause significant or major environmental impacts that are irreversible, diverse or unprecedented and/or affect an area larger than the sites or facilities subject to physical works are classified as Category A, an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is required; Projects which have potential adverse impacts that are less adverse than those of category A, which are site-specific, largely reversible, and for which mitigation measures can be designed more readily than for category A projects are classified as Category B (an Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) is required); and Projects that are likely to have minimal or no negative environmental impacts are classified as Category C, environmental implications need to be reviewed.

III. SUBPROJECT DESCRIPTIONS

30. The subproject descriptions summarized in Table 1 are presented below. Subproject components that share similar activities or are in the same area are combined to minimize redundancy.

A. ChampasakProvince Subprojects

1. Nakasang Access Road and Port Rehabilitation

31. Nakasang port is about 5 km north of the Lao PDR–Cambodia border and a key entry point to the “4,000 islands” tourism area. In 2016, there were 5,760 boat trips with 138,833 passengers. Forecasts suggest ferry trips could reach 9,144 in 2026 with 220,401 passengers.12

32. The port and access road are linked to National Road 13, but in poor condition and susceptible to flooding. Drainage and sanitation arrangements are also inadequateand unsustainable.The subproject (illustrated in Figures 1–3)will address these issuesby (i) reconstructing the 3.5 km access road with concrete paving (6 m carriageway) and side drains, including a turning area for buses; (ii) reinforce 45 m of riverbank protection with concrete; (iii) improve footpaths and ramps to floating river pontoons to provide safer passenger access; and (iv) divert the main drainage outlet (1,000 mm diameter) 15 m downriver, (v) reconstruct the 60m riverside path (3m wide). The subproject will directly benefit 1,6450 Nakasang residents, 228 boat operators, and about 100 vendors in Nakasang market. Table 2 summarizes the subproject components.

12 ADB Second GMS Tourism Infrastructure for Inclusive Growth Project. Tourism Demand Analysis & Forecasts: Cambodia, Laos, & Viet Nam 186 Appendix 10.1

Figure 1. Aerial view of Nakasang subproject

Figure 2. Subproject components in Nakasang town

187 Appendix 10.1

Figure 3. Visitor centre just north of the waterfront (Fig 2)

Table 2. Components of Nakasang and Don/Det Khone subprojects

 Reconstruct 3.5 km X 6m access road with concrete&side drains including a turning area for buses;  Reinforce 45 m of existing riverbank protection with concrete; Nakasang Access Road  Improve footpaths and ramps to pontoon pierfor safer passenger and Port Rehabilitation access;  Divert main drainage outlet (1,000 mm diameter) 15 m downriver; and  Reconstruct 60m X 3m riverside path

 Pave 11 km X 3 m access roads and passing bays with concrete;  Pave 780 m2 vehicle parking area serving island ferry ports; Don Det/Don Khone Access Improvements  Improvecycle track/footpaths with gravel; and  Install public lighting and safety rails on old railway bridge linking Don Det and Don Khone islands

2. Don Det/Don Khone Access Improvements

33. Don Det and Don Khone Islands are part of the 4,000 islands, located 145kmsouth of Pakse. In 2016 there were 203,055 visitors and this could increase to 322,355 in 2026.

34. The island’s narrow gravel/dirt roads are dusty during the dry season and become muddy, unsanitary tracks in the rainy season (Figure 4). The subproject will improve the situation by (i) paving the main 11 km network of 3 m wide access roads and passing bays with concrete; (ii) pave the 780 m2 vehicle parking area that serves the island ferry ports; (iii) improve 1.5m wide cycle track/footpaths with gravel; and (iv) install public lighting and safety rails on the old railway bridge linking Don Det and Don Khone islands. The subproject which is summarized in Table 2 will directly benefit 1,240 Don Det and 1,345 Don Khone residents and improve visitor access and experience.

188 Appendix 10.1

Figure 4. Components of Don Det /Don Khone subproject

B. Vientiane Province Subprojects

1. Nam Ngum Reservoir Access Improvements

35. Nam Ngum Reservoir recreation area (7.5ha) is in Keo Udom District, Vientiane Province, 90 km north of Vientiane Capital. An existing road connects the site to national road 10. Visitor arrivals reached 51,701 in 2016, but this is far below capacity. The site is significantly underused and lacking safe, attractive public facilities, quality tourism services, parking, and proper waste management and sanitation. The subproject will benefit 1,600 people living in nearby Ban Sengsavang and is expected to catalyze significant tourism related investment at the site. Figures 5 & 6 show the subproject area.

189 Appendix 10.1

36. The subproject will address the access and sanitation issues as follows: (i) improving the existing public marina to safely accommodate 50-60 local tour boats and launch areas for small recreational boats and ferries; (ii) construct a 6m wide concrete loop road linked to National Road 10, with 1 m footpaths, and 1,200 m2 parking area; (iii) redevelop unsanitary and poorly constructed market stalls into a new 3,200 m2 public market that incorporates traditional Lao architectural design; (iv) install septic tanks in all public buildings and a wastewater pump-out station/holding tank at the marina; (v) replace abandoned, unsafe public buildings and piers with new public green space; and (iv) renovate the tourist information center. The subproject will supply 6-12 passenger electric vehiclesfor transfers from the parking area to the marina, to be operated under a private management contract. Table 3 summarizes the subproject components.

37. The direct beneficiaries of the subproject will be the market stall operators, hotels, and boat and water recreation equipment rentals which will stem from the increased numbers of domestic and international tourists that will come to the area because of improved recreation and sanitation. Employment opportunities for residents will increase, and the overall socioeconomy of the Nam Ngum reservoir area will be strengthened.

Figure 5. Aerial view of Nam Ngum reservoir and subproject

190 Appendix 10.1

Figure 6. Tourist pier area from Fig 5.

Table 3. Components of Nam Ngum subproject

 Improve existing marina to safely accommodate 50-60 local tour boats and small recreational vessels, e.g. kayaks and sailboats;  Construct 5.9km X 6m wide loop road to National Road 10 to DBST paving, with 1 m footpaths, and 1,200 m2 parking area;  Redevelop unsanitary and poorly market stalls into new 3,200 m2 public market incorporating traditional Lao architectural design;  Install septic tanks in all public buildings and a wastewater pump-out station/holding tank at marina;  Replace unsafe public buildings and piers with new public green space; Renovate the tourist information center; and  Provide2-3 electric vehicles for tourist transfers from parking area to marina that will be operated by private management contract.

2. Kaeng Yui Waterfall Access Improvements

38. The Kaeng Yui Waterfall (Figure 7) is 6km east of Vang Vieng town. It is accessed via a dirt road linked to National Highway 13 and managed by Ban Nadoung, which also operates homestay facilities. Visitor numbers rose from 23,940 in 2015 to 32,050 in 2016and could reach 53,994 in 2026.

39. Key risks to tourism growth and management are poor access and the lack of facilities at the waterfall. To overcome these constraints the subproject will: (i) upgrade the 6-kmaccess road to the waterfall with concrete pavement, with a 6m carriageway and drainage; (ii) level and pave the 875 m2 parking area with gravel; (iii) improve kiosks in the waterfall market area; and (v) improve 300m footpaths, including rehabilitation of steps, small suspension bridges, and signage. The subproject will directly benefit 873 persons in Ban Naduang and an additional 2,580 persons living along the improved access road as

191 Appendix 10.1 well as improving visitor access and experience. The subproject components are summarized in Table 4.

Figure 7. Kaeng Yui Waterfall subproject near Vang Vieng

Table 4. Components of Kaeng Yui waterfall access improvements

 Upgrade 6 km X 6m road access to waterfall with concrete and drainage;  Level and pave the 875 m2 parking area with gravel;  Improve surfacing & drainage in waterfall market area; and  Improve 300m footpath, including rehabilitation of steps, small suspension bridges, and signage.

3. Western Loop Rural Access Road and Bridge Improvements

40. The subproject area is west of Vang Vieng Town (Figures 8 & 9) and includes a 26km scenic loop road with karst mountains, caves, rivers and natural springs, many of which are community managed. Tourist arrivals are rising, but only at 2 sites closest to town. In 2016 tourist arrivals totaled about 80,000 which could reach 130,000 in 2026 if road and bridge access to the area is improved.13

13Footnote 11 192 Appendix 10.1

Figure 8. Loop road west of Vang Vieng to be upgraded

Figure 9. New bridge and section of loop road south of Vang Vieng.

41. The Western Loop Road subproject14will: (i) upgrade the 26-kmloop road of westernloop road to DBST paving with 6m carriageway and drainage in village areas; (ii)

14Traffic projections under preparation at time of writing 193 Appendix 10.1 construct a new 2-lane 80m road bridge across the Song River south of Vang Vieng town centre (Figure 9) with 2.0km concrete feeder road connecting it to the Western Loop Road and a major street in Vang Vieng town; and (iii) provide bio-engineered river bank protection and improve the 1,100-m footpath/cycle track between the new bridge and Huay Yae village. The subproject will benefit about 9,500 people living in 11 villages alongside the road and relieve urban congestion for 59,661 Vang Vieng residents15. The subproject components are summarized in Table 5.

42. The subproject will enable larger tourist vehicles (coaches)and more tourists to cross the Nam Song river to access the various tourist destinations along the Western Loop Road which will directly benefit all tourist site operators. The new walking and bike path along the western shore of Nam Song river will expand the scope local touring and use of the river which will benefit bicycle and kayak rental operations. Overall, the subproject will result in more tourists coming to the area.

Table 5. Components of Western Loop Rural Access Road and Bridge Improvements

 Upgrade 26 km X 6m loop road west of Vang Vieng in DBST pavement with drainage in village areas;  Construct new 2-lane 80m road bridge across the Song River (Fig 9) with 2.9 km concrete feeder road connecting it to western loop road NR#10; and  Provide bio-engineered river bank protection and improve the 1,100-m footpath/cycle track extending north from Huay Yae village along western shore of Song river.

4. Vang Vieng Urban Renewal

43. The subproject includes most streets and lanes in Vang Viengcentral and southern precincts (Figure 10). The area has the largest concentration of commercial space and tourists, which are expected to rise from 183,000 in 2016 to 312,565 in 2026. Currently, the area is congested, not pedestrian friendly, and lacks parking and adequate drainage.

44. The subproject, summarized in Table 6, will: (i)rehabilitate 4.0 km of footpaths with suitable surfaces, street lighting, seating and soft landscaping; (ii) install traffic calming measures in streets with high concentrations of tourists; (iii) improve traffic management, including one-way traffic flows and shared surface concepts (1.5 km); and (iv) resurface and improve drains in residential areas (0.98 km).The subproject will benefit 4,051 residents (Ban Savang, Ban Vieng Keo and Ban Mueang Xong), tourists, and 143 hotels/guest houses and 126 shops/restaurants.

Table 6. Components of urban renewal in Vang Vieng

 Rehabilitate 4.0 km of footpaths with better surfaces, street lighting, seating and soft landscaping;  Install traffic calming measures in streets with high concentrations of tourists;  Improve traffic management including one-way traffic flow and shared surface concepts (1.5 km); and  Resurface and improve drains in residential areas (0.98 km).

15Footnote 11 194 Appendix 10.1

Figure 10. Components of Vang Vieng urban renewal

5. Vang Vieng Solid Waste Management Improvements

45. Forecasts for Vang Vieng indicate visitor arrivals could increase to more than 230,000 in 2020, while the urban population increasesby 1.2 % per year to 59,878 in the same year. The existing arrangements for solid waste management are unable to meet rising demand created by rapid urban growth and tourism. Consequently, approximately20% (1,359) of Vang Vieng’s 4,800 households have access to reliable waste collection services. The insufficient overall capacity for solid waste management causes public health hazards 195 Appendix 10.1 for residents and visitors. The subproject will address this issue by developing a managed landfill 10 km south of the town on public land(9.3 ha) that is already being used as an open dumpsite (Figure 11). Subproject components will include: (i) preparatory earthworks and installation of a perimeter runoff interceptor drainage system; (ii) construction of an impermeable liner, leachate collection/treatment system, and a landfill gas recovery system; (iii) construct a small materials recovery facility for waste separation and recycling; (iv) medical waste treatment area; (v) septage treatment facility (0.5ha); and (vi) site office, toilets, and fencing. The landfill access road (1 km) will be paved with concrete (6m carriageway and verges)to accommodate collection trucks and other vehicles. On-site equipment will include 3 new 10 cubic meter collection trucks, bulldozer, and two vacuum trucks to support septage collection. Sanitation and waste management awareness programs will be supported under output 3 capacity building programs. The subproject is summarized in Table 8. The subproject will benefit 59,661 residents in Vang Vieng District and 143 hotels and guesthouses.

Figure 11. Location of Vang Vieng dumpsite to be upgraded

Table 7. Components of Vang Vieng Solid Waste Management Improvements

Upgraded landfill  Preparatory earthworks and installation of a perimeter runoff interceptor drainage system;  Construction of an impermeable line cells, leachate collection/treatment system, and a landfill gas (CH4) recovery system;  Construction of small materials recovery facility (MRF) for waste separation and recycling;  Construction of a medical waste treatment area;  Construction of0.5ha septage treatment facility (STF); Support facilities  Site office, toilets, and fencing  3 new 10 m3 collection trucks, bulldozer, and 2 vacuum trucks for septage collection  Access road (0.8km X 6m) will be paved with concrete for collection trucks and other vehicles.  Sanitation and waste management awareness programs under Output 3 capacity building programs

196 Appendix 10.1

IV. DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

46. The description of the environments affected by the subprojects in Lao PDR is structured by the two provinces in which the seven subprojects are located. Sub-chapters Aand B consist of the affected environments of Champasak province and Vientiane province, respectively. The concluding sub-chapter C presents photographs of the different subproject sites in Champasak and Vientiane provinces.

47. The environmental baseline information provided for the two provinceswas obtained primarily from existing reportsand available data provided by the provincial environment agencies including the DONREs, and Fisheries sections of the Provincial Departments of Agriculture and Forestry (PAFOs).Discussions with national counterpart agencies in Vientiane also provided additional information where relevant.In addition to applying available data/information, and intelligence obtained in meetings with provincial and national agencies, each subproject site was visited to inspect the specific environments that will be affected by the subproject components. Baseline water quality sampled were obtained for Nam Ngum reservoir and Nam Song river in Vang Vieng.

48. The description of affected environments is defined by natural features, and land use, and cultural features. While focus is on the seven subproject site areas, regional information is included where necessary. The potentially affected social, economic, and demographic features of the subprojects are provided in detail in the parallel social impact reporting.

49. LaoPDR is 236,800 km2and situated in the centre of the South East Asian peninsula between 13°54’ and 22°30’N and between 100°05’ and 106°38’E. The landlocked country which extends approximately 1,000 km at its longest length in a northwest to southeast direction is bordered by Cambodia in the south, Thailand and Myanmar in the west, the Peoples Republic of China (PRC) in the north, and Viet Nam to the east. ChampasakProvince and Vientiane Province are 2 of 17 provinces forming Lao PDR. Champasak is the southern-most province whereas Vientiane Province is a north central province.

A. ChampasakProvince Environment

50. The Nakasang Access Road and Port Rehabilitation subproject and the Don Det/Don Khone Access Improvements subproject in Kong District, are inChampasak province. The province covers an area of 15,415 km2and is bound in the north by Salavan Province, Sekong and Attapeu provinces to the east, Cambodia to the south and Thailand to the west. The subproject areas are on the flat flood plains of the Mekong river and Siphandone (4,000) islands.

51. The area influenced16 by the 2 subprojects in Champasak province is describedas follows. The Nakasang Access Road and Port Rehabilitation subproject is on the eastern shore of the Mekong river just north of the two Mekong islands on which the Don Det/Don Khone Access Improvements subproject will occur. The influence of both subprojects will be restricted to Nakasang town and Don Det/Don Khone islands and the impact of the subprojects on the future residential and tourism enterprise community. There are no facilities of influence associated with the two subprojects.The direct impact of increased tourist activity on solid waste production in Nakasang town and on Don Det/Don Khone islands will need to be managed as part of the destination management planning for the subprojects. Solid waste pollution is currently increasing at the tourist port area in Nakasang town.

52. The Nakasang Access Road and Port Rehabilitation subproject is situated just north of the Don Det/Don Khone Access Improvements subproject. Both subprojects are on the

16SPS (2009), Appendix 1, para 6 197 Appendix 10.1 shore or close to the Mekong river. The northern boundary of the Nakasang subproject which is defined by the start of the access road into Nakasang town is situated at 14o,01’,22” N and 105o,56’,19E. The southern end of the subproject demarcated by the pontoon pier in Nakasang town is at 14o,00’,03” N and 105o,55’,11” E.

53. The land area influenced by the Nakasang subproject is comprised of agricultural lands and scattered plantation forest through which the access road to Nakasang town traverses. The primary agricultural crops are rice and vegetables. In Nakasang the area influenced consists of residential areas, and small business and markets. The subproject will also influence the short western shoreline of the Mekong river in Nakasang at the tourist pier. Land use of the subproject area is dominated by agriculture, urban livelihoods, fishing and boat transportation in the Mekong river, and tourism service.

54. The northern boundary of the Don Det/Don Khone Access Improvements subproject is situated at the northern tip of Don Det Island at Houa Don Det village at 13o,56’,15N and 105o,56’,54” E. The southern boundary is located at the southern tip of the adjacent Don Khone Island at Ban Hang Khone at 13o,51’,80” N and 105o,54’,46” E.

55. The area influenced by the Don Det/Don Khone subproject extends the area influenced in Nakasang. The two subproject islands are dominated with plantation/scrub forest, some agriculture land. The Mekong supports fishing and boat transportation livelihoods. Tourism services are the dominant activity on the islands which consist of water creation in the Mekong, walking tours, and spectacular vistas of the unique cataract in the Mekong river on western and eastern sides of Don Khone island.

1. Climate

56. The local climate is dominated by the monsoon regime with a southwest monsoon (humid, hot) from late March to October and the northeast monsoon (dry and cooler) from November to early March. The climate of the area is humid with average temperature at around 28oC and minimum temperature of 23.2oC and highest temperature at 32.2oC. Average annual rainfall is 889mm andaverage number of days of rain is 107 per year. Annual average evaporation rate is 1,285mm. Annual humidity rate is 70%. A more detailed climate change risk and vulnerability assessment (CRVA) is included at the end of the impacts and mitigation chapter.

2. Topography

57. As indicated above the subproject areas in Champasaklie in the relatively flat areas within the Mekong flood plains between 103m and 115m above sea level (masl).

3. Water resources

58. The dominant and most important water resource in the area is the Mekong river into which the nearest major tributary - the Xedon River flows. Most of the local people rely on the Mekong as the sole source of water for cleaning and disposal of solid and liquid wastes. Bottled drinking water is used especially by tourists. Consequently, the waters of Siphandone channels of the Mekong river as the river breaks up and surrounds the reported 4000 islands in the river commonly show signs of river pollution (foam development and solid waste flotsam), while local health authorities report a variety of health hazards caused by faecal contamination and vector borne diseases resulting from general lack of sanitation coupled with the high (and increasing population density).

59. Contrastingly, the EIA for Don Sahong Hydro Power Project(HPP)reportsthe Mekong river at the subproject area to be clean and unpolluted. The water quality data for the Mekong River at Pakse generally falls within acceptable limits for both drinking water and ambient surface water quality.

198 Appendix 10.1

4. Community Fisheries

60. Fishing is one of the main sources of income to the community in the subproject area. During the rainy season, many types of fish (Table 8) are caught and sold at Pakse market through middlemen. Pakse market are usually flooded with a variety of fish from the region with prices ranging from 25,000 Kip/kg to 100,000 Kip/kg depending on the type of fish. Several tones are caught daily. The most common fish species caught are Cirrihinus microlopis, Bengana behri, Hemibagrus wyckiodes, Micronema spp, Cf. barbatulaand Henichorychus lobatus.In the rainy season, many fish species are caught with the traditional method using bamboo fish traps (Figure 12A). None of the fishes in Table 8 are protected or of particular conservation significance.

Table 8: Common Fishes found in Khong District(from Don Sahong HPP)

Lao PDR Name Scientific Name Common Name Dry Season Upstream Migration – 4 Months December to April Cyprinidae ປາປຽນ Scaphogenus bandanesis Pa Pien 9 ປາປຽນ Scaphogenus steinegri Pa Pien 13 ປາພອນ Cirrihinus microlopis Pa Pawn ປາແຍງ Cirrihinus nolitrrella Pa Geng ປາຫວາສ້ ງົ Labeo erythropterus Pa Wa Soong ປາຫວາໜ້ ານ້ ໍ Bengana behri Pa Wa Na Noor ປາສະລ ີ Erythopterus melangira Pa Sree ປາປາກນຸດ Hysibarbus sp. Pa Pak Nout ປາສະອວິ Numerous Small Cyprinids Pa Saew Wet Season Upstream Migration – 3 Months – mid-May to mid-July Pangasidae ປາເພຍ ້ Cf. barbatula Pa Phia ປາເປາະ/ກ ີ Pangasius conchophilus Pa Por / Gae ປາບງຶ Pangasius larnaudii Pa Beung ປາຊອຍຫາງເຫ້ ອງ  Pangasius krempfi Pa Sooai Hang Leuang ປາໜ ູ Heicophagus waandersii Pa Noo ປາຍອນ Pangasius macronema Pa Nyawn ຽຽປາຍອນຫາງກມົ Pangasius pleurotaenia Pa Nyawn Tawng Khom Bagnidae ປາກດົ Hemibagrus filamentosous Pa Kot ປາເຄງິ Hemibagrus wyckiodes Pa Kung Siluridae ປາຄບົ Belodonthicthys dinema Pa Khop ປານາງແດງ Hemisilurus mekongensis Pa Nang Deng ປານາງ Micronema spp Pa Nang ປາປີກໃຫຍ່ Kryptopterus spp. Pa Peekgai 1 & 2 ປາປີກໃຫຍ່ Ompok hypothalamus Pa Peekgai 3 ປາເຊອມ Ompok bimaculatus Pa Seum 199 Appendix 10.1

Lao PDR Name Scientific Name Common Name

Sisoridae ປາແຂໃຫຍ້ ່ Bagarius yarrelli Pa Khe Yai ປາແຂນ້ ອຍ້ Bagarius Pa Khe Noi Cyprinidae ປາໃນ Cyprinus carpio Pa Nai Downstream Migration - 6 Months – June to December Cyprinidae ປາສອຍຫ້ ວແຫົ ມ Henichorychus lobatus Pba Soi Hua Lem ປາສອຍຫ້ ວໂປົ Henichorynchus siamensis Pba Soi Hua Bo ປາລາງກມົ Labiobarbus spp. Pba Lang Khon ປາແຕບ Paralabuca spp. Pba Dtep ປາກຽງ Lobocheilus melanotaenia Pba Kiang ປາຕອກຕອຍ້ Crossocheilus sp Pba Tok Toi ປາເອນິ Probarbus jullieni Pba Eun

200 Appendix 10.1

Figure 12. Fishing in the subproject area Figure 12A: Children harvesting fish from fish traps at Hang Khone island

Figure 12B: Large fish species sold at Pakse market

Figure 12C: Fish species sold in Nakasang market

5. Agriculture

61. In addition to fishing, agriculture is another major source of income for the community in the subproject area. Much of the local land area of Nakasang and along the access road, and on Don Det – Don Khone is rice paddy. Khone island is the biggest rice 201 Appendix 10.1 production area within the subproject area. Rice growing occurs primarily during the wet season and only the glutinous variety. Rice yields are averaged at around 3-5 tones/ ha.

6. Forest Resources

62. In Champasak there are three national conservation forests (Dong Houa Sao, Xepian, and Phou Xieng Thong),and two national protected forests (Phouphieng Bolevens, Lao-Thai-Cambodian protected forest). There are also five provincial conservation forests, namely Phou Phiphed, Phou Chor, Phou Malong-Phou Khao, Phoulouang and Zone 9 Xekatam, and four district protected forests namely Phou Saloua, Kiew, Sangkhi, and Houay Siat-Houay Sord (Figure 13).

63. However, the subproject areas do not lie within any of the conservation or protected forests. The closest is the protected forest of Houay Siat-Houay Sord which lies about 10 km to the east and the Xepian National Conservation Forest, about 12 km to the north-east.

Figure 13. Champasakconservation and protected areas

7. Biodiversity

64. The Mekong river and tributaries are rich in species diversity. More than 481 fish species out of 924 species in the Lower Mekong Basin have been identified in the Lao PDR as reported by Mekong River Commission (MRC).At least 35 major species have been identified within the Siphadone area (Table 8). Other aquatic animals including mussels, snails, turtles, frogs, shrimps and crabs are also commonly consumed in the area. The only species of conservation significance near the project area is the endangered Irawaddy dolphin (Oracaella brevirostris) which occupies the Mekong river south of Don Khone Island and the subproject area. However, the subproject will not affect the river habitats of this species.The only shoreline subproject work is at Nakasang town which is located well 202 Appendix 10.1 upstream of the range of the dolphin, and north of the large rapids of the Mekong river which form a natural physical barrier to migration of any aquatic animals above Don Khone Island. The analysis of biodiversity values of the two subproject areas with IBAT software supports the absence of protected areas (Appendix A). The Siphandon island archipelago and cataracts of the Mekong river identified by IBAT is the nearest unique landform that will not be affected by both subprojects.

8. Provincial Heritage

65. There are 60 cultural sites (29 temples) and 40 historical heritage sites in the province. Three heritage sites are within the subproject area which are French colonial infrastructures as identified by the Provincial Information Culture and Tourism Department. The main cultural/historical heritage within the province is the Vat Phu World Heritage Site which lies some 100 km north of the subprojects.

B. Vientiane ProvinceEnvironment

66. The following 5 subprojects are in located Vientiane province:

 Nam Ngum Reservoir Access Improvements  Kaeng Yui Waterfall Access Improvements  Western Loop Rural Access Road and Bridge Improvements  Vang Vieng Urban Renewal  Vang Vieng Solid Waste Management Improvements

67. Vientiane Province lies directly north of Vientiane Capital. The province covers an area of 15,927 km2. It shares its borders with Xayaboury Province to the west, Luang Prabang Province to the north, Xieng Khouang Province to the northeast, Borikhamxay Province to the east and Vientiane Capital and Loei Province in Thailand to the south.

68. The topography varies from the relatively flat narrow strip of the Vientiane plain in the south between NR13N and NR10 to the mountainous terrains of Vang Vieng and Kasy Districts to the north with elevations ranging from 200m to 1,761m. The areas influenced17 by the 5 subprojects in Vientiane are summarized as follows.

Nam Ngum Reservoir Access Improvements

69. The Nam Ngum Reservoir Access Improvements subproject is the southern-most subproject in Lao PDRlocated between 18o,31’,40”N and 102o,33’.00”E which is the existing access roadand future parking area, and 18o,30’,15”N and 102o,35’,53”E which demarcates the southern end of the loop access road to be upgraded. The recreation area at the reservoir shore is located in between these north-south boundaries.The immediate impact of the subproject is restricted to the recreational area of the reservoir, and from the new and upgraded sections of the loop road connecting to NR10. The subproject will upgrade a 2km section of dirt road and footpath as part of the 5.9km loop road to be upgraded (Table 3).

70. There are no external facilities associated with the subproject. The temporal targeted impact of the subproject will be manifest as increased tourist facility development, and then likely the residential community in vicinityof reservoir resulting from the improved infrastructure. The local socioeconomy will be strengthened accordingly.The resultant impact of increased solid waste production at the recreational area of the reservoir will need to be managed as part of the destination management planning of the subproject.

71. The land area influenced by the Nam Ngum subproject is comprised of almost 100% provincial forested land (see below) that surrounds the strip of recreational shoreline area of the reservoir where the main subproject activities are located. The principal land use is

17Footnote 16 203 Appendix 10.1 tourism recreation associated with the reservoir and some NTFP harvesting. No agriculture of scale other than home gardens is practiced. The reservoir is used for recreation and livelihood fishing as well as hydroelectric power generation.

Kaeng Yui Waterfall Access Improvements

72. Due north from the Nam Ngum subproject is the Kaeng Yui Waterfall Access improvements subproject which is the northern-most subproject in Vientiane province. The subproject is bound in the north by the footpath and market/parking area at water fall at 18o,57’,12”N and 102o,29’,34”E. The access road to the water fall to be upgraded extends southwest from the market/parking area to 18o,55’,47”N and 102o,27’,07”E at Vang Vieng town.

73. Similar to Nam Ngum subproject the immediate impact of the infrastructure work at the Kaeng Yui waterfall area will be restricted to the upgraded facilities defined by new parking lot, and improved vendor kiosks, and footpath up to the cascade. The other impact area will be the improved access road from Vang Vieng including roadside drainage in Ban Naduang village. The targeted impact of the subproject will be increased tourist visitation to the waterfall and associated increased small-scale commercial tourist development and increased income of Ban Naduang residents whom manage the tourist site. The potential future impact on solid waste production at the site and in Ban Naduang village will need to be managed as part of the destination management planning of the subproject. There are no facilities associated with the subproject.

74. The area affected by the Kaeng Yui Waterfall subproject is mostly agriculture land comprised of rice paddy and vegetables, along with scattered plantation forest located along the access road to the waterfall that will be upgraded by the subproject. Homesteads exist along the access road which passes through the village of Ban Naduang. At the northeast end of subproject, the Kaeng Yui waterfall, the footpath to the waterfall, and vendor kiosks at the beginning of the footpath are located on the fringe of district conservation forest (see below). Land use at the waterfall area is restricted to tourism services defined by food and souvenir kiosks.

Western Loop Rural Access Road and Bridge Improvements

75. This east-west oriented subproject extends west from Vang Vieng town. The western reach of the loop road is located at Ban Nampae village at 18o,58’,08”V and 102o,19’,21”E. The eastern end of the subproject is formed by the new road that will be constructed west from NR#13 to the new bridge across the Nam Song river to form the north-eastern bypass of the Vang Vieng town to allow larger tourist vehicles to access the western loop road and the various tourist sites along the road. The beginning of the new bypass road from NR#13 is at 18o,55’,59”N and 102o,26’,27”E.

76. The full impact of the completed upgrades to the loop road and in particular the new bridge over the Song river south of Vang Vieng will be realized over time by steadily increased visitation at the various tourist sites along the road. Following the increase in tourists will be increased development and income from the existing sites and likely the development of new tourist sites. The potential impact on solid waste production at the sites and along the loop road will need to be managed as part of the destination management planning of the subproject.

77. Similar to the access road to the Kaeng Yui waterfall, the 26km western loop road traverses predominantly rice paddy and vegetable growing lands along with scattered plantation forest. The new section of road extending to the Nam Song river is 100% agricultural land. The new bridge will cross the Nam Song river with the new approach road extending through scrub agriculture land to NR13. Thus, the dominant land use of the subproject influenced area is agricultural with tourism services delivered at the established tourist sites to which the loop road provides access. Vang Vieng Urban Renewal 204 Appendix 10.1

78. The urban renewal subproject in north-south oriented Vang Vieng town will occur inside town boundaries between 18o,55’,54”N and 102o,27’,16”E. The area affected by the subproject is urban to peri-urban. Residential and business establishments comprise the subproject area of influence. The other area influenced by the subproject are the tourist attractions and services offered by the town which are centred on the Nam Song river. The river provides extensive kayaking, canoeing and swimming opportunities as well as cycling along the riverbanks. The immediate spatial area of impact of the subproject will be defined by the upgraded streets and drainage. Similar, to the western loop road upgrades, the targeted future impact of the subproject is increased tourism and a strengthened socicoeconomy of Vang Vieng town.

Vang Vieng Solid Waste Management Improvements

79. The existing Vang Vieng dumpsite where the upgraded managed landfill will be constructed is located at 18o,52’,04”N and 102o,30’,15”E. The short access road from the dump that will be upgraded extends south to NR#13 at 18o,51’,37”N and 102o,30,12”E. The area influenced by the subproject is comprised of scattered agriculture land and scrub forest. The nearest settlement is more than 1 km to the east. Unlike the other subprojects in Vientiane, the targeted future impact of the upgraded managed landfill is remote to the site, and defined by a cleaner and healthier urban Vang Vieng environment which should be manifest indirectly in increased tourism to the town and vicinity.

1. Climate

80. Mean annual temperature is about 26.6oC with a mean maximum of 31.6 oC and mean minimum of 21.5 oC.The monsoon-influenced climate produces average annual rainfall of around 1,936mm with higher averages in specific areas. Within the Nam Ngum reservoir area, the recorded mean annual in the last 10 years is 2,434mm. The mean rainfall from May to September generally exceed 280mm and the peak in July and August at over 500mm. The dry season is particularly pronounced with average December to February rainfall below 18 mm. Rainfall varies significantly from year to year. Table 9 shows total rainfall for 2007-2016 recorded at the Nam Ngum Dam. The years 2003 and 2093 were particularly dry.

Table 9. Total Rainfall (mm) registered at Nam Ngum 1 Dam from 2007-2016

Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total 2007 0.0 25.5 0.0 44.0 307.5 254.8 220.2 416.3 545.8 203.8 2.7 0.0 2,020.4 2008 19.5 57.0 93.0 150.3 462.8 640.0 601.2 361.5 432.6 177.3 109.3 0.0 3,104.3 2009 0.0 4.8 4.8 53.0 395.3 422.5 417.0 348.3 233.3 173.5 0.0 0.0 2,052.4 2010 132.0 0.0 0.0 136.3 185.8 427.5 643.8 831.5 691.5 35.7 0.0 8.3 3,092.2 2011 0.0 27.8 110.3 54.0 435.8 532.8 786.8 1,119.5 629.8 70.0 15.8 0.0 3,782.3 2012 1.0 9.7 41.5 188.3 341.8 387.7 534.5 98.2 180.5 77.3 50.8 0.0 1,911.2 2013 0.0 19.0 70.5 29.0 156.1 363.7 363.7 619.3 337.3 33.3 0.8 32.5 2,025.0 2014 0.0 0.0 20.3 81.5 162.3 372.5 510.1 423.1 393.3 12.6 58.7 0.0 2,034.3 2015 39.9 18.8 17.3 3.9 216.0 76.6 635.4 691.3 310.6 262.7 0.0 54.9 2,327.3 2016 70.0 0.0 2.3 35.8 179.5 428.4 398.3 302.1 422.0 117.8 42.0 0.0 1,998.0 Mean 26.2 16.3 36.0 77.6 284.3 390.7 511.1 521.1 417.7 116.4 28.0 9.6 2,434.7 Source Station: Nam Ngum 1 Hydropower Station

205 Appendix 10.1

2. Topography, Geology, and Soils

81. Vang Vieng town lies northwest of Nam Ngum reservoir in the Nam Song valley at an elevation of around 240 masl with mountainous area to the east and west reaching over 1,520 masl. Whereas the Nam Ngum subproject area along the reservoir perimeter is around 215 masl.

82. Based on the National Geographic Department’s geological map (2008), the Vang Vieng subproject areas comprises Quartenary fluvial sand, silts and clays in the Nam Song valley interspersed with Lower Permian marine limestone karsts. The Nam Ngum area comprises of mainly Lower Cretaceous sandstone and siltstone.

3. Water resources

83. The main water body within the Vang Vieng subproject area is the Nam Song. Originating in Phoukeo, the 80-km river flows through Vang Vieng District for most of its length (36 km) and discharges into the Nam Ngum reservoir some 40 km to the southeast of Vang Vieng town via a diversion weir. The river’s catchment area covers 180,434 ha with more than 70% of this area within Vang Vieng District. The river provides livelihoods for farming, fishing, tourism and water supply. The water quality of Nam Song is a concern due to the increasing population and industrial and tourism developments.

84. The Nam Ngum subproject is on the western shore of the Nam Ngum reservoir less than 1 km south of the hydropower dam. The reservoir has an area of 450 km2 at full supply level. The declining electricity generation in the last two decades has instigated projects for the diversion of the Nam Song (1996) and Nam Leuk (2000) to boost the capacity of the reservoir. The reservoir is home to a fish production industry.

a. Water quality

85. The water quality of the Nam Song river and Nam Ngum reservoir at the subproject sites (Figures 14 & 15) was sampled in 2017.

Figure 14. Water sampling locations in Nam Song river, Vang Vieng

206 Appendix 10.1

Figure 15. Water sampling locations in Nam Ngum reservoir

86. In general, water quality of Nam Song and Nam Ngum Reservoir is good when compared to National Standard of Lao PDR No.81/Gov. The Nam Song river experiences higher turbidity, total nitrogen and faecal coliform than Nam Ngum reservoir (Table 10). Nam Song river has been intensively used for recreational activities and it also receives both surface runoff and household’s wastewater from Vang Vieng town. It is noted that Nam Ngum Reservoir has high faecal coliform at sampling site 2 where there are many restaurants and shops in vicinity of this area (Table 11).

Table 10. Water quality of Nam Song at Vang Vieng Parameter Unit Location 1 Location 2 Location 3 Location 4 National standard no. 81/gov, dated 21 February 2017 Turbidity NTU 15 15 16 16 20* Total Nitrogen mg/L N 1.3 0.6 0.6 0.6 <200*** Zinc mg/L Zn ND ND ND ND 1.0** Lead mg/L Pb ND ND ND ND 0.01** Iron mg/L Fe 0.905 1.05 0.701 0.940 1.0* Faecal MPN/100 240 350 540 540 4,000** coliform ml Colour/Turbid - Colorless/cl Colorless/cl Colorless/cl Colorless/cl N’ ear ear ear ear Sediment - Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow NA Note: Tested from samples taken 27th July 2017

Table 11. Water quality of Reservoir at Nam Ngum Parameter Unit Location 1 Location 2 Location 3 Location 4 National standard no. 81/gov, dated 21 February 2017 Turbidity NTU 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 20* Total Nitrogen mg/L N 1.82 1.30 1.10 1.10 <200*** Zinc mg/L Zn ND ND ND ND 1.0** 207 Appendix 10.1

Lead mg/L Pb ND ND ND ND 0.01** Iron mg/L Fe

4. Aquatic ecosystems

87. Lao PDR has maintained relatively diverse aquatic ecosystems defined by rivers, streams, ponds, small lakes, and reservoirs. The aquatic ecosystems are subject to a variety of human activities such aquaculture, fishing, the creation of rice paddy, and the construction of dams and irrigation weirs. In upland rural areas, aquatic resources are important sources of protein in the local diet, dominated by fin fish, and shellfish including mollusks, and crustaceans. Aquatic insects, amphibians, and reptiles that inhabit the water bodies add to the overall biodiversity. Threats to aquatic ecosystems include over fishing, the use of damaging fishing techniques such as blasting and poisoning, upstream use of pesticides, release of pollutants and the introduction of exotic fish species for aquaculture.

5. Community Fisheries

88. Community-managed fisheries have been established throughout Lao PDR.18 Common fish species of the Nam Song and Nam Ngum reservoir are listed in Error! eference source not found. and Table 13.

Table 12. Common Fishes of Nam Ngum ReservoirFisheries19

Lao PDR Name Scientific Name Common Name

ປາຝາ Pelochelys cantorii Soft shell turtle ປາໂດ Channa micropeltes Giant Snakehead ປາເຄງິ Mystus wyckioides Redtail catfish ປາປາກ Hypsibabusvernayi Silver barb carp ປາຂາງປານ້ Hampala dispar Pa Sood Noi ປານກເຄົ າົ້ Osteochilus melanopleurus Pa Nok Khao ປາອ່ ໄທີ Osteochilus schlegeli Ee Thai ປາຄນູ Wallago leeri Pa Khoun ປາແດງ Irrhinus molitorelle Mud carp ປານາງ Micronema bleekeri Pa Nang ປາແກວ້ Clupeichthys goniognothus Sumatran river sprat ປາຊວເຂິ າົ້ Rasbora paviei Pa Siew Khao ປາສະໂທງ Xenentodon cancila Pa Sathong ປາເພຍ ້ Morulus chrysophekadion Sailfin shark ປາຍອນ Pangasius macronema Long barbells Pangasiud catfish ປາກ່ າ Pristolepis fasciata Pa Ka

18 Fisheries Section of MAF, Vientiane, 2013 19 From PAFO, Vientiane Province, 2017 208 Appendix 10.1

Lao PDR Name Scientific Name Common Name

ປາກະເດດີ Trichogaster trichopterus Pa Kadert ປາກະຈນົ Cyprinus carpio Pa Nai ປາໄນ Cyprinus carpio Common-carp ປານນິ Oreochromis niloticus Nile tilapia

Table 13: Common Fishes of Nam Song Fisheries20

Lao PDR Name Scientific Name Common Name

ປາເຄງິ Mystus wyckioides Redtail catfish ປາແຂ ້ Bagarlus bagarius Groonch ປາກດົ Mystus nemurus Long whiskers catfish ປາຫລາດ Mastacembeius armatus Tiretrack spiny eel ປາປາກ Barbodes gonlonotus Pa Pak ປາຈາດ Deauratus Pa Chat ປາຄລາມີ Labiobarbus siamensis Pa Khilarm ປາຄງິ Hemibagrus wyckioides Asian red-tail catfish ປາມດູ ປາມນ Gyrinocheilus pennocki Pa Mun ປາຫາງແດງ Tor sinensis Pa Daeng

6. Forest & Land Resources

a. Forest Resources

89. Vientiane Province has 10 conservation forest areas totaling 185,443 hectares comprising 5 provincial level conservation forest (166,680 ha) and 5 district level conservation forests (18,763 ha) (Figure 16).

20 From PAFA, Vientiane Province, 2017 209 Appendix 10.1

Figure 16. Conservation and protected forests of Vientiane province

90. The nearest conservation forest to the three subprojects in Vang Vieng district is Phu Hong-Phu Ban District Conservation Area which has the total area of 9,322ha. Conversely, the Kaeng Yui waterfall access improvement subproject borders Phu Hong – Phu Ban District Conservation Forestarea to the south (Figure 17). However, the subproject will improve existing roads and foot paths and not create new corridor impact footprints. Nonetheless, special mitigation measures will be prescribed in environmental management plan for the subproject to ensure the conservation forest is protected.

91. The Phu Hong – Phu Ban Conservation District Forest is in an area under the jurisdiction of 4 villages of Ban Phatang, Ban Nakeo, Ban Vangpho and Ban Nadao. Apart from Phu Hong-Phu Ban District Conservation Area, there is no other protected or conservation forest near all three proposed subprojects in Vang Vieng District.

210 Appendix 10.1

Figure 17. Phu Hong – Phu Ban District Conservation Forest

92. The Nam Ngum subproject area in KeoOudom district is partially located in the Phu En Provincial Protected Forest which extends along the western shoreline of the Nam Ngum reservoir (Figure 18). The area is 1,282 ha and covers 6 villages. There is a conservation forest of Phu Meud, a provincial conservation forest to the north of the dam.

93. The Nam Ngum subproject proposes to upgrade a 2-kmdirt road and walking path to a new road segment along the shoreline, which will connect the tourism service area to the existing road in the southern part of the subproject area (also to be paved by the project), creating a circularlink to road NA#10 (Figure 19). The new 2km road segment would create a new corridor footprint through the Phu-En Provincial Protection Forest. Other sections of the link road would be upgrades to existing road footprints.

211 Appendix 10.1

Figure 18. Phu En Provincial Protected Forest

Nam Ngum 1 Dam

212 Appendix 10.1

Figure 19. Proposed new road segment (red) along Nam Ngum reservoir

94. The application of the IBAT tool did not identify the Phu-En protected forest or the Phu Hong-Phu Ban conservation forests (Appendix A), or any other protected area within 20km of the subproject sites.

95. The Provincial Tourism Development Master Plan has identified concessional tourism development activities for the subproject area which includes the 2km section of new road. Figure 20 outlines the different areas along the alignment of the new road section

Figure 20. Concessional activity areas of Nam Ngum reservoir

From Provincial Tourism Development Master Plan, (VTE No. 0411/11 March 2011) 213 Appendix 10.1

b. Land Resources

96. Land use inVang Vieng subproject areais dominated by residential areas and paddy fields, though minor upland cultivation area still can be observed along the access road to Kaeng Yui waterfall. Land along Nam Song river is denselyoccupied by hotels and guesthouses to accommodate tourists, especially the shoreline on the eastside of the river.The east side of river has been subjected to some infilling for hotel development in the city center which has extended north alongthe river.

97. According to a discussion with the Vang Vieng District Tourism Office during site visits on 22 May 2017, the area along west bank of the Nam Song river could be developed to support urban development in the future. Currently, an international investor has signed MOU with the province to carry out feasibility studies for real estate development in the area.

7. Biodiversity

98. Both Vang Vieng and Nam Ngum subproject areas are urbanized with existing tourism developments. Provincial forestry and DoNRE personnel that were met during the site visits indicated that there are no knownrare or endangered species occurringin these areas, cited common animal groups are presentsuch as: squirrels, junglefowl and other birds, lizards, snakes and occasionally deer. Aquatic species in the Nam Ngum reservoir and Nam Song include varieties of fish as listed in Error! Reference source not found.12 nd 13.

8. Provincial Heritage

99. Vientiane province has 11 cultural heritage sites (Three-color Buddha and Ma La Stupa (circa 1590AD) in Toulakhom District; Viengkham temple (circa 1350AD) and Buddha’s footprint in Viengkham district; Buddha cave (circa 928AD), Wat Gnat Temple, and Koneke Stupa (circa 1600AD) in Phonhong District; Wat Pa Na Nin, Wat Pha Baht Sun Pa Tong, and Wat Gnai Pa Hoat as well as five historical heritage sites (King Fa Gnum’s City Moat, Ancient boat, King Anouvong’s Cave, Long Chaeng Fog Mountain, and Meuang Meun Ancient Temple).

9. Demographics

100. Vientiane Province has a total population of 444,916 (as of end 2016) in 11 districts, 433 villages with a population density of 28/km2. The Lao ethnic group are the majority at 65.08% of the population followed by the Hmong at 18.03% and the Khmu at 16.64%. Vang Vieng District’s economic growth has continued with district income totaling 1,077.7 billion Kips (US$134.7 million) in 2015-16 equivalent to a GDP per capita of 18.7 million Kips (US$2,337.50), with 287.8 billion Kips from agriculture and forestry, 235.1 billion Kips from industry and handicrafts and 554.8 billion Kips from the service sector.

C. Additional Features of Seven Subproject Sites

1. Vientiane Province Subprojects

a. Kaeng Yui Waterfall Access Improvements

101. Error! Reference source not found.shows the currentaccess road and the roposed parking area.

214 Appendix 10.1

Figure 21. Access road, footpath, and parking at Tad Keng Yui

Figure 21A: Access Road to Tad Keng Yui

Figure 21B: Section of walking path over a stream

Figure 21C: Proposed parking area for tourist buses at Tad Keng Yui

b. Vang Vieng Solid Waste Management Improvements

102. The existing Vang Vieng dumpsite to be upgraded is shown in Figure 22.

215 Appendix 10.1

Figure 22. Existing dumpsite at Vang Vieng

c. Vang Vieng Urban Renewal

103. Example storm water drains in Vang Vieng town to be upgraded are in Figure 23.

Figure 23. Example urban drains to be upgraded in Vang Vieng

d. Western Loop Rural Access Road and Bridge Improvements

104. Error! Reference source not found. shows the locations for the proposed link road nd bridge on the east side of the Nam Song river.

216 Appendix 10.1

Figure 24. Location of link road to bridge

Figure 24a: Location of proposed new link road to new southern bridge across Nam Song

Figure 24b: Proposed location for southern road bridge to link road. Looking west across Nam Song

217 Appendix 10.1

Figure 24c: Example section of western link road to be upgraded.

2. Features of Champasak subprojects

a. Nakasang Access Road and Port Rehabilitation

105. The town access road to be upgraded, drain pipe to be extended, and boat ramp for upgrading are shown in Figure 25.

Figure 25. Components of Nakasang subproject

Figure 25a: Section of Nakasang access road to be upgraded

218 Appendix 10.1

Figure 25b: Nakasang grey water drainage discharge into the Mekong to be extended

Figure 25c: Existing floating pier &ramp to be improved.

219 Appendix 10.1

Figure 25d: Turning road at rear of tourist information centre to be upgraded.

220 Appendix 10.1

V. PUBLIC CONSULTATION

106. Stakeholder consultations wereconducted in line with the requirements of meaningful consultation as stipulated by the SPS (2009). The consultation strategy embodied the principles of transparency, participation, and inclusiveness to ensure that affected and marginalized groups such as women, and the poor, were given equal opportunities to participate in the design of the project. The stakeholder consultations on environment issues in Nakasang and Vang Viengwere conducted viathe following twoavenues of inquiry and data collection:

1. As part of the household and village leader interviews conducted by the social development teamwith provincial agencies and other stakeholders conducted by social development team; and 2. Separate interviews of provincial and national environmental management agenciesconducted by the international environmental specialist.

A. Identification of Stakeholders

107. Stakeholders were identified and engaged in a participatory manner. Stakeholder communication to date has focused on institutional stakeholders, affected communities, and persons directly affected by proposed subproject interventions. Project stakeholders include:

 Institutional stakeholders including the (i) project Executing Agencies (EAs) and Implementing Units (IUs) (ii) provincial and national agencies, and chambers of commerce;  Mass organizations such as the LaoWomen’s Union (LWU) provided input for the design of the various subproject interventions, and which might participate in implementation of measures and interventions;  Communities living along the subproject areas who will benefit or adversely affected, and who have an interest in the identification and implementation of measures to avoid or minimize negative impacts; and  Vulnerable and/or marginalized groups who have an interest in the identification and implementation of measures that support and promote their involvement and participation in the project.

B. Discussion Guide

108. Five questions (Table 14) were posed to stakeholders to guide discussions. To help orient the discussions of environmental issues and concerns of subprojects a list of environmental components (Table 15) was introduced to the stakeholders ahead of the question andanswer period. Stakeholders were encouraged to add their own components of environment to the discussions.

Table 14. Guiding Questions for Stakeholder Consultations

1. What will be the benefits of the subproject?

Please list benefits of project.

2. Do you have any environmental concerns with the subproject?

Please list environmental concerns of project.

3. Do you any have environmental concerns with the construction activities of the subproject?

221 Appendix 10.1

Please list environmental concerns of construction phase activities.

4. Do you have environmental concerns with the completedoperation phase of the completed subproject?

Please list environmental concerns of the operation of completed subproject.

5. Do you think the subproject design or operation should be changed to prevent negative environmental, or community impacts?

Please list changes to subproject that you think will prevent or reduce negative environmental, or community impacts?

Table 15: Example environmental components to guide stakeholder discussions.

 drinking water quality & availability  terrestrial & aquatic animals, e.g., fish,  surface water quality and quantity birds, small mammals ecological  groundwater quality & quantity protected areas (e.g., national parks,  air quality wildlife sanctuaries),  climate  land uses (e.g., agriculture, fisheries,  land and soil quality forestry, navigation, aquaculture,  Rivers, réservoirs, commercial, other),  trees, other vegetation,  public safety,  terrestrial resources e.g., minerals, salt  public movement & access beds, geology  physical cultural values (e.g., pagodas, cemeteries, monuments)

C. Summary of Public Consultation

109. A summary of the concerns and issues that were identified during the stakeholder consultations for the two subprojects in Champasak province and five subprojects in Vientiane province are summarized in Tables 16 and 17.Tables 16 and 17 summarizes the key issues and concerns that were raisedat the public consultation meetings held at the 7 subproject sites and how the project will respond to theseissues and concerns. The original discussions of concerns and issues as recorded at the meetings are reproduced in Appendices B and C along with the list of consultation meeting participants.The results of the social impact assessments for the Champasaksubprojects are reported in the Poverty and Social Analysis which has been prepared separately.

110. The stakeholder consultations showed overall positive support for the project. The follow-up stakeholder consultations that may be required during detailed design phase will begin with a review of the issues and mitigations initially identified by the stakeholders.

222 Appendix 10.1

Table 16. Summary of key views of stakeholders of Champasak subprojects

Summary of Benefits and Concerns (August 30 – September 2, 2017) Phase Nakasang Access Road and Port Rehabilitation Don Det/Don Khone Access Improvements Issues /concerns Project response/action Issues /concerns Project response/action - Improvements to the parking area at information centre and port area - The improved island infrastructure will increase travel within and between the villages - Upgraded road will improve transportation to the town and port area - The number of tourists visiting the islands will increase. - The improved infrastructure will increase the local income from agricultural - Income of local residents will increase and economic development on islands will Benefits of production and tourist service industry increase. - The local economy will be strengthened from the increased tourism and infrastructure - The subproject will improve the visual beauty of the island and villages subproject - Upgraded road will reduce traffic issues on the road - More facilities will be available to support the villagers identified - The number of tourists to the area will increase. - Don Det – Don Khone will become a focal point of future development - The upgraded road will improve access to Nakasang by a greater range of vehicles - The strengthened tourism from the improved infrastructure directly supports goals and objectives of the district socio-economic plan. Issues /concerns Project response/action Issues /concerns Project response/action - Additional public consultation is required - Information & public disclosure - Strongly concerned about coordination - The Project Management & Construction during final design period. conducted will continue in detailed among the different related parties Supervision Consultant (PMSC) in design phase which will include follow- (e.g., contractors, local government, conjunction with the PMU will ensure all - Information on the government policy(s) up consultations tourist groups, residents, local stakeholders are informed of the project underlying project rationale and design business) during the assessment and schedule and activities during the detailed are needed. - The rationale and underlying policies of detail design period. design phase and before the construction Pre- the government and ADB for the phase is initiated. - Concern that selection of contractor will project is summarized in IEE, and - Concern on un-clear responsibility of constructio not be transparent. detailed more fully in separate Project each sectors to community. - In support of the above the Project n project Administration Manual (PAM) Administration Manual details the design &, - Concerned that temporary worker camps Documents are available to the public - Concerned other external contractors responsibilities of the different parties. This impact will be close to settlements. Borrow pits for review. These documents are and will come to area to take advantage of information is available to all parties. assessmen must also be isolated and signed clearly will continue to be available to the subproject work. for public avoidance. public. - The open and formal bidding process self- t - Concern that selection of contractor(s) governs against other local contractors - Consider impact on natural - Contractors will be recruited following will not be transparent. trying to take advantage of the environments. ADB international procedures for infrastructure work. Only the firms awarded which tendering process is transparent - Concerned that temporary worker the contract packages can do work on the - Concerned that contractor selected will by design camps will be close to settlements. subproject. not have sufficient experience for the Borrow pits must also be isolated and port improvement component of - Worker camps and borrow pits will not signed clearly for public avoidance. - Contractors will be recruited following ADB

223 Appendix 10.1

Summary of Benefits and Concerns (August 30 – September 2, 2017) Phase Nakasang Access Road and Port Rehabilitation Don Det/Don Khone Access Improvements Issues /concerns Project response/action Issues /concerns Project response/action subproject. be located near settlements. Both will be international procedures for which temporary, and will be restored to - Want good environmental tendering process is transparent by design - Concerned that the impacts of the final vegetated unused state when subproject management to be prioritized during project designs will be ignored. is finished. the detail design phase. - Worker camps and borrow pits will not be located near settlements. Both will be - The potential environmental and social - Concerned about wastewater being temporary, and will be restored to vegetated impacts of all subproject components are discharged directly to water course unused state when subproject is finished. assessed by the IEE and separate (Mekong river) assessment of the required land - The IEE prescribes and is supported by acquisition and possible resettlement. project environmental management plan (EMP). The EMP follows international and - As part of the transparent tendering national standards to protect the natural and process each bidding contractor must social environments for project impacts. document experience with small port & Importantly the EMP is updated to meet the pier projects as well as experience with final detailed designs of the subproject the other subproject components. components.

- The IEE and more importantly the The EMP specifies that construction environmental management plan (EMP) wastewater of any kind should not be for the entire Nakasang subproject will be discharged to the Mekong river or any other updated to reflect any changes to the surface water course without treatment. subproject design at detailed and final design. The is a required of the ADB and government.

224 Appendix 10.1

Summary of Benefits and Concerns (August 30 – September 2, 2017) Phase Nakasang Access Road and Port Rehabilitation Don Det/Don Khone Access Improvements Issues /concerns Project response/action Issues /concerns Project response/action - Concern that the borrow pits for road - The EMP includes specific mitigation - Contractor should follow the impact - Contractors will develop and include works will not be managed properly. subplans for the opening, operation, mitigation measures. CEMPs for construction packages in their and decommissioning of borrow pits. bidding documents, and implement - Concerned that the contractors will not - Initial public outreach on the project according to performance criteria that are care about the local community, and will - The IEE and construction bidding policy, activities, with contractor, identified in IEE and the tenders. not be responsive to local authority. documents and final contract should be conducted with local documents will specify performance community. - The information disclosure and public - Consulting with local people is needed measures to assess performance of consultations on all underlying project Constructi for construction plans and activities. contractors in relation to the EMP and - Consider improving the existing detour policy and subproject technical design will on phase construction. before construction commences. be continued during the pre-construction phase. - The public consultation and information - Consider having a short construction disclosure process that was initiated period. - Existing access to Nakasang town and will continue during the construction port will continue during construction phase which is formalized with the phase with the assistance of detours to grievance redress mechanism. maintain traffic flow where necessary.

- Subprojects by design will be cost effective and thus implemented as fast as possible over shortest construction period possible.

- Concerned that operation of completed - The EMP and project completion - Provide a practicable operation and - The tourist destination and capacity subproject components will not be reporting prescribes subproject maintenance plan for village development plans of the TIIG integrate monitored to ensure design monitoring to ensure compliance with participation and empower the community into specifications met. operationalrequirements. The project management of the operation of the also specifies required O&M budgeting - Identify specific responsibilities of all completed tourist infrastructure. - Concern that the village will not to support required maintenance of related units into the maintenance plan Responsible parties are identified by the Operation participate in the solid waste subprojects. tourist destination plans. phase management of the market. - Providing training to the villagers for - Following from above, prescribed solid waste collection and management. - Individual tourist site solid waste collection - Concern that the long-term maintenance waste management will be monitored and management is part of the tourism of the completed subprojects will occur. with allocated O&M budget. destination management planning. Training on all aspects of destination - Meeting thinks villagers should be - The potential scope of village management will occur including trained to assist with road maintenance. management and maintenance of management of solid waste produced by

225 Appendix 10.1

Summary of Benefits and Concerns (August 30 – September 2, 2017) Phase Nakasang Access Road and Port Rehabilitation Don Det/Don Khone Access Improvements Issues /concerns Project response/action Issues /concerns Project response/action upgraded the Nakasang access road is tourists. included in the project capacity development plan - Consider clearing all the related obstacle - Removal of all shoreline and in-river - Propose to have more development - The 45m stretch riverbank above and along the river bank and port before obstacles to pier access and boat traffic plans for riverbank protection below the new pontoon pier in Nakasang construction commences. in/out of updated pier is part of the - Consider improving the residential will be strengthened and developed as preparations for implementation of accessibility part of the subproject. - Allow the local community to participate subproject. - Concerned that project will backfill the in management of the market village pond with borrow material. - A key of objective of subproject Other - Further to above the market will be self- infrastructure is to improve access of suggestion managed as much as possible by market residents and tourists to the tourist and s merchants and the community urban facilities - Filling village ponds or low-lying flood- prone areas is not part of the subproject. Flood amelioration is restricted to drainage for the upgraded access road, parking area, and riverfront area at pier.

226 Appendix 10.1

Table 17. Summary of key views of stakeholders of Vientiane subprojects

Summary of Benefits and Concerns August 26 – 28th Phase Nam Ngum Reservoir Access Improvements Kaeng Yui Waterfall Access Improvements Western Loop Rural Access Road and Bridge Improvements Issues /concerns Project response/action Issues /concerns Project response/action Issues /concerns Project response/action - Increase the local income and tourists number. - Increase number of tourists / attractive sites - Improve the road condition and access to sightseeing places - Opportunity for setting up the night market and - Increase income for family and village - Increasing the local income and small business numbers other small business. - Comfortable travelling and convenient parking Benefits for - Provincial public gathering site - Create new tourist sites. - Support the tour service development and increase tourist local people - Opportunity for setting up small business - Address waste issues and inappropriate zoning - Comfortable travelling and convenient parking numbers - Comfortable travelling and convenient parking for vehicles. Project Issues /concerns Project Project Issues /concerns Issues /concerns response/action response/action response/action

- Project public - The underlying policies - Project public - Project public information information policy of the government and information policy - Existing surface and - The underlying policies policy ADB for subproject groundwater supplies of the government and - Select appropriate summarized in IEE, - Community participation ADB for subproject Select good contractor along loop road will not be machinery storage and detailed in Project - summarized in IEE, disturbed & will be and camp area Administration Manual - Proper detail design and detailed in Project Provide community water protected. Scope of (PAM). Documents are - Administration Manual supply subproject excludes Pre- - Proper detail design available to the public - Use local workers (PAM). Documents are creation of new water construction for review. available to the public - Waste disposal area selection supplies. project - Location of detours Select good contractor for review. design &, - The EMP for the - The information Detours selection impact subproject specifies - - The EMP for subproject disclosure, and assessment location(s) and specifies requirement for stakeholder Proper detailed design allowable activities for DONRE-approved worker camps and consultations of locations of disposal of areas for equipment feasibility design stage construction and worker storage away from will continue in detailed residential and public design stage. The waste. areas.

227 Appendix 10.1

- - - The feasibility design is grievance redress The feasibility design is followed by detailed mechanism (GRM) will - design subproject allow formal followed by detailed design which among many submission of issues or subproject which among environmental and complaints of affected many environmental and social safeguards stakeholders. social safeguards specifies specifies requirement requirement for for construction of - The feasibility design is construction of pedestrian pedestrian and vehicle followed by detailed and vehicle detours around detours around all design subproject all construction site areas. construction site areas. which among many Detailed designapplies all Detailed designapplies environmental and social and environment all social and social safeguards issues to final engineering environment issues to specifies requirement designs. final engineering for construction of designs. pedestrian and vehicle detours around all construction site areas. Detailed designapplies all social and environment issues to final engineering designs.

- Contractors will be recruited following ADB international competitivebidding procedures are transparent by design, and specifies use of local workers Constructio - Use local worker - ADB bidding - Surface and - The EMP identifies - Use local workers - ADB bidding procedures n phase - Minimize access procedures require use groundwater mitigation subplans to - Dust and vibration pollution require use of local disruption of local workers, and contamination prevent or minimize - Safety issue and truck traffic workers. Application of - Implement impact specifies use of best - Vibration and dust pollution of Kaeng Yui - Flooding best international (e.g., mitigation measures international (e.g., pollution river, & surface waters - Camp and construction waste IFC/EHS) and national - Follow construction IFC/EHS) and national - Safety issues crossing access road, - Project safeguards policy construction practice and standards construction practice - Truck traffic and well water from standards will be required. - and standards. construction works.

228 Appendix 10.1

- Good coordination - The EMP for - Document and - Subproject will not - Community participation - The EMP which follows between all subproject defines agreement for material cause significant - Sediment flows to rice field ADB SPS (2009) identifies stakeholders mitigation measures to: sourcing and use vibration because no - Damage to property mitigation subplans to a) ensure no or blasting is foreseen. - Construction standards prevent or minimize: a) - Proper steep slope minimal local access - Contractor The EMP prescribes followed dust (vibration not an construction disruption to recreation environmental impact mitigation - Borrow pit selection issue); b) manage area and loop road; b) management subplans to prevent or construction and local - Water drainage construction traffic minimize dust with traffic safety and management to wetting agents (e.g., congestion; c) prevent or - Truck traffic prevent accidents; c) water CaCl2), and contain local flooding and ensure adequate managing for safe ponding at construction drainage at construction traffic. sites; d) to manage constructions sites to properly construction and prevent ponding and - The EMP specifies worker waste; e) control or flooding. requirement for contain soil erosion to DONRE-approved prevent sedimentation of - The stakeholder sources of aggregates surface waters & lowland consultation and for construction use. rice paddy; and f) effect information disclosure overall protection of process that was - All contractors will be commercial and private initiated will continue required to prepare property close to during the construction contractor EMPs construction areas. phase to provide (CEMP) for all transparent construction packages - Existing or new borrow pits coordination among all based on subproject will be selected in stakeholders. EMP which will be consultation with, and included in bidding approved by DONRE - The loop road documents. upgrades and - shoreline recreational infrastructure will integrate steep slope construction methods where necessary to protect infrastructure from slides from current rainfall events, and from projected increased rainfall from climate change.

229 Appendix 10.1

- Operation and - Required budget for - Road accidents - The EMP specifies - Borrow pit backfill - The EMP includes maintenance plan sustainable O&M of post-construction mitigation subplan for the subproject is defined - Additional funds for operation monitoring - Road accident start, operation, and - Community by project. The development of: a) traffic accidents decommissioning of investment promotion destination along completed - Community training on borrow pits which specifies management plan for - Waste disposal access road; b) solid operation and maintenance complete restoration of - Operations training subproject identifies waste collection and borrow pits as per DONRE community training & - Maintenance plan disposal at Vang Vieng - Local investment promotion requirements. Operation - Wastewater discharge capacity development landfill; and c) septic phase monitored for the operation & - Borrow pit backfill tank sludge removal. maintenance of the - The EMP specifies post- upgraded tourist - The EMP includes construction monitoring of facilities & mitigation subplan for traffic accidents along infrastructure. the start, operation, upgraded western loop and decommissioning road. - The EMP for of borrow pits which subproject specifies specifies complete monitoring of O&M of restoration of borrow new septic tank pits as per DONRE wastewater system at requirements. reservoir recreational area. - Allow opportunities for - A goal of the sub- - None - Awareness program on - As part of the information local people to project is to enable mitigation measure. disclosure and stakeholder develop businesses tourist business consultation program the development along - Must follow detailed design EMP and mitigation plan recreational area of for subproject will be Nam Ngum reservoir available to all Other stakeholders. suggestions

- The detailed designs of the subproject will be followed by the government and contractors as monitoring by the ADB.

230 Appendix 10.1

Table 17b. Summary of key views of stakeholders of Vientiane subprojects

Summary of Benefits and Concerns

August 26 – 28th Vang Vieng Urban Renewal Vang Vieng Solid Waste Management Improvements Phase Issues /concerns Project response/action Issues /concerns Project response/action - Reduction of waste, sludge, odor pollution - Improve the current waste management and collection service - Convenient to travel and make the town cleaner - Reduction the odor, pollution and insects in the village and school. Benefits for local people - Improve the drainage system and create beautiful - Better for villager’s health nearby the landfill area. views in the town - Solving the illegal waste dropping. - Good environmental condition and more pedestrian - Landfill site improvement will make the town cleaner friendly - Improved drainage system for town Project Issues /concerns Issues /concerns Project response/action response/action - The underlying policies - Proper detail design - Project public - The detailed design of upgraded managed landfill will follow of the government and Apply lessons from information policy international standards (e.g., IFC/EHS) for landfills. ADB for subproject current / other systems - Waste disposal area summarized in IEE, selection - The information disclosure, and stakeholder consultations of Pre-construction project and detailed in Project - Community cooperation - Proper detailed design feasibility design stage will continue in detailed design stage which design &, impact Administration Manual and participation in will enable continued public involvement with the environmental assessment - Opportunities for local (PAM). Documents are environmental management of subproject. The grievance redress mechanism business available to the public management (GRM) will allow formal submission of issues or complaints of - Community participation for review. - Provide O&M manual affected stakeholders.

Appendix 10.1

Summary of Benefits and Concerns

August 26 – 28th Vang Vieng Urban Renewal Vang Vieng Solid Waste Management Improvements Phase Issues /concerns Project response/action Issues /concerns Project response/action - - The information disclosure, and - The upgraded managed landfill will require and include an extensive stakeholder capacity development and training program for UDAA staff which will consultations of include a comprehensive O&M manual. feasibility design stage will continue in detailed - The waste collection and tipping fees will need to be worked out at design stage. The detailed design as part of the sustainability of the managed landfill. grievance redress mechanism (GRM) will allow formal submission of issues or complaints of affected stakeholders.

- The detailed design of subproject integrates IEE environmental safeguards &specifies requirement for waste management for all construction site areas disposal sites approved by DONRE.

- A goal of the sub- project is to enable tourist business development in Vang Vieng.

232 Appendix 10.1

Summary of Benefits and Concerns

August 26 – 28th Vang Vieng Urban Renewal Vang Vieng Solid Waste Management Improvements Phase Issues /concerns Project response/action Issues /concerns Project response/action - Inform construction - The EMP identifies - Documentation and - The feasibility and detailed design requires and will obtain agreement schedules mitigation subplans to agreement with local with local authorities on all design & management aspects of a) manage construction authorities upgraded landfill. - Damage to property and local traffic safety and congestion; b) - Use of subcontractor - Use of construction subcontractors will be specified by bidding prevent or minimize - Safety issue documents of ADB bidding process. Bidding documents will specify dust; c) to manage - Truck traffic application of international (e.g., IFC/EHS) and national best properly construction construction practices for modern managed landfills. - Waste disposal and worker waste; and - Follow the detailed design d) effect overall The EMP specifies many different mitigation subplans including safe - Truck traffic - Construction phase protection of Vang - Proper construction management of construction truck traffic along landfill access & Vieng commercial and approach roads. - Apply lessons from other methods and standards private property close places to construction areas.

- Construction period - As part of the

continued information - Dust pollution. disclosure process all construction schedules & expected entire construction period will be made public to Vang Vieng residents. -

233 Appendix 10.1

Summary of Benefits and Concerns

August 26 – 28th Vang Vieng Urban Renewal Vang Vieng Solid Waste Management Improvements Phase Issues /concerns Project response/action Issues /concerns Project response/action - Operation and - A specific budget - Insect and odor - The design of the upgraded managed landfill includes measures maintenance plan required for O&M of the prevention such as cell coverage, and garbage truck coverage to minimize odor new and upgraded and insect problems. - Community training infrastructure in Vang - Operation and Vieng will be specified. maintenance plan - As indicated above the upgraded managed landfill will include a - Local investment A detailed O&M plan comprehensive O&M plan and budget for UDAA which will follow promotion will support the budget. - Equipment and vehicle extensive training on landfill management. for operation, and - The tourism destination equipment O&M. - The O&M plan and budget will include the new vehicles and Operation phase program includes equipment to be supplied with the upgraded landfill.

training on community

involvement in use &

maintenance of the

upgraded tourist infrastructures.

- Promotion and incentive development for local tourist promotion and investment forms part of the tourist destination management. - None - - None -

Other suggestions

234 Appendix 10.1

VI. POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATIONS

A. Subproject Benefits

111. The benefits of the subprojects in Champasak and Vientiane provincesare summarized below which reflect the output of the stakeholder consultations.

1. Champasak province

a. Nakasang Access Road and Port Rehabilitation

112. The improvements to the main access road from NR#10 to Nakasang town and to the main tourist port to the “4000 islands” area of the Mekong river the will greatly benefit tourism in the area, and access to the islands by residents. The access road traverses mostly rice paddy with low areas prone to flooding. The new concrete road surface will provide a durable surface that will greatly improve movement of local vehicles and tourist coaches. The upgraded access road will be on anembankment, and lateral and cross drainage will enable stormwater runoff off the road, reducing risk of road flooding and year- round access. Apart from the upgraded access road will be improved parking and a new turning circle for coaches at the Tourist Information Centre.

113. The improvements to the footpaths and embankments along the waterfront, and the improved ramps to the existing floating tourist pier will increase the capacity and improve safety for tourists and residents. The realignment of the main drainage pipe away from the public shoreline area will improve significantly sanitation and aesthetics of the tourist staging area. The subproject will directly benefit 1,6450 Nakasang residents, 228 boat operators, and about 100 vendors in Nakasang market.

b. Don Det/Don Khone Access Improvements

114. The upgrades to the island’s small road network and footpaths to concrete paving will relieve congestion, improve traffic safety, and reduce dusty and/or muddy seasonal conditions. The new lighting will allow safer use of the different foot and bicycle paths and small roads at night thereby expanding the scope of tourist activity. The subproject will directly benefit 1,240 Don Det and 1,345 Don Khone residents.

2. Vientiane province

a. Nam Ngum Reservoir Access Improvements

115. The major benefit will be functionally improved, safe, and better organized recreation facilities beside the reservoir. Dilapidated and unsafe piers and beachfront buildings will be replaced with a modern marina that can handle 50-60 boats. The ability to accommodate small recreational boats and ferries will greatly expand the tourist expereince. The reconstructed vendor market stalls including public toilets will significantly improve sanitation and business opportunities for residents. The proposed circular concrete access road to NR #10 and parking lot will improve traffic management and prevent congestion caused by the current dead end situation at the recreation area. The subproject will benefit 1,600 people from nearby Ban Sengsavang and is expected to catalyze significant tourism related investment at the site.

b. Kaeng Yui Waterfall Access Improvements

116. The upgraded access road, and improved parking at the base of thepathway leading to the water fall will allow more tourists to visit the waterfall more comfortably and provide 235 Appendix 10.1 residents better access to markets and social services in nearby Vang Vieng Town. The increased tourist flow to the waterfall will directly benefit the homestays which have been established along the route and near the falls. The improved footpath and small suspension bridges to the falls, and improved vendor kiosks, will generate economic opportunities for local entrepreneurs and greatly improve tourist’s experience. The subproject will directly benefit 873 Ban Nadoung residents and an additional 2,580 persons living along the improved access road.

c. Western Loop Rural Access Road and Bridge Improvements

117. Community managed tourist destinations (i.e., caves, swimming lagoons, and cultural villages) will greatly benefit from the improved western access road. Road improvements will reduce travel time to and from Vang Vieng, increase visitor’s and resident’s safety and comfort, and improve residents access to markets and social services. A new bridge across the Nam Song river will relieve congestion in Vang Vieng urban core. The upgraded and expanded shoreline foot and bicycle footpath along the Nam Song river in Vang Vieng will provide a greenbelt and expanded recreation opportunities for residents and tourists. The subproject will directly benefit about 9,500 people in 11 villages alongside the improved 26 km access road and relieve urban congestion for about 60,000 Vang Vieng residents.

d. Vang Vieng Urban Renewal

118. The improvements to lateral street drains, footpaths, and traffic management in the town will improve sanitation and pedestrian safety. The subproject will help prevent flooding, traffic congestion, and provide upgraded and new lateral footpaths with street lighting and landscaping to create a more pleasant urban environment. It will directly benefit3,849 residents (Ban Savang, Ban Vieng Keo and Ban Mueang Xong), tourists, and 143 hotels/guest houses and 126 shops/restaurants. The economic potential for tourist growth is under preparation for the town. Rough estimates can be obtained from the PPTA tourism and activity forecasts21

e. Vang Vieng Solid Waste Management Improvements

119. The upgraded solid waste management system for Vang Vieng, including the upgraded existing dumpsite, will expand affordable solid waste collection services in Vang Vieng Town and surrounding villages. It will assist the district authorities implement the sub- decree onSolid Waste Management (April 1999). New garbage trucks, vaccuum trucks, and modern waste processing facilities at the upgraded landfill will improve santation and reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The current collection system is inadequate for the increasing amount of solid waste that is being produced in the town and vicinity. Garbage piles along streets and in alleys are becoming more noticeable. At the dumpsite the randomly dispersed piles of garbage are not sufficiently contained resulting in much wind blow outside the dump property. The adhoc waste recycling by waste pickers is not efficient resulting in pickers not realizing the full poential income from recycled materials that would become more attractive to buyers if sufficient amounts of different materials were stockpiled A materials recovery facility at the upgraded landfill will improve the safety and efficiency of solid waste recycling; and a new septage treatment facility will allow septic tank sludge to be stored and treated safely. Currently not all septage from urban tanks is being collected and not all septage that is collected is being disposed of at the dumpsite due to insufficient collection trucks and treatment facilities, and a lack of regulation and training.The subproject will expand collection services from 1,359 to 3,840 households. Overall, the subproject will benefit about approximately 60,000 residents and 300 businesses directly and indirectly.

21Footnote 11 236 Appendix 10.1

B. Subproject Impacts and Mitigation

120. The assessment of potential impacts of the seven subprojects in Lao PDR is structured around the three main phases of implementation defined by Pre-construction Phase, Construction Phase, and Operation Phase.

1. Pre-construction phase

121. The pre-construction phase begins with the completion of the detailed, final designs of the subprojects. The final subproject designs, amongst tourism infrastructure and engineering needs, will consider social and environment impacts, and requirements for subproject resilience to climate change. The sensitive social and environmental receptors and the climate change resilience measures identified by this IEE will be reviewed as part of the detailed design to ensure potential impacts are not missed - in particular if the subproject locations or designs are changed significantly at detailed design. The biodiversity study of the Phu Hong-Phu Ban conservation forest at the Kaeng Yui waterfall will be conducted by the PMCES. The subproject EMPs will be updated accordingly.

122. Negative impacts associated with the pre-construction phases of the sub-projects primarily concern land acquisition and resettlement. At the feasibility design stage,land acquisition and resettlement (LAR) impacts are foreseen for two subprojects in Vientiane Province, namely: (a) Nam Ngum Reservoir Access Improvements, and (b) Western Loop Rural Access Road and Bridge Improvements. Out of a total of 59 affected households (AHs), 40 are at the Nam Ngum Reservoir and 19 at the Western Loop Road. 19 AHs at Nam Ngum Reservoir are severely affected due to having to relocate house and business. Amongst the total of 59 AHs there are 17 vulnerable households, out of which five are severely affected.

a. Groundwater analyses

123. The upgrade ofVang Vieng dumpsite requires an understanding of the depth of the water table, and groundwater quality to complete the design for the renovation. Soil type and porosity at the site should also be determined to complete the design and selection of liner materials for the landfill cells. A draft TOR for the groundwater study is provided in Appendix D.

b. UXO screening & removal

124. All planned excavation sitesin subproject areas should be screened by the military for unexploded UXO. Suspected UXO should beremoved accordingly by the military. This activity must be done before the construction phase begins. A UXO clearance certificate should be obtained prior to construction package award.

c. Updating IEE and EMPs

125. The IEE and two subproject EMPs for Champasak and Vientiane Provincewill need to be updated during the pre-construction phase to ensure they address any changes made during final detailed designs of the subprojects. This will involve finalization of mitigation sub-plans to manage potential impact areas such erosion, sedimentation of surface waters, noise, dust and air quality, spoil disposal, traffic, and worker and public safety at the project sites.

126. Key impact mitigation measures of the pre-construction phase are:

1) Initiation of required land acquisition and compensation for each subproject; 2) Continuation of information disclosure, and re-introduction of the Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM) 237 Appendix 10.1

3) Completion of TOR for groundwater study; 3) Completion of detailed designs of the subprojects; and 4) Updating the IEEand the subproject EMPs.

2. Construction Phase

127. To prevent redundant assessment and reporting of the common potential impacts andmitigations of similar subproject components or affected environments are addressed together. This allows clearer definition and assessment of important subproject-specific impacts that require specific mitigationmeasures.

a. Common potential impacts of Champasak and Vientianesubprojects

Roads/footpaths & parking

All seven subprojects

128. The disturbances and short-term impacts associated with the civil works of road construction are relatively large. Potential environmental impacts of construction of new and upgrading of roads, footpaths and small car parks are reduced and/or blocked public access, disrupted business and recreation, noise, dust and air pollution caused by increased truck traffic and heavy equipment use, soil and adjacent surface water pollution caused by equipment operation and maintenance, public and worker risk of accidents, increased traffic accidents, land erosion and surface water sedimentation, drainage and flooding problems, solid and domestic waste from worker camps, social issues and community problems caused by migrant workers.

129. The potential construction impacts and disturbances will vary depending on the magnitude of the subproject component(s) and location and timing of implementation as influenced by site sensitivity (i.e., ecological value & protection level). For example, the potential ecological impacts of upgrading the Nakasang access road and western link road of Vang Vieng will not be as great as the road construction through the conservation forest along Nam Ngum reservoir.The former two roads traverse established rice paddy, agriculture, and scrub forest and are upgrades to existing roads, whereas the 2-km road section at Nam Ngum traverses former protected forest and is a partially new corridor not solely an upgrade to an existing road section. The affected forest has subsequently been zoned for tourism development. Similarly, the constructiondust and noise created from the road and drainage works in Vang Vieng town will be a much greater disturbance to local people than the dust and noise created from the upgrades to the access roads to Kaeng Yui Waterfall and the Vang Vieng landfill where the population is much lower and less dense.

i. Common mitigation measures

130. Measures to mitigate and manage potential common impacts associated with the construction phase of the road works are summarized below. The regulations on construction in Lao PDR are not well developed. The construction guidelines developed by the MOF22, and when necessary appropriate regulations or guidelinesof the IFC/World Bank Environment, Health, and Safety Guidelines (2007) should be followed.

131. The common mitigation measures below will be applied as appropriate in the two EMPs for the subprojects in Champasak and Vientiane. These generic construction mitigation measures are decidedly comprehensive at the feasibility design stage of the subprojects to ensure that a mitigation measure for the impact of a final road design feature is not overlooked during the detailed design stage. The contractors will be required to include these measures in their site-specific construction EMPs (CEMPs) which will be

22 (MOF, 2009) School Construction Guidelines 238 Appendix 10.1 submitted to the project management and construction supervision consultant (PMSC) and the PMUs for review and approval prior to construction. Monitoring will be carried out by the PMSC during the construction period.

132. Air pollution control. Contractors shall include all necessary measures to prevent or minimize air pollution and dust development by implementing the following air quality control measures. Most of these generic measures are applicable to all construction sites and construction activities as good practice, and are also described in the World Bank Group’s EHS guidelines.

(i) Build access and hauling roads at sufficient distances from residential areas, in particular, from local schools and hospitals. (ii) Assign haulage routes and schedules to avoid transport occurring in the central areas, traffic intensive areas or residential areas. For the areas with high- demand on environmental quality, transport should be arranged at night.

(iii) Spray water or other wetting agents such as calcium chloride (CaCl2) regularly on unpaved haul roads and access roads (at least once a day) to suppress dust; and erect hoarding around dusty activities. (iv) Cover material stockpiles with dust shrouds or tarpaulin. For the earthwork management for backfill, measures will include surface press and periodical spraying and covering. The extra earth or dreg should be cleared from the project site in time to avoid long term stockpiling. (v) Minimize the storage time of construction and demolition wastes on site by regularly removing them off site. (vi) Site asphalt mixing and concrete batching stations at least 300 m downwind of the nearest air quality protection target. (vii) Equip asphalt, hot mix and batching plants with fabric filters and/or wet scrubbers to reduce the level of dust emissions. (viii) Install wheel washing equipment or conduct wheel washing manually at each exit of the works area to prevent trucks from carrying muddy or dusty substance onto public roads. (ix) Keep construction vehicles and machinery in good working order, regularly service and turn off engines when not in use. (x) Vehicles with an open load-carrying case, which transport potentially dust- producing materials, shall have proper fitting sides and tail boards. Dust-prone materials shall not be loaded to a level higher than the side and tail boards, and shall always be covered with a strong tarpaulin. (xi) In periods of high wind, dust-generating operations shall not be permitted within 200 m of residential areas. Special precautions need to be applied in the vicinity of sensitive receptors such as schools, kindergartens and hospitals. (xii) To avoid odor impacts caused by shoreline sediment dredging for pier or bridge foundations, transport dredged sediment in closed tank wagons to contain odor and prevent scattering along the way. (xiii) Unauthorized burning of construction and demolition waste material and refuse be prohibited.

133. Construction noise. Contractors will be required to implement the following mitigation measures for construction activities to meet Lao PDR and IFC/WHO recommended environmental noise standards and to protect sensitive receptors. Some measures are generic and are applicable to all construction sites and activities. They

239 Appendix 10.1 represent good practice and are effective measures and are in line with IFC’s EHS guidelines.

(i) During daytime construction, the contractor will ensure that: (1) noise levels from equipment and machinery conform to the IFC EHS Standards, and properly maintain machinery to minimize noise; (2) equipment with high noise and high vibration are not used near village or township areas and only low noise machinery or the equipment with sound insulation is employed; (3) sites for concrete-mixing plants and similar activities will be located at least 300 m away from the nearest noise protection target; and (4) temporary noise barriers or hoardings will be installed around the equipment to shield residences when there are residences within 20 m of the noise source. (ii) No construction is allowed between the night time hours of 22:00 to 06:00. (iii) Regularly monitor noise levels at construction site boundaries. If noise standards are exceeded by more than 3 dB, equipment and construction conditions shall be checked, and mitigation measures shall be implemented to rectify the situation. (iv) Provide the construction workers with suitable hearing protection (ear muffs) according to the worker health and safety requirements of Lao PDR. (v) Control the speed of bulldozer, excavator, crusher and other transport vehicles travelling on site, adopt noise reduction measures on equipment, step up equipment repair and maintenance to keep them in good working condition. (vi) Limit the speed of vehicles travelling on site (less than 8 km/h), forbid the use of horns unless absolutely necessary, minimize the use of whistles. (vii) Maintain continual communication with the villages and communities near the construction sites, and avoid noisy construction activities during school examination periods.

134. Surface water pollution. The contractors will implement the following measures to prevent water pollution:

(i) Portable toilets and small package wastewater treatment plants will be provided on construction sites and construction camps for the workers and canteens. If there are nearby public sewers, interim storage tanks and pipelines will be installed to convey wastewater to those sewers. (ii) Sedimentation tanks will be installed on construction sites to treat process water (e.g. concrete batching for bridge construction) and muddy runoff with high concentrations of suspended solids. If necessary, flocculants such as polyacryl amide will be used to facilitate sedimentation. (iii) Construction machinery will be repaired and washed at special repairing shops. No onsite machine repair and washing shall be allowed. (iv) Material stockpiles will be protected against wind and runoff waters which might transport them to surface waters. (v) Dedicated fuel storage areas must be established away from public areas and marked clearly. (vi) Storage of bulk fuel should be on covered concrete pads away from the public and worker camp, and 300m from surface waters. Fuel storage areas and tanks must be clearly marked, protected, and lighted. Contractors should be required to have an emergency plan to handle fuel and oil spillage. (vii) Mitigation of water quality impacts during bridge and pier construction will be based on water quality monitoring results.

240 Appendix 10.1

(viii) Berms and/or silt curtains should be constructed around all excavation/trench sites and along all surface waters to prevent soil erosion and surface water sedimentation.

135. Earthworks & soil erosion mitigation. The contractors will implement the following measures related to earthwork management:

（i） Present and past land use should be reviewed to assess whether excavated soils are contaminated spoil. Contaminated spoil should be disposed at a nearby landfill or a location approved by DONRE. （ii） Confirm location of the borrow pit and temporary spoil storage and final disposal sites, securing permits from relevant DONREs. （iii） Develop borrow pit and spoil disposal site management and restoration plan, to be approved by responsible authority; obtain permit for the clearance of excavated earthworks. （iv） Construct intercepting ditches and drains to prevent runoff entering construction sites, and diverting runoff from sites to existing drainage. （v） Construct hoardings and sedimentation ponds to contain soil loss and runoff from the construction sites. （vi） Limit construction and material handling during periods of rains and high winds. （vii） Stabilize all cut slopes, embankments, and other erosion-prone working areas while works are going on. （viii） Stockpiles shall be short-termed, placed in sheltered and guarded areas near the actual construction sites, covered with clean tarpaulins, and sprayed with water during dry and windy weather conditions. （ix） All earthwork disturbance areas shall be stabilized with thatch cover within 30 days after earthworks have ceased at the sites. （x） Immediately restore, level and plant landscape on temporary occupied land upon completion of construction works. （xi） Implement all soil erosion protection measures as defined in the soil and water conservation reports.

136. Ecological impacts. The contractors will implement the following measures to prevent ecological impact during construction:

(i) Preserve existing vegetation where no construction activity is planned. (ii) Protect existing trees and grassland during construction; where a tree has to be removed or an area of grassland disturbed, replant trees and re-vegetate the area after construction. (iii) Remove trees or shrubs only as the last resort if they impinge directly on the permanent works or necessary temporary works. (iv) Prior to commencement of construction, tag and conspicuously mark all the trees to be preserved to prevent damage to these trees by construction workers. (v) Construction workers are prohibited from capturing any wildlife in the project areas. (vi) Vegetate slopes to prevent erosion and plant native trees along road alignments.

137. Occupational health and safety. The construction industry is considered to be a hazardous for which many potentially hazardous operations conducted. The civil works contractors will implement adequate precautions to protect the health and safety of 241 Appendix 10.1 construction workers and the public. Contractors will manage occupational health and safety risks by applying the following measures:

(i) To prevent or minimize injury of construction workers and the public, directives of the Lao PDR National Occupational Safety & Health (OSH) Programme (2010) that the Ministry of Labour and Social Welfare (MLSW) established with the OSH model program developed by the International Labour Organization (ILO).The IFC/World Bank Environment, Health, and Safety Guidelines (2007) that govern the safe and orderly operation of civil works should be added as supplementary guidance if needed. (ii) Care must be taken to ensure that sites for all earthworks (e.g., excavations, trenches) and dredging that are suspected to have unexploded ordnance (UXO) are surveyed by the military prior to construction. If such ordnance is detected clearing work will need to be commissioned prior to undertaking civil works. (iii) Construction site sanitation: (1) Each contractor shall provide adequate and functional systems for sanitary conditions, toilet facilities, waste management, labor dormitories and cooking facilities. Effectively clean and disinfect the site. During site formation, spray with phenolated water for disinfection. Disinfect toilets and refuse piles and timely remove solid waste; (2) Exterminate rodents on site at least once every 3 months, and exterminate mosquitoes and flies at least twice each year; (3) Provide public toilets in accordance with the requirements of labor management and sanitation departments in the living areas on construction site, and appoint designated staff responsible for cleaning and disinfection; (4) Work camp wastewater shall be discharged into the municipal sewer system or treated on-site with portable system. (iv) Occupational safety: (1) Provide safety hats and safety shoes to all construction workers; (2) Provide safety goggles and respiratory masks to workers doing asphalt road paving and tunnel blasting; (3) Provide ear plugs to workers working near noisy PME. (v) Food safety: Inspect and supervise food hygiene in canteen on site regularly. Canteen workers must have valid health permits. Once food poisoning is discovered, implement effective control measures immediately to prevent it from spreading. (vi) Disease prevention, health services: (1) All contracted labor shall undergo a medical examination which should form the basis of an (obligatory) health/accident insurance and welfare provisions to be included in the work contracts. The contractors shall maintain records of health and welfare conditions for each person contractually engaged; (2) Establish health clinic at location where workers are concentrated, which should be equipped with common medical supplies and medication for simple treatment and emergency treatment for accidents; (3) Specify (by the PMUs and contractors) the person(s) responsible for health and epidemic prevention responsible for the education and propaganda on food hygiene and disease prevention to raise the awareness of workers. (vii) Social conflict prevention: No major social risks and/or vulnerabilities are anticipated as a result of the project. The project construction workers will be engaged locally. Civil works contracts will stipulate priorities to (1) employ local people for works, (2) ensure equal opportunities for women and men, (3) pay equal wages for work of equal value, and to pay women’s wages directly to them; and (4) not employ child or forced labor.

242 Appendix 10.1

138. Community health and safety. Temporary traffic diversions, continual generation of noise and dust on hauling routes, and general hindrance to local accesses and services are common impacts associated with construction works within or nearby local settlements.The project may also contribute to road accidents through the use of heavy machinery on existing roads, temporarily blocking pavements for pedestrians etc. The potential impacts on community health and safety will be mitigated through a number of activities defined in the EMPs. The contractors will implement the following measures:

(i) Temporary Traffic management: A traffic control and operation plan will be prepared together with the local traffic police prior to any construction. The plan shall include provisions for diverting or scheduling construction traffic to avoid morning and afternoon peak traffic hours, regulating traffic at road crossings with an emphasis on ensuring public safety through clear signs, controls and planning in advance. (ii) Information disclosure: Residents and businesses will be informed in advance through media of the construction activities, given the dates and duration of expected traffic disruption. (iii) Construction sites: Clearly marked signs will be placed at construction sites in view of the public, warning people of potential dangers such as moving vehicles, hazardous materials, excavations etc. and raising awareness on safety issues. Heavy machinery will not be used after day light and all such equipment will be returned to its overnight storage area/position before night. All sites will be made secure, discouraging access by members of the public through appropriate fencing whenever appropriate. Open excavations should be fenced, and trenches covered where public walkways or vehicles must cross.

Subproject-specific sensitivity

139. The construction of the 2-km road section of the loop road through land adjacent to the Phu-En Protection Forest, even though zoned for tourism activities in the Provincial Tourism Development Master Plan, will require special mitigation measures to minimize the impact footprint of the new road section. For example, the total alignment of the road section should be as narrow as possible with minimal to no shoulder area. Only emergency vehicle stopping should be allowed on the minimal shoulder when road section is in operation. All construction vehicles and equipment should be located and operated within the new road alignment. No adjacent parking areas should be constructed for equipment or paving aggregate stockpiling. All vehicles and equipment should not be serviced along the 2km section, and not be left inside the 2km zone overnight.

140. To confirm the upgrades to the entire 5.9km loop road will not encroach on critical wildlife habitat, or affect rare of endangered species a rapid biodiversity survey of the forest near the loop road alignment was conducted by theNational University of Lao PDR. The results of the desk-study, forest survey, and local stakeholder surveys found the forest in the subproject’s area of influence is regenerating mixed deciduous forest recovering from past logging and agriculture. The forest does not support rare or endangered animals or plants. Four rare tree species were found more than 1 km from the road alignment. The assessment report is summarized in Appendix G including an action plan, which has been incorporated into the EMP and Output 3 of the project.

243 Appendix 10.1

141. Extra effort for impact mitigation also applies to the access road upgrades to the Kaeng Yui Waterfall. While the access road is adjacent but outside the Phu Hong – Phu Ban Conservation Forest, extra care to not encroach into the conservation forest is required. The road upgrading activities should not, and do not need to extend into the forest. Temporary vehicle and equipment parking should also not occur in the forest. The completed upgraded alignment should not penetratethe conservation forest. Similar to the Phu-En forest but during detailed design stage, a biodiversity survey of the Phu Hong-Phu Ban forest near the waterfall will be conducted. The results of the survey will be used to enhance the tourist experience at the water fall. It is envisaged that photographs and descriptions of any special wildlife in the area will be presented to visitors to the waterfall on placards placed along the footpath to the waterfall.

142. The upgrading of foot& cycle paths,improvements to the existing island road network for Don Det/Don Khone Access Improvements subproject will potentially hinder use of these roads for tourists and residents. Construction should be sequenced to avoid road closure and scheduled to move equipment out of the way to not block these routes during specific scheduled times of the day.

Piers, embankment, and bridge

143. The construction and upgrades to the piers, embankments and bridges in the three subprojects: 1) Nakasang Access Road and Port Rehabilitation, 2) Nam Ngum Reservoir Access Improvements; and 3) Western Loop Rural Access Road and Bridge Improvements share common construction impacts on surface waters, i.e. Mekong and Nam Song river, and the Nam Ngum reservoir. The issues concern destruction or damage to the aquatic environment, and degraded water quality from pollution and sedimentation, and disruption of boat traffic and fishing or aquaculture.

144. The three subprojects are similar with respect to the potential magnitude of potential impacts on the aquatic environment, and the sensitivity of the affected aquatic environments. Thus, the mitigation measures listed for roads/footpaths, and parking lots apply as appropriate, along with the following specific mitigation measures:

 In-water silt curtains should be placed to isolate as much as possible the civil works activities of the piers at Nam Ngum reservoir and Nakasang town to restrict suspension and re-settlement of bottom sediment to immediate work area.  Shoreline berms should be placed between work areas on the embankment to be upgraded at Nakasang town, and all other shoreline works such as the drainage pipe to be re-routed at Nakasang village to prevent or minimize soil erosion and sedimentation. Support piles should be avoided if possible for the bridge across Nam Song river  No vehicles or heavy equipment should be operated in the water if possible.  All construction materials, machinery fluids (gas, oil), and construction waste must be kept away from the water.  The civil work areas in the water and along shorelines must be clearly marked to warn the public, boaters, and fisherman of the construction activities.

Landfill

244 Appendix 10.1

145. The landfill upgrade of the Vang Vieng Solid Waste Management Improvements subprojectwill involve civil works activities like road construction, but also build a managed dumpsite including special features such as a materials recovery facility and septage treatment facility. The key environmental impact issues during the construction phase and operation phase is groundwater quality, production of methane (CH4), and leachate. The ECA for the existing dumpsite along with the groundwater quality and soils investigation will provide valuable insight into the detailed design requirements of the upgraded managed landfill. The ECA will also confirm the observed absence of human settlements near the dumpsite and the absence of surface waters. The impact mitigations listed above for road construction apply as appropriate, with the addition of the following key mitigations:

 The ECA and groundwater and soils investigation in Appendix E should be implemented.  Using the results of the groundwater investigation, excavations of cells should be careful not to penetrate the water table.  By design, a modern liner should be installed under each landfill cell including the medical waste and septage treatment cells.  The gas capture technology should be suitable for the type of waste to be deposited in the landfill.  The capacity of the peripheral surface runoff drainage network to be installed should be sufficient for extreme rainfall projections.  The leachate capture and disposal design whether by treatment or simple distribution on top of newly deposited/covered waste should meet the production capacity of the landfill.

3. Operation Phase

a. Solid waste management

146. Posted speed limits along the access road to the upgraded landfill in Vang Vieng must be enforced to prevent accidents, and sufficient annual O&M budgets should be provided to maintain all /vacuum trucks and all other vehicles in good working order to reduce air pollution and occupational hazards. Wetting agents (such as water and calcium chloride) should be periodically applied to access roads and landfill areas to control dust and wind-blown debris.

147. The above mitigation should support the comprehensive IFC EHS guidelines (2007) for solid waste and hazardous (hospital) management. The guidelines address the full cycle of solid waste management starting with waste prevention & minimization, collection & transport, recycling and reuse, treatment, storage and disposal, and monitoring. The EMP will further elaborate the requirements of the IFC guidelines.

148. Groundwater quality from the monitoring bore holes installed at landfill sites for the groundwater quality investigation should be monitored regularly to ensure local groundwater is not contaminated by the landfill cells or leachate stream. The MRF and working conditions of any waste pickers at the landfill site needs to be reviewed regularly to ensure that the original equipment, and the workingconditions of the pickers are safe. Methane production should be monitored to determine how well the gas capture technology is working.

245 Appendix 10.1

149. Output 3 of the Project which is focused on capacity development of local agencies for Tourism Destination Management will contribute greatly to solid waste management at all subproject sites. Solid waste collection and management at the tourist sites remains a significant O&M component that requires strengthening and support.

b. New and upgraded piers and embankments

150. The new and upgraded piers aside the Mekong river and Nam Ngum reservoir, as part of the Nam Ngum Reservoir Access Improvements and Nakasang Access Road and Port Rehabilitation require enforced speed limits for boats to be posted near the pier areas to reduce risk of collisions from increased boat traffic. Boat use of the ports should follow well defined arrival-departure schedules that distinguish tourist traffic from commercial traffic.Rules of no contaminated bilge water/sewage/oil discharge or solid waste discharge from all tourist boats should be put in place and enforced.

c. New and upgraded roads, all subprojects

151. Speed limits for all roads should be enforced and pedestrian cross-walks installed in appropriate areas.

C. Induced and Cumulative Impacts

152. A potential induced spatial or temporal cumulative impact of the increased tourism development at the subproject sites is increased consumption of natural resources, and pollution from solid waste and poorly managed septic systems. Don Det / Don Khone may be most susceptible to solid waste pollution given they are islands without modern landfills.

D. Climate Change

153. A Climate Vulnerability and Risk Assessment (CVRA) was prepared separately. Below are excerpts of the CVRA, climate change adaptations measures, and initial estimates of the projects greenhouse gas emissions (GHG).

1. Projections

154. The recent assessment of climate change in Lao PDR23usingthe 4.5 and 8.5 Representative Concentration Pathways (RCP) for GHG emission scenarios with the Coupled Model Intercomparison Project-5 indicated that mean daily temperature will increase by 1.9 – 2.4 oC and annual rainfall will increase by 5% by 2036 – 2065.Projected increases in rainfall are greater for rainy season. The 2016 studyapplied the climate projections to estimate changes in extreme flows in the Mekong river. An assessment of climate change in Khammouane province24which is situated north of Champasak province produced an annual increase in precipitation in 2050 of 11% with decreased precipitation during dry season. That study showed maximum daily temperatures would increase by 2oC. Frequency of extreme weather events is expected to increase. Being landlocked, sea level rise is not an issue

23Hoang et al., 2016. Mekong river flow and hydrological extremes under climate change. Hydrol. Earth Sys. Sci. 20: 3027-3041. 24USAID, 2014. USAID Mekong Adaptation and Resilience to Climate Change, Vulnerability Assessment Report, Khammouane province, 33pgs. 246 Appendix 10.1

1. Greenhouse gas emissions

155. The project investments will lead to GHG emissions from vehicles on project roads and emissions boats using the improved piers. Methane (CH4) emissions from the upgraded Vang Vieng landfill should be zero to minimal because of the gas capture and control technology that will be installed. The project construction phase is unlikely to produce large GHG emissions because of the investment scale and diversion of existing construction equipment.

156. The GHG emissions from project roads was established based on the guidance provided in the ADB Environment Safeguards - a Good Practice Sourcebook (2012). If the traffic expressed as passenger car units per day (PCU/day) is below the numbers indicated in Table 18in a representative year, the emissions in that year are unlikely to exceed the 100,000 tons CO2e threshold.

Table 18. Maximum Number of PCU per Km to Trigger 100,000CO2e/a

Length of Road. (km) PCU/day Length of Road. (km) PCU/day 10 76,000 50 23,000 20 57,000 60 19,000 30 38,000 70 16,000 35 33,000 90 13,000 40 28,000 100 11,000 Source: ADB Environment Safeguards - a Good Practice Sourcebook (2012)

157. The total length of the new roads is estimated less than 3km, for the other 37 km upgrades are proposed to existing roads. Traffic flows in 2030are expected to be below50,000 PCU/day, which produces well under the 100,000 tons/a GHG threshold.

158. Output 2 of the project which is comprised of the project-wide adoption of the Asean Tourism Standards (e.g., Homestay Standard, Clean Tourist City Standard, Green Hotel Standard, & Public Toilet Standard) will contribute to the reductions in the carbon footprint of the subproject areas through increased energy efficiency (e.g., use of LED lighting) and reductions in GHG emissions.

2. Climate Risk and Vulnerability

159. The indicative sensitivity of the 7 subprojects in Champasak and Vientiane to climate change was classified as “MEDIUM” using AWARETM software tool. The software combines geographic information on current site-specific climate, climate hazards from topography, elevation and distance to the ocean, and the latest climate change projections for each area. The sensitivity of the seven subprojects is due primarily to sensitivity to local landslip and flooding.

3. Climate Proofing Project Infrastructure

160. The preliminary, and later detailed designs, will be resilient to the impacts of present- day climate extremes defined primarily by rainfall intensity and wind on flooding and erosion. Most of the subproject components are vulnerable to the projected changes in climate, and justify climate proofing.

247 Appendix 10.1

161. The sensitive attributes of the components are, for example; (1) pier and shoreline embankment height and foundations, (2) drainage capacity; and (3) road bed grade, and pavement type. By example these design factors must be resilient to climate change for the individual components to be sustainable without premature, major retrofits. Provided below areinitialdesign measures and estimated marginal costs for climate proofing. These measures are further described in the CVRA.

a. Shoreline embankments and pierdevelopments

162. The concrete shoreline embankment along the Mekong river at Nakasang will require an estimated extra $1,800. The new pier and marina development on Nam Ngum reservoir will require an estimated extra $400,000.

b. Upgraded access roads and drainage

163. The additional cost to make the upgraded access roads and footpaths of the subprojects resilient to climate change stems primarily from the use of concrete, by road bed height&lateral slope design, and drainage capacity. The estimated incremental cost for the road components of Nakasang subproject is 1.4 million. For Don Det/Don Khone subproject the incremental cost for the all road and footpath components is 1.34 million. An extra 1.13 million is estimated for the loop road at Nam Ngum.The village drains and upgraded road for Kaeng Yui waterfall subproject will cost an estimated extra cost of 1.19 million. The estimated incremental cost to make the upgraded road and new bridge components for the Western Loop Road subproject, and the upgraded access road to the Vang Vieng landfill resilient to climate change is approximately $970,000. and $90,000., respectively. The street and drainage upgrades in Vang Vieng town will cost an estimated $14,000 additional cost.

VII. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE AND PUBLIC GRIEVANCE MECHANISM

164. As described above the subproject components were introduced to affected stakeholders as part of the joint social-environment surveys and consultations. Verbal and visual presentations of the subprojects were provided to key stakeholders ahead of the facilitated consultation discussions.

165. The formal disclosure of information in the Lao language to affected persons and stakeholders that occurred during the development of the IEE is meant to form the beginning of continued information disclosure and stakeholder involvement as the project is implemented.As part of the project’s stakeholder communication strategy, regular information exchange meetings with stakeholders is required throughout subprojectdesign, implementation, and operations.

166. The IEE must be easily available to the stakeholders in written form and translated into Lao when updated. The IEE will be available on provincial DICT web sites, DICT offices, and at subproject sites/villages. Similarly, all project reporting with specific reference to stakeholder consultation minutes, environmental monitoring, and reports on EMP implementation released by the EA/PSC should be available at the same offices and web sites. The IEE will also be available on the ADB web site. At the start of the detailed design of the subprojects the public consultation and information disclosure process initiated during feasibility design will continue. This will enable affected stakeholders to get an update on

248 Appendix 10.1 progress and any significant changes in design or location. After detailed design, the updated IEE and EMPs will be disclosed on the DICT and ADB websites and made available to other stakeholders on request. After implementation of subprojects begins, all environmental and EMP reporting submitted by the EA/PSC will also be available on the ADB web site.

167. A well-defined grievance redress and resolution mechanism will be implemented to address any affected stakeholder’s grievances and complaints regarding environment, land acquisition, compensation and resettlement in a timely and satisfactory manner. Given the project’s joint approach to consultation of the same mechanism will be used for issues of environmental impact or disturbance at any stage of the implementation of all subprojects. All stakeholders will be made fully aware of their rights, and the detailed procedures for filing grievances and an appeal process will be published through an effective public information campaign. The grievance redress mechanism and appeal procedures will also be explained in a project information booklet (PIB) that will be distributed to all stakeholders.

168. Stakeholders or persons affected by the subprojects are entitled to lodge complaints regarding any environmental issue or any aspect of the land acquisition and resettlement requirements such as, entitlements, rates and payment and procedures for resettlement and approved income restoration programs. Stakeholder complaints can be made verbally or in written form.

169. A Grievance Committee will be organized in villages comprising local leaders designated for such tasks. The designate officials shall exercise all efforts to settle affected stakeholderissues at the village level through appropriate community consultation. All meetings shall be recorded by the grievance committee and copies shall be provided to affected stakeholders. A copy of the minutes of meetings and actions undertaken shall be provided to the DICT, IAs, DONREs, and ADB upon request.

170. The procedures for grievance redress are set out below. The procedure described below applies to both social and environmental issues and is consistent with the legal process for resolution of disputes in LaoPDR, and exemplifies the desired collaboration among the different levels of government as recently described by Decision 7536/MONRE (2012). The PMU will have overall responsibility of ensuring the GRM is active and successful at the subproject level. Individual affected persons will be able to enter the GRM at a construction site by simply using the telephone hotline that is clearly posted at each construction site. Conversely, an affected person can contact the PMU directly at the PMU office, or annexes established at the subproject areas. The EA with assistance from the PMU is responsible to ensure that the government grievance system is successfully applied, and if needed, modified to integrate with the context of the individual subprojects.

i) Stage 1: Complaints from affected stakeholders for the first time shall be lodged verbally or in written form with the village head or commune leader. The complaints shall be discussed with the affected stakeholder and the designated Head of Grievance Committee or members of the committee. It will be the responsibility of the Head of Grievance Committee to resolve the issue within 15 days from the date the complaint is received. All meetings shall be recorded and copies of the minutes of meetings will be provided to APs.

249 Appendix 10.1

ii) Stage 2: If no understanding or amicable solution can be reached or if no response is received from the grievance committee within 15 days from filing the complaint, the affected stakeholder can elevate the case to the District Grievance Committee. The District Grievance Committee is expected to respond within 15 days upon receiving the affected stakeholder’s appeal.

iii) Stage 3: If the affected stakeholder is not satisfied with the decision of the District Office, or in the absence of any response, the APs can appeal to the Provincial Grievance Committee (PGC). The PGC will review and issue a decision on the appeal within 30 days from the day the complaint is received.

iv) Stage 4: If the affected stakeholder is still not satisfied with the decision of the PGC or in the absence of any response within the stipulated time, the affected stakeholder’s, as a last resort may submit his/her case to the provincial court. The court will address the appeal by written decision and submit copies to the respective entities which include the DICT, DONRE, DGC/PGC and the affected stakeholder. If, however, the affected stakeholder is still not satisfied the court’s decision, the case may be elevated to the provincial court. If, however, the decision of the provincial court is still unsatisfactory to the affected stakeholder, the affected stakeholder may bring the complaints to the Higher Court.

171. The PMU with support from the PSC will be responsible for checking the procedures and resolutions of grievances and complaints. The PMUmust have expertise and experience in social and environmental issues associated with infrastructure developments. The PMUmay recommend further measures to be taken to redress unresolved grievances. The Project Management &Civil Engineering Support Consultant (PMCES)will provide the necessary training to improve grievance procedures and strategy for the grievance committee members when required.

172. The executing agency (Ministry of Information, Culture and Tourism (MICT))will shoulder all administrative and legal fees that will be incurred in the resolution of grievances and complaints if the affected stakeholder wins the case. Other costs incurred by legitimate complaints will also be refunded by the project if the affected stakeholderwins their case.

173. In cases where affected stakeholder do not have the writing skills or are unable to express their grievances verbally,the affected stakeholder can seek assistance from civil society organizations, DONRE staff, or other family members, village heads or community chiefs to have their grievances recorded in writing, and to have access any environmental or social surveys or valuation of assets, to ensure that where disputes do occur, all the details have been recorded accurately enabling all parties to be treated fairly. Throughout the grievance redress process, the responsible committee will ensure that the concerned affected stakeholder is provided with copies of complaints and decisions or resolutions reached.

174. If efforts to resolve disputes using the grievance procedures remain unresolved or unsatisfactory, affected stakeholder has the right to directly discuss their concerns or problems with the ADB Southeast Asia Department through the ADB Lao PDR Resident Mission (LRM). If APs are still not satisfied with the responses of LRM, they can directly contact the ADB Office of the Special Project Facilitator (OSPF).

250 Appendix 10.1

APPENDIX A: RESULTS OF IBAT ANALYSES OF SUBPROJECT AREAS

Proximity report generated by the Integrated Biodiversity Assessment Tool

Site name Nakasong Boat Terminal Latitude/Longitude 14o 0' 4" North, 105o 55' 9" East Date generated 14th November 2017 Generated by asiandb Company ADB

Protected Areas and Key Biodiversity Areas

The following sites are found within the selected buffer distances:

Features within 1 km

Priority Sites for Biodiversity Key Biodiversity Area Siphandon 37,320 ha CR/EN, VU, endemic, migratory birds/congregations

Features within 5 km

There are no additional features within 5 km.

Features within 15 km

National-level protected areas IUCN Category V-VI Xe Pian 2,617 ha

Protected areas designated under regional or international conventions and agreements Ramsar Middle Stretches of the Mekong River north of 317 ha Stoeng Treng

Priority Sites for Biodiversity Key Biodiversity Area Chhep 243,661 ha CR/EN, VU, migratory birds/congregations, other Key Biodiversity Area Mekong River from Kratie to Lao PDR CR/EN, 83,501 ha VU, endemic

Key Biodiversity Area Xe Pian CR/EN, VU 243,100 ha

251 Appendix 10.1

Proximity report generated by the Integrated Biodiversity Assessment Tool

Site name Don Det Old French Port Latitude/Longitude 13o 58' 55" North, 105o 55' 26" East Date generated 14th November 2017 Generated by asiandb Company ADB

Protected Areas and Key Biodiversity Areas

The following sites are found within the selected buffer distances:

Features within 1 km

Priority Sites for Biodiversity Key Biodiversity Area Siphandon 37,320 ha CR/EN, VU, endemic, migratory birds/congregations

Features within 5 km

There are no additional features within 5 km.

Features within 15 km

National-level protected areas IUCN Category V-VI Xe Pian 2,617 ha Protected areas designated under regional or international conventions and agreements Ramsar Middle Stretches of the Mekong River north of 317 ha Stoeng Treng Priority Sites for Biodiversity Key Biodiversity Area Chhep 243,661 ha CR/EN, VU, migratory birds/congregations, other Key Biodiversity Area Mekong River from Kratie to Lao PDR CR/EN, 83,501 ha VU, endemic

Key Biodiversity Area Xe Pian CR/EN, VU 243,100 ha

252 Appendix 10.1

Proximity report generated by the Integrated Biodiversity Assessment Tool

Site name Nam Ngum Reservoir Latitude/Longitude 18o 31' 42" North, 102o 33' 2" East Date generated 1st December 2017 Generated by asiandb Company ADB

Protected Areas and Key Biodiversity Areas

The following sites are found within the selected buffer distances:

Features within 2 km

There are no features within 2 km.

Features within 10 km

There are no features within 10 km.

Features within 20 km

National-level protected areas IUCN Category V-VI Phou Khao Khoay 1,811 ha

IUCN Category V-VI Phou Phanang 682 ha

Priority Sites for Biodiversity Key Biodiversity Area Phou Khaokhoay CR/EN, VU 2,480 ha

253 Appendix 10.1

Proximity report generated by the Integrated Biodiversity Assessment Tool

Site name Kaeng Yui Waterfall Lao PDR Latitude/Longitude 18o 57' 14" North, 102o 29' 33" East Date generated 1st December 2017 Generated by asiandb Company ADB

Protected Areas and Key Biodiversity Areas The following sites are found within the selected buffer distances:

Features within 1 km

There are no features within 1 km.

Features within 5 km

There are no features within 5 km.

Features within 20 km

There are no features within 20 km.

254 Appendix 10.1

Proximity report generated by the Integrated Biodiversity Assessment Tool

Site name Western Loop Road Vang Vieng Latitude/Longitude 18o 55' 24" North, 102o 23' 45" East Date generated 1st December 2017 Generated by asiandb Company ADB

Protected Areas and Key Biodiversity Areas

The following sites are found within the selected buffer distances:

Features within 2 km

There are no features within 2 km.

Features within 10 km

There are no features within 10 km.

Features within 20 km

There are no features within 20 km.

255 Appendix 10.1

Proximity report generated by the Integrated Biodiversity Assessment Tool

Site name New bridge site in Vang Vieng Latitude/Longitude 18o 55' 50" North, 102o 26' 37" East Date generated 1st December 2017 Generated by asiandb Company ADB

Protected Areas and Key Biodiversity Areas

The following sites are found within the selected buffer distances:

Features within 2 km

There are no features within 2 km.

Features within 10 km

There are no features within 10 km.

Features within 20 km

There are no features within 20 km.

256 Appendix 10.1

Proximity report generated by the Integrated Biodiversity Assessment Tool

Site name Vang Vieng Dumpsite Latitude/Longitude 18o 52' 6" North, 102o 30' 14" East Date generated 1st December 2017 Generated by asiandb Company ADB

Protected Areas and Key Biodiversity Areas

The following sites are found within the selected buffer distances:

Features within 2 km

There are no features within 2 km.

Features within 10 km

There are no features within 10 km.

Features within 20 km

There are no features within 20 km.

257 Appendix 10.1

APPENDIX B:STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATIONS– CHAMPASAK PROVINCE

Public Consultation Meeting on environmental concerns and related comments on (1) Nakasang Access Road and Port Rehabilitation and (2) Don Det-Don Khone Access Road ImprovementsChampasak Province, 30 August to 2 September 2017

Specific concerns and detailed result of public consultation meeting with related sectors and authorities:

Nakasang Access Road and Port Rehabilitation:

This project covers one village which there were a very intensive consulting meeting, almost of the concern had been addressed from the previous lesson learn of the previous project operation. Some of the different concerns are summarized in the table. In general, all village members welcome the development project but noted contractors must follow construction standards and proper checking of QA/QC. The community participation in each phase were required for clearly acknowledgement of the Project’s activities and policy.The detailed concerns and comments from those related sectors of village, district and province level had shown in the below Table.

Nakasang Access Road and Port Rehabilitation

Phase Concern Issues and Comments District and Villagers and Village Authorities Province Authorities

Subproject Benefits - Improve the parking area - Better transportation along the road to the port - Increasing the local income from the agricultural product export and tour service - Increasing the local economic development in the villages - Less traffic issue along the road - Increasing the tourist’s numbers - Support the tour service, increasing the tourist number, improve the village infrastructure which conforms to the district socio-economic plan.

- Less participation from the local - Need to have the public consulting with authorities and villagers. all affected households for preventing the - Less Project’s information due to misunderstanding on the project’s policy rarely public consultation among the ( potential compensation or no Pre- local authorities and relate sectors. compensation). construction - No proper informing the local people - Initial induction to the affected people for project on the construction schedule and Project design and to present the design &, plan. potential detour road. impact - No proper public informing and - Consider having a suspicious select the assessment consultation for obstruct removal and Contractor, temporary storage, worker construction commence. camp location. - No proper consulting for finding the - Consider engaging all affected detour way. household during initial environmental - Improper design which reflects and social impact assessment. 258 Appendix 10.1

Nakasang Access Road and Port Rehabilitation

Phase Concern Issues and Comments District and Villagers and Village Authorities Province Authorities QA/QC checking. - Consider consulting and cooperate with - Detail design should consider on the the related sectors on the port existing environmental condition improvement. including natural creek, stream and river flow. - Consider to preventing the blocking of natural water course.

- No proper initial registration from - Proper participation of local authorities Contractor to the village office. (village and district level). - Concern on the complaint issue - Strongly checking on QA/QC during among the local people and construction Contractor without informing the local - Truck traffic causing increased risk of authorities. public injury particularly children. - No proper QA/QC checking among - Reduced and impeded access and travel the related sectors. along road due to construction activities. - Preventing to use of the low quality of - Request supporting from the local borrow pit. community and having the public - Providing the detour way by contribution to the local people on traffic Construction consulting with local community concern. phase (village and district officers). - Concern on the less coordination among - Providing the safety measure. village, district, contractor and Project - Initial induction on the Project’s rule owner. and required standard to Contractor. - Improper selection of borrow pit may - Initial registration the Contractor to occur. village authority needed for - Less concern on the mitigation measure culture/traditional concern and village by contractor. observation, - Strongly engage local people to support - Ensure on the sufficient drainage and agree on the potential impact occur system and pipe-culvert. such as dust, vibration to the house and - Consider having an install the building, traffic, accident, blocking some temporary waste storage. accessibility. - Dust, vibration and noise shall be - prevented by Contractor with the local people supporting. - Providing training to local people on - Strongly monitoring the QA/QC with the road maintenance and operation community participation and also during manual. the final check. Operation - Providing the sufficient equipment for - More attention for the market waste phase long term maintenance and operation management and to ensure on the - Consider engaging the local people sufficient operation and maintenance on the maintenance, operation, plan. observation, care/concern on the - Consider having a village authorities’ community property, community participation and engage on market cleaning along the road. management - Consider having an official instruction for village engagement on the market 259 Appendix 10.1

Nakasang Access Road and Port Rehabilitation

Phase Concern Issues and Comments District and Villagers and Village Authorities Province Authorities management including waste, toilet, and cleaning and plot arrangement. - Consider having the participation from village level for the road maintenance and operation plan.

- Consider having a community - To clear all obstacle along the river bank participation for market management and port before construction commence includes waste management, routine particularly on the land compensation. cleaning, and market plot - Previous experience had thought the Other arrangement. impact on the less care of QA/QC and suggestions less community participation for social issue, and local people misunderstanding about the Project’s policy ( without compensation but to engage all people to support the Project)

260 Appendix 10.1

Don Det - Don Khone Access Road Improvements

This subproject covers three villages (Ban Don Det, Ban Don Khone, Ban Hang Khone) which there were a few consultation meetings, almost of the concern had been addressed in the same opinions and lesson learn from the neighbor village. Some of the different concern also point out in the below summary table. In general, all village members are willing to support the development project, but one important point out is to best keep the existing natural condition as much as possible.The specific concerns and comments from those related sectors of village, district and province level had shown in the below table.

Don Det - Don Khone Access Road Improvements

Phase Concerns, Issues, and Comments

Villagers and Village Authorities District and Provincial Authorities

Subproject Benefits

- Better access and travel within the village area - Increasing the tourist number - Increasing the income and economic of the local people and village - Improve the beautiful vision and more attractive to tourists and visitors - More facility supporting for local community development - To initiate Don Det – Don Khone development in the future - Opportunity for local people to invest more business - Create more accessibility to the site seeing and natural place

- Villagers fully support the project and - Project need to conduct the always positive participation. environmental and social impact - Not allow the previous Contractors to assessment by supporting of enter the village for any development Consultant Company. activity. - Detail assessment and public - Suspicious select the Contractor which consultation should be conducted it fully follows the construction standard before construction commence. and detail design. - All related sectors should be Pre- - Consider having the local authorities’ coordinated and join the consultation construction participation for Contractor selection. meeting more than previous Project. project - Proper select the detour road by - The related committees in the provincial design &, community and household participation. and district level should closely impact - Attention for public participation among cooperate with the village authority. assessment village, district, province office and - Provide the clearly responsibility of Contractor for well select the borrow pit. related sectors and committee for - Less concern on the toilet waste Project’s management. management which may be discharged - Concern on the actual communication to the natural stream and river. pipe among the related sectors and - Proper design the Project’s conception local community. for applying to the tour service and - Detail design and assessment should village travel utilization and best consider on the keeping of existing keeping a natural environment. natural environment condition. 261 Appendix 10.1

- Consider installing the temporary waste - Concern on the potential impact to the storage in the village area. groundwater and surface water channel. - The initial design should be consulted together with PWT district, provincial level and with village participation. - The final detail design should be checked and finalized with all related sector in provincial, district and village level. - Initial detail design should concern on the natural environment, and existing geological condition. - To ensure the project shall not overlap or disturbing to other development project such as train way, historical cycle road, and other. - Consider limiting the direct discharge of wastewater through the pipeline and flows directly to the stream. - The assessment report should include the matter of social concern, natural environment, cultural tradition, management plan and rehabilitation plan. - Contractor shall have a mitigation - Company and Contractor need to fully measure to preventing the dust, noise response on the potential impact on the and vibration impact as possible. dust, noise, vibration impact. - Strongly providing an initial public - Consider providing the mitigation outreach to local people, student and measure for preventing the dust, noise teachers on safety issue, detour road, and vibration impact. tuck traffic, and workers camp. - Initial excavation and clearing should - Spoil soil disposal shall be disposed at be informed and notice to the local the proposed area by the community authorities. participation. - The selected borrow pit need to have - Consider improving the existing detour an official agreement among the related Construction before construction commence. authorities (Province, District, Village phase - Concern on the improper storage of and Land owner). excavation waste and construction - Concerning on the heavy vehicle traffic waste. along the road and riverbank. - Strongly initial registration of new - Concern on the waste management Contractor to the village authorities. and storage. - Priority consider on village workers to - Strongly set up the rule of waste participate into the project’s activities collection and management with the and under the official agreement. community participation. - Contractor camp should have a proper toilet and waste management. - To have a well demarcation along the construction area particularly the house/building area. - Consider having a short period of the construction activities.

262 Appendix 10.1

- Consider having sufficient equipment - Consider having the emergency fund and vehicle for waste management and from the tour service, road and vehicle collection. service separately and possibility. - Provide the training on the proper - Consider having the budget for Project waste collection, proper waste operation and maintenance. management and set up the response - Related stakeholder should initial unit in village. consider to preparing the operation and - Consider setting up the village fund for maintenance plan for sustainable waste management by collecting from operation. the related service possibility. - Consider having the local and - Concern on the existing accessibility to community participation on the each house which it reflect to ignore the operation and maintenance plan waste collection. preparing. - Less communication and cooperation among the villagers, business unit, district office for improving the waste management. Operation - Strongly checking the QA/QC and phase provide the guaranty period without pay

if it is not pass QA/QC

- Concern on the residue social and

environmental issue before final Project

finalization. - Strongly getting the agreement among related sectors(private, government office and village authority) for road operation/maintenance and waste management. - Strongly providing the practicable operation and maintenance plan which could conduct by the village level. - Specific identify the responsible scope of all related units such as the village authority, villagers, tour service unit, vehicle service unit, accommodation service unit and others. - Concern to set up the community role on the waste management, waste collection and road utilization. - Consider improving the accessibility to - Propose to have more development reach each house for supporting the plan for the riverbank protection along waste collection. the island Det and Khone. - Propose to backfill the village pond (at Ban Han Khone) by using the villages Other borrow pit. suggestions - Consider utilizing the borrow pit (at Ban Han Khone) as the village waste pit. - No larger development which it may expunge the existing natural environment.

263 Appendix 10.1

Photos of consultation meetings in Nakasang town and on Don Det / Don Khone islands, and with DNRE and DPWT.

264 Appendix 10.1

Champasak Consultation Participation List:

No Name Responsibility/Position Sector Ban Nakasang 1 Mr. Phonesavanh Village governor secretary 2 Mr. Vangsin Phomvongsing Village defense chief 3 Mr. Khampho Sombundith Village vice head Village office 4 Mr. Phouma Keobounthan Young union chief 5 Mr. Bounleua Vilavong Boat union chief 6 Mr. Khamsing Keomany Village vice head Village office 7 Mrs. Somphoud Women union chief Village women Union 8 Mr. Bounthavy Chinthavong Village vice head Village office 9 Mr. Somxai Phomnathep Village vice head Village office 10 Mr. Khamsing Bounchalern Deputy head office District ICT Office 11 Mr. Bounnouan Vilayphone Deputy head of environment District NRE office office 12 Mr. Bounkhouang Head office District PWT office Phengboudkeo 13 Mr. Soukdavone Sengthavy Technical officer Department of ICT 14 Mr. Anousone Keophaphon Deputy head of PICT Provincial Information Culture and Tour Done Det 1 Mr. Kham Chanthavong Village governor secretary Village office 2 Mr. Souk Village member 3 Mr. Soiy Village member 4 Mr. Khamfoy Khanyasy Older Chief Village office 5 Mr. Thongsy Kauboualy Young union head 6 Mr. Ped Boat union head 7 Mr. Sing Vehicle union member 8 Mr. Long Vehicle union chief 9 Mr. Phonevilay Village vice head Village office 10 Mr. Air Village member 11 Mr. Soubin Phimthong Village vice head Village office 12 Mr. Sylei Village member 13 Mr. Khampheuang Inthavong Women union chief Village women Union 14 Mr. Bounthing Governor secretary 15 Mr. Khamsing Bounchalern Deputy head office District ICT Office 16 Mr. Bounnouan Vilayphone Deputy head of environment District NRE office office 17 Mr. Bounkhouang Head office District PWT office Phengboudkeo 18 Mr. Soukdavone Sengthavy Technical officer Department of ICT 19 Mr. Anousone Keophaphon Deputy head of PICT Provincial Information Culture and Tour Done Khone 1 Mrs. Venphet Women union chief Village women Union 2 Mr. Sisaart Bouapaserth Economic village staff Village office 3 Mr. Pun Pouyphachandeng Village Defense staff Village office 4 Mr. Khamkheuam Keonoon Older chief Village Community 5 Mr. Kaysot Young union member Village office 6 Mrs. La Women union member Village women Union 7 Mrs. Khaung Women union member Village women Union 8 Mr. Khamsing Bounchalern Deputy head office District ICT Office 9 Mr. Bounnouan Vilayphone Deputy head of environment District NRE office office 10 Mr. Bounkhouang Head office District PWT office 265 Appendix 10.1

Phengboudkeo 11 Mr. Noy Restaurant owner 12 Mrs. Somsamouk Restaurant owner 13 Mr. Khammone Panboun Vice village head Village office 14 Mr. Thepmai Guesthouse owner 15 Mr. Bun Inthalungsy Village head Village office 16 Mr. Soukdavone Sengthavy Technical officer Department of ICT 17 Mr. Anousone Keophaphon Deputy head of PICT Provincial Information Culture and Tour Han Khone 1 Mr. Noumay Bouapaseuth Village governor secretary Village office 2 Mr. Khamsing Bounchalern Deputy head office District ICT Office 3 Mr. Bounnouan Vilayphone Deputy head of environment District NRE office office 4 Mr. Bounkhouang Head office District PWT office Phengboudkeo 5 Mr. Bounsieng Malayvong Village vice head Village office 6 Ms. Phoutsamone Village member 7 Mr. Khamking Young union member Village office 8 Mr. Van Village member 9 Mr. Souk Village defense member Village office 10 Mr. Bounthavy Village defense chief Village office 11 Ms. Somphone Women union chief Village women Union 12 Mr. Pong Village defense member Village office 13 Ms. Lai Village member 14 Mr. Sommai Village member 15 Ms. Pa Village member 16 Mr. Anousone Keophaphon Deputy head of PICT Provincial Information Culture and Tour 17 Mr. Soukdavone Sengthavy Technical officer Department of ICT Department of Natural Resources and Environment(NRE), Champasack Province 1 Mr. Somsack Xaymedvong Head of forestry section Department of Natural Resources and Environment 2 Mr.Vilaxay Pasithsack Deputy head of environment section 3 Ms. Thipphachanh Vongsena Head of planning section Department of Public Work and Transpiration(PWT), Champasack Province 1 Mr. Bounxoiy Phuntiyavong Deputy Head of PWT Division Department of PWT 2 Mr. Vanhchay Soukkaseum Representative of Road Road Division Division 3 Mr. Phoukhan Pathoumthong Technical officer Urban Planning Division 4 Mr. Khamsoy Pathoumthong Deputy director of PWT Department of Public Work Department and Transportation 5 Mr. Bounthavy Vioudom Deputy head of planning Department of Public Work division and Transportation 6 Mr. Anousone Keophaphon Deputy head of PICT Provincial Information Culture and Tour 7 Ms. Souksakhone Sihalath Environmental specialist Consultant

266 Appendix 10.1

APPENDIX C: STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATIONS– VIENTIANE PROVINCE

Public Consultation Meeting on the environmental concern and related comments on:

Nam Ngum Reservoir Access Improvements, Kaeng Yui Waterfall Access Improvements, Western Loop Rural Access Road and Bridge Improvements, Vang Vieng Urban Renewal and Vientiane Province Sanitary Landfill Development.

Vientiane Province, 26-28/ August/ 2017

Nam Ngum Reservoir Road Access Improvements

This subproject covers one village (Ban Sengsavang) which there is an intensive meeting, the related authorities have fully shared of the information and comment, with the positive participation from each sectors and local community had been finalized into the below summary table.

Overall, all sectors and authorities are fully support and willing to welcome the development project, somehow some of the concern and comment had been raised and discussed particularly on the potential detail design of the project’s component, Project’s policy, mitigation measure, community participation and technical methodology for construction and also the public consultation with the related sectors and authorities.The summary concern and comment from those related sectors of village, district and province level had shown in the below table:

Concern Issues and Comments Phase District and Villagers and Village Authorities Province Authorities Subproject - Good to improve the existing old building and small shop to have a better Benefits environmental vision and more attractive tourists - Increase the local income and tourists accessibility - Provincial public gathering site - Opportunity for setting up the night market and other small business - Create a new tourist attractive sites - Potential solving the waste issue and disorder zone and structure - Comfortable travelling and convenient parking vehicles

- Providing the clear message of the - The proper selection of the temporary Project’s policy on the social and storage, parking, worker camp should be environmental impact. concerned - Public consultation with the existing - The existing business, service, offices and business, office and obstacle owner building along the Port Zone and Green need Area Plan should be cleared before - Providing the initial public informing Pre- project’s commence - Request to have a proper design and to construction on the Project’s activities. have a community participation during the project detail design such as parking area, design &, transportation lane, permanent shop and impact building movement, assessment - Proper design the road and parking construction which should preventing the risk accident from the landslide and detour transport materials - Consider to provide the detour way or other access road for the local people and tourists

267 Appendix 10.1

Concern Issues and Comments Phase District and Villagers and Village Authorities Province Authorities - To allow the villagers to be - Steep slope is caused the erosion employed as workers and/or issue, accident and sedimentation low skill workers. along the riverbank. - Consider to provide the detour - The potential issue on the road for local people before environmental flow and water construction commence. drainage would occur, Construction - Consider to provide the - Proper include the wastewater phase mitigation measure for treatment system or/and septic preventing the sediment, dust, system in the proposed building and noise pollution. shop and service structures - Strongly follow the - Truck traffic causing increased risk construction standard. of public injury particularly children - Consider to set up the Project - Reduced and impeded access and committee for supporting the travel along road due to construction cooperation among related traffic sectors.

- Consider to improve the landfill - Proper providing the scope of wastewater under the construction standard treatment system of the shop, service - Consider to provide the operation building and other structure, and to limit the and maintenance plan and free discharge the wastewater to the equipment for long tern operation natural water course or/and river/stream - The small business and hotel should Operation have a proper septic system phase - Consider to provide the public toilet,

waste bins along the green zone.

- Consider to priority local people to

join invest in the tour development

program. - Consider to have a proper waste management. - Consider to training the villager for joining the long term development plan. Allow the villager to take a part of the Other investment and small business in the suggestions Project area.

268 Appendix 10.1

Kaeng Yui Waterfall Access Improvements

Overall, this subproject cover about three villages ( Ban Na Doung, Ban Phonpheng, Ban Vangvieng), includes the upgrading to existing tourism node, and upgrading the access road serving 3 villages to Tad Kae Yui. Villagers and village authorities are willing to hear the Project commence, villagers are fully support the development project. Some concern had been summarized as below table.

Concern Issues and Comments Phase District and Villagers and Village Authorities Province Authorities Subproject - Local stakeholders be informed about all the project’s components and welling to Benefits support the project - Facilitate greater access - Increase number of tourists / tourism development - Increase income for family and village - Villager could sale more the agricultural products - Village development and increasing of the household number - Provincial public gathering site - Opportunity for setting up small business - Develop an existing tourist attractive sites - Comfortable travelling and convenient parking vehicles - Consider to have the initial - Consider to have local participation for announcement and registration to sharing the environment information the local authority. (detour accessibility, borrow pit and other - Consider to have community mine resources). Pre- participation for the project design - Initial public information sharing about the construction conception ( detour access and Project’s activity and policy should be project temporary storage and workshop presented. design &, area allowance). - New Contractor should initial registrar to impact - Allow the villagers to be employed as the local authorities before construction assessment workers and/or low skill workers. commence. - All the local authorities should have the positive participation to the Project. - Detail design survey shall be public shared and informing to the local community. - Culture/traditional issue shall be - Having the official documentation with local concerned by the construction team authorities for any use of mineral to villages. resources. - Existing underground water supply - Construction team should have an initial shall be reverted by the community approach to the village authorities for first with the district authorities’ present. supervision. - Both villagers and construction team shall - Potential dust, noise and vibration be aware for the mitigation measures of the pollution should be supported by the environmental impact and prevention. Construction contractor and also villagers. - Village authorities including teachers, phase - Truck traffic causing increased risk village’s heads should be informed the of public injury particularly children. project’s activities. - Reduced and impeded access and - Village authorities may be reflected to the travel along road due to construction decreasing tourist service and income. traffic. - The construction team should have the - Less tourist number during the specific site environmental and social construction. management plan including the potential - Emergency accidents may occurred. environmental mitigation measures. - The potential use of natural resources in the community are, it shall be initial informed and presented to the related local authorities.

269 Appendix 10.1

Concern Issues and Comments Phase District and Villagers and Village Authorities Province Authorities - Road accident may occur - Consider to rehabilitate the temporary area - Income increasing may reflect to the as previous condition. villagers expense and village - All construction wastes should be managed development. and disposed to the disposal area. - Final checking on the Project quality should Operation be fully inspected by the related phase supervisors. - The maintenance program should be raised and concerned into the operation plan. - The construction team should support to clean up and close all the environmental concern before operation completion. - The mineral resource and borrow pit should be well backfilled and closed with the owner agreement.

270 Appendix 10.1

Western Loop Rural Access Road and Bridge Improvements

In overall, this proposed project includes upgraded western loop road and access to village/tourist nodes, construct the northern river bridge, and to construct the link road from northern river bridge to the west loop road.This project covers 11 villages which there were a very intensive consulting meeting, almost of the concern had been addressed from the previous experience of the previous project operation. Some of the different concern also point out in the below summary table.

In general, all village members are welcome the development project but important point out had been raised is to seriously selection of Contractor which it is going to follow all the construction standard and proper checking of QA/QC. The community participation in each phase were required for clearly acknowledgement of the Project’s activities and policy.The summary concern and comment from those related sectors of village, district and province level had shown in the below table:

Concern Issue and Comments Phase District and Villagers and Village Authorities Province Authorities Subproject - Improve the road condition and accessible to the sightsee places Benefits - Increasing the local economic development in the villages - Increasing the local income and small business - Comfortable travelling and convenient parking vehicles - Support the tour service by increasing the tourists numbers - Improve the village infrastructure which conforms to the district socio-economic plan

- Public community consultation on - The propose plan is to have a detail design the project’s activities should be for supporting the tour development and for conducted firstly. local business. - Clear the Project’s policy on potential - Consider to have less column for the bridge social and environmental loss. design. - Initial informing the new comer - Concern on the construction quality which contractor for village registration and may not follow the construction standard. Pre- induction - Allow local people understanding on the construction - Concerning on the using of Project activities. project community gravity water and water - Allow local people to join and sharing design &, supply information during the detail design period. impact - Consider to select the potential assessment waste disposal area for construction waste, spoil soil, camp wastes, - Initial approach the villagers for sharing the Project’s policy and responsibility. - To have a village participation on the finding detour access. - Allow local people to join working for - Concern on misunderstanding among the project as any skill employee. Project and local authorities on the - Dust and noise issues should be project’s policy and compensation. Construction informed and prevented under the - Less attention on the negative and positive phase environment standard. assessment before construction. - Safety issue shall be provided the - Less participation of local authorities into mitigation measures particularly for Project’s activities. the children. - Concern on the safety issue during the - Truck traffic causing increased risk construction. of public injury particularly children. - Consider to preventing the sediment flow to - Reduced and impeded access and the downstream. 271 Appendix 10.1

Concern Issue and Comments Phase District and Villagers and Village Authorities Province Authorities travel along road due to construction - Providing the construction wastes traffic. management. - Less waste management may occur. - Temporary storage area should be secured - Drug issue may occur from both side and safe. of workers and local people. - Strongly preventing the property damage to - Water flow and water drainage the local building and other property. system on the new road alignment - The excavation work should have a well may occur to the nearby rice field. preparing and planning for preventing the - Consider to preventing the water sedimentation, flooding, construction waste blocking or flooding to the rice field and spoil soil disposal. and other area. - Consider to provide the disposal area for - Concern on the materials transport, construction wastes. which may over loading and unsafe - Contractor should have the mitigation cover along the existing road way. measure for preventing the dust, vibration, - Concern on the camp waste noise impact. management particularly on the toilet - The workers camps should include the waste. proper sanitation and waste management - Request the Contractor to follow the particularly the toilet waste. agreement and minute with local - Having a short period for working in stream authorities, and to follow the detail for preventing the sedimentation down to design effectively. downstream villages. - Potential filched construction - Select the quality borrow pit for road work materials at camp and construction - Having the regular QA/QC checking during area. the road construction. - Apply the construction standard and Contractor should fully following the detail design.

- Less concern on the rehabilitation on - To prepare the Operation and Maintenance the used borrow pit and other Manual. mineral resources and temporary - More attention on the Operation and disposal and storage area. Maintenance Manual with the local - Consider to prevent the potential community participation. accident occurs along the road. - Concerning on the construction quality - Consider to provide the operation before final check and completion. manual to the local authorities for - To allow local people to be employed for Operation actual maintenance. cleaning the drainage system. phase - Providing the reminding sign and

board for traffic control.

- Consider to have a domestic waste

management plan after completing

project. - To providing the training to local community for road operation and maintenance. - To limit the material loading and any transportation through the village road.

- To have the awareness program on the mitigation measure, preventing the impact Other and to know about waste management. suggestions - Propose to have the disposal are for dispose the construction waste and spoil soil. 272 Appendix 10.1

Concern Issue and Comments Phase District and Villagers and Village Authorities Province Authorities - No any revised and/or adjust the detail design where it is not conform to the construction standard. - Local people fully support the Project and to support by finding the solution for any environmental concern. - Most activities of the proposed Project are not harm any major environmental and social condition, only minor impact due to the improving an existing development. The most important is to engage all local people to understand about the project which it is the government project and development project, which all people need to support and positive participation for development project.

273 Appendix 10.1

Vang Vieng Urban Renewal

This proposed project cover parts of three villages (Ban Savang, Ban Viengkeo, Ban Mueangxong), most of the improvement plan is to develop the exiting streetscape in the urban area and improving the roads and roadside drainage in the selected residential areas. The previous lesson learn of the waste trap at the wastewater pipeline, which it failed because of less concern on waste load and discharge flow.

This subproject had been concerned by the Public Work and Transpiration Division which it is willing to support and sharing of the expertise from the previous experience. The most concern is to have a well planning and detail design and complain with the construction standard. The technical review and supervision during the construction should be strongly conducted by related sectors. The potential operation and maintenance manual and budget should be considered for the long term operation.

The summary concern and comment from those related sectors of village, district and province level had shown in the below table:

Phase Concern Issue and Comment Village and District Authorities Provincial Authorities Subproject - Improve the village infrastructure which conforms to the district socio-economic plan Benefits - Reduction of waste, sludge, odor pollution - Convenient to travel and make the town cleaner - Improve the drainage system and create the beautiful seeing in the town - Good environmental condition and more pedestrian - Improve the existing drainage system - The propose plan is to have a detail - Initial informing on the local people on design for supporting the tour the Project’s design and policy. development and for local business. - To select the temporary waste - Seriously learn from the previous Pre- disposal area for sludge and domestic experience of failed waste collection at construction waste. the drainage system. project - Concern on the detail design of - To have a local people support and design &, drainage system which able to simple community participation for sharing the impact cleaning. information of the existing environmental assessment - Allow local authorities knowing and condition. sharing information during the detail design period

- Initial outreach the Project’s policy and activities to the related community. - The impact mitigation measure shall be - Preventing the property damage to the in-placed by the contractor. local building and other property. - The initial public consultation with local - Consider to preventing the dust, noise authorities shall be conducted. and vibration issues by Contractor. - Most activities of the proposed Project are - Providing the safety mitigation not harm any major environmental and measures particularly for the children social condition, only minor impact due to - Consider to prevent the sludge the improving an existing development.

discharge though the culvert. The most important is to engage all local Construction - Truck traffic causing increased risk of people to understand about the project phase public injury particularly children policy and activities.

- Reduced and impeded access and

travel along road due to construction

traffic

- Less waste management may occur, - Materials transport may over loading and unsafe along the existing road way, - Request the Contractor to follow the agreement and the detail design effectively. - Consider to have a short construction period as possible. 274 Appendix 10.1

Phase Concern Issue and Comment Village and District Authorities Provincial Authorities - Consider to provide the practicable - To have the awareness program on the operation and maintenance manual. mitigation measure, preventing the impact - Providing the reminding sign and and to know about waste management. Operation board for traffic control - Having the regular quality checking during phase - Consider to manage the domestic the construction

waste and sludge.

- Consider to provide the training to

local community for actual operation

and maintenance - Allow the local people to be employed for cleaning the drainage system.

275 Appendix 10.1

Vientiane Province Sanitary Landfill Development

This proposed project cover one village (Ban Phon Vieng), the main feature are to (i) design and implement of managed landfill and (ii) restoration and closure of the existing dumpsite.

In general, villagers are welcome the development project, the existing dumpsite has producing the odor pollution and insect scattering through the village area and school. This proposed project shall be the key mitigation measures for decreasing the odor pollution and insect disease. The below concerns are the lesson learn sharing and some comments also have been addressed into the below table.

Phase Concern Issue and Comment Village and District Authorities Provincial Authorities Subproject Benefits - Previous landfill had been used well during a few years from 2007-2011, the landfill function had been felt because of the insufficient operation and maintenance. - The new proposed project is useful to improve the existing landfill and to develop the new disposal area sufficient for the overload community waste. - Improve the current waste management and collection - Reduction the odor pollution and insect emission in the village and school. - Good for the villager health nearby the landfill area. - Solving the overload waste collection and waste dropping. - Landfill site improvement could improve the town cleaner. - Detail design should concern to the user types and user number (quantity of each kind of wastes) and including the tourists. - Lesson learn from the previous design and operation should be undertook and required the community participation for more information. Pre- - Less consider on the design to be conformed to actual operation by local community. construction - Less communicate and coordinate with other related sectors ( DoNRE and project UDDA/DPWT). design &, - Less participation of local community and related authorities. impact - Concern on the proper location of the new proposed landfill where it may near assessment community residence and school. - More attention on the detail design and to conform with the actual implementing and practicable. - Consider to build the landfill far away from the residence area and school. - Consider to have a village authorities participation. - Request more official documentation - To have a proper coordination and among the contractor and local consulting with related authorities community with any agreement made. of District and Provincial level for - Initial induction of the new contractor and better understanding among the new comers should be informed to the related sectors. village authorities. - Local culture and traditional shall be suggested by village authority. - Truck traffic causing increased risk of public injury particularly children.

- Reduced and impeded access and travel Construction along road due to construction traffic. phase - Consider to have a construction materials

transport controlling.

- Blocking and backfill the natural creeks

and water course should be prevented

and prohibited. - No select the borrow pit where shall block the natural drainage channel. - Concern on the proper selection of the disposal area particularly for the spoil soil and construction waste. - Safety issue and accident prevention measure should be included in EMP. - More concern on the QA/QC checking. - Less detail design checking and no 276 Appendix 10.1

Phase Concern Issue and Comment Village and District Authorities Provincial Authorities closely monitoring. - Consider to have a village authority’s participation. - Mitigation measure for preventing the None insect and odor pollution should be Operation included in the EMP phase - Less concern on the operation and maintenance plan, and no budget and equipment for long term operation. - Concerning to prepare the operation and maintenance plan and includes all necessary equipment and vehicle for long term operation.

277 Appendix 10.1

Photos of consultations in the five subproject areas in Vientiane province

278 Appendix 10.1

Participation List:

No Name Responsibility/Position Sector List Participants on the Public Consultation Meeting and Field Visit at LAO-V1: Nam Ngum Reservoir Access Improvements, at Keooudom District, Vientiane Province. 1 Mr. Boounthanuth Vice head District PWT office 2 Mr. Vilavoud Pakith Vice district governor Keooudom district office Mr. Phommalath Office head of NRE office District NRE office Souvannalay 3 Mr. Phouthasone Deputy head of NRE section Department of NRE Phomxayma 4 Mr. Phetsamone Head of ICT section District of ICT section Xayyavong 5 Mr. Savang Silimano Deputy head of PWT section Department of PWT 6 Mr. Fongsamoud Head of ICT Unit District ICT section Xaypanya 7 Mr. Amphone Village vice head Village office Silapaseuth 8 Mr. Khammy Head of ICT section Department of ICT Phouththavong 9 Ms. Souksakhone Environmental specialist Consultant Sihalath 10 Mr. Anoukhone Vice head of ICT office District ICT section Lathsavong 11 Ms. Kaysone Technical officer Department of ICT Keochampa 12 Mr. Boualy Deputy head of ICT Department Department of ICT Milattanapheng 13 Mr. Souli Phimman Village Vice young union chief Village office 14 Mr. Keo Insisiengmai Unit head of village Village office 15 Mr. Bounsouan Older chief Village office Singhavong 16 Mr. Sithuth Vinayya Village vice head Village office 17 Mr. Bounkong Village governor secretary and Village office Southammavong village head 18 Mr. Yoihai Phommasane Member of young union Village office committee List Participants on the Public Consultation Meeting and Field Visit at LAO-V2: Kaeng Yui Waterfall Access Improvements, at Vang Vieng District, Vientiane Province. 1 Mr. Sengdao Village head Vongphachan

279 Appendix 10.1

2 Mr. Thavone Vilaykham Village vice head 3 Mr. Singthong Village vice head Phommabath 4 Ms. Kongpheng Women union committee Phunthaboud 5 Mr. Phoudthasone Head of management and Urban Development and planning section Planning Section 6 7 Mr. Phommany Head of NRE section District NRE section Souvannasing 8 Mr. Khammy Head of ICT section Department of ICT Phouththavong 9 Mr. Boualy Deputy head of ICT Department Department of ICT Milattanapheng 10 Mr. Khamsouk Head of PWT section District PWT section Xayyavong 11 Mr. Bounmy Head of ICT section District ICT section Phommavongsa 12 Mr. Alon Village defense chief Village office 13 Mrs. Thongmy Village women union chief Village office 14 Mrs. Douangchay Village women union member Village office 15 Mrs. Thongmay Village member Village office List participants on the Public Consultation Meeting on the Public Consultation Meeting and Field Visit at LAO-V3: Western Loop Rural Access Road and Bridge Improvements and LAO- V4: Vang Vieng Urban Renewal; at Ban Nathong, Ban Namouang, Ban Naxay, Ban Napea, Ban Naxom and Ban Nathong at VangVieng District 1 Mr. Thongdam Village head Nathong village Phimmasone 2 Mr. Somsanith Soundala Village head Naxay village 3 Mr. Phouvieng Village head Phaunkham village Baiouthong 4 Mr. Khun Taiyavong Village head Namouang kang village 5 Mrs Khammany Village vice head Namouang village 6 Mrs. Xeng Lor Village vice head Naxom village XongLeng 7 Mr. Khammy Head of ICT section Department of ICT Phouththavong 8 Mr. Boualy Deputy head of ICT Department Department of ICT Milattanapheng 9 Mr. Khamsouk Head of PWT section District PWT section

280 Appendix 10.1

Xayyavong 10 Mr. Bounmy Head of ICT section District ICT section Phommavongsa 11 Mr. Bounthan Village head Phathong village Oanthasing 12 Mr. Phoudthasone Head of management and Urban Development and planning section Planning Section 13 Mr. Vunhphone Vilaphun Village head Phaunxay village 14 Mr. Chomkeo Vice head of village committee Village committee Sackkhavong

281 Appendix 10.1

APPENDIX D: DRAFT TOR FOR GROUNDWATER STUDY AT LANDFILL SITE

GMS Tourism Infrastructure for Inclusive Growth Project

TOR: Groundwater Sampling and Analysis, Vang Vieng, Lao PDR Draft October 2017

1.0 Introduction & Rationale

The Ministry of Information, Culture and Tourism (MICT) is supporting tourism infrastructure developments at select locations in Lao PDR with the objective to improve and develop local and regional tourism. Vang Vieng town in Vientiane province is one of the target locations. One of the proposed subprojects for Asian Development Bank financing is improvements to solid waste management in Vang Vieng town. The project includes upgrading the existing active dumpsite South of the town into a more modern and effective landfill site. The upgrading of the dump site requires knowledge of groundwater in the area, specifically the depth of the water table, groundwater quality, and whether the existing dumpsite is contaminating the groundwater.

The project requests a quote to complete the following terms of reference. The quote should include costs for all field and laboratory analyses, and costs for travel to/from Vientiane Capital.

1.1 Objectives

The objective of the assignment is to determine the depth and quality of groundwater near the existing dumpsite, and to understand of the effects,if any, of existing dumpsite on groundwater quality, including groundwater quality from any nearby wells.

The scope of the assignment includes: 1) sampling and laboratory analyses of groundwater quality at wells near the existing dumpsite if wells exist; and

2) bore hole drilling at dumpsite site to supplement existing nearby wells data.

1.2 Coordination with Detailed Design Phase of Project

The assignment will be conducted at the beginning of the detailed design phase of the project. The Project Management and Supervision Consultant (PMSC) with support from the IU/PIU, and in consultation with DONRE will tender and oversee completion of the assignment. The locations of all groundwater sampling locations will be determined at detailed design when this ToR is finalized.

2.0 Detailed Requirements

The requirements of the assignment are as follows:

282 Appendix 10.1

2.1 Existing dumpsite

1) Confirm the location of any active wells within 1 km of the site. Sample groundwater at existing wells;

2) Identify the number of supplementary bore holes that need to be drilled to provide a total of 4 equidistant sampling sites on an approximate 500-800 m radius of dumpsite site. Two of the sampling sites must be down-slope of the site;

3) Collect and preserve the groundwater samples from the 4 sites using accepted International procedures (e.g., AWWA)25 to maintain the in-situ quality of the samples while they are transported to laboratory in Vientiane.

4) Analyze samples in laboratory using accepted International procedures (e.g., AWWA).

2.3 Groundwater variables to be sampled and analyzed at each site

The groundwater parameters should be sampled and analyzed at all sites are listed in Table 19.

Table 19. Groundwaterquality variables to be determined at all sampling sites.

Groundwater Variable Location of Analysis depth of water table at well site

o temperature (C ) at well site with meter dissolved oxygen DO (mg/l) at well site with meter pH at well site with meter Conductivity at well site with meter chemical oxygen demand COD (mg/l) in laboratory total dissolved solids DS (mg/l) in laboratory heavy metals: As, Cd, Fe, Pb, Zn, Cu (mg/l)) in laboratory oil and grease (mg/l) in laboratory total and faecal coliform bacteria (mpn) in laboratory nitrogen: TN, NH3, NO3, NO2 (mg/l) in laboratory phosphorus: TP, PO4 (mg/l) in laboratory hydrogen sulphide H2S, (mg/l) in laboratory surfactants (detergents) (mg/l) in laboratory

Quality Control & Assurance Samples

25 American Water Works Association AWWA, 2013). Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater: Water Wells. 283 Appendix 10.1

Groundwater Variable Location of Analysis

2 field sampling blanks with distilled water: 1 for existing landfill and 1 for new SLF 2 laboratory analysis blanks: 1 for samples from existing landfill, and 1 for new SLF samples

3.0 Reporting

A report on the above field and laboratory investigations must be prepared and accepted by MICT.

3.1 Location of sampling sites

The report must provide a map indicating the location of the groundwater sampling sites in relation to the existing dumpsite. Each sampling site must include a latitude and longitude coordinate. The map should also indicate the location of the nearest houses or settlements. The map must distinguish the bore hole sites from existing wells.

3.2 Groundwater quality

In a table format the report must provide the groundwater quality variables from Table 1 that were determine in the field, and in the laboratory for both sites. The tables should also include the QA/QC samples for all variables from Table 1.

3.3 Sampling & Analysis Methodology

The report must include a brief description of all field and laboratory methods that were used to sample and analyze the groundwater samples.

284 Appendix 10.1

APPENDIX E: ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE AUDIT OF VANG VIENG DUMPSITE

Second Greater Mekong Subregion Tourism Infrastructure for Inclusive Growth Project

Solid Waste Dumpsite in Vang Vieng, Lao PDR

Environment Compliance Audit

Terms of Reference

1.0 Background:

The Second Greater Mekong Subregion Tourism Infrastructure for Inclusive Growth Project will upgrade solid waste management of Vang Vieng town and vicinity (Vang Vieng Solid Waste Management Improvements). Central to the subproject is upgrading the existing garbage dumpsite in Vang Vieng, Vientiane Province to a modern managed landfill. The purpose of upgrading the dumpsite and overall solid waste management of Vang Vieng is to improve the ability of the municipality to handle and process the steadily increasing solid waste that is being produced by tourism and general population growth of the area.

Solid waste management and the dumpsite in Vang Vieng is operated by the Urban Development Authority (UUDA) under the Ministry of Public Works and Transport. The Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment (MONRE) is the regulatory body for environmental protection

The feasibility design of the upgraded managed landfill incorporates lined impermeable garbage cells, peripheral surface runoff collection and drainage, leachate collection and treatment, and gas recovery and flaring. The feasibility design also includes a materials recycling facility (MRF), a treatment facility for septage collected from septic tanks in Vang Vieng and area, special cells for hospital waste and other hazardous waste, and new garbage compacting trucks.

2.0 Purpose and requirement of Environmental Compliance Audit

The Environmental Compliance Audit (ECA) of the existing dumpsite will provide additional critical site and operation information on the dumpsite which is needed for the future detailed and final design of the upgraded managed landfill. The results of the ECA will be combined with the groundwater quality and soils study of the dumpsite that has been drafted for the detailed design phase which is appended to the IEE for the subproject.

The Vang Vieng dumpsite is an Existing Facilityof theVang Vieng Solid Waste Management Improvementssubproject which necessitates an ECA be conducted of that facility pursuant to the SPS (2009), para10 of Appendix 1 and para 12 of Appendix 4. Specifically, para 12 of Appendix 4 of SPS (2009) states:

…………for projects involving facilities and/or business activities that already exist or are under construction, the borrower/client will undertake an environment and/or social 285 Appendix 10.1 compliance audit, including on-site assessment, to identify past or present concerns related to impacts on the environment, involuntary resettlement, and Indigenous Peoples. The objective of the compliance audit is to determine whether actions were in accordance with ADB’s safeguard principles and requirements for borrowers/clients and to identify and plan appropriate measures to address outstanding compliance issues. Where noncompliance is identified, a corrective action plan agreed on by ADB and the borrower/client will be prepared. The plan will define necessary remedial actions, the budget for such actions, and the time frame for resolution of noncompliance. The audit report (including corrective action plan, if any) will be made available to the public in accordance with the information disclosure requirements of the SPS (2009).

More accurately for the context of the Vang Vieng subproject is that in order to protect the integrity and sustainability of the subproject an ECA of the existing dumpsite is needed to identify present or past concerns or issues related to impacts of the dumpsite on the environment that could negatively affect the subproject. The ECA will accomplish the following objectives: 1) determine whether the dumpsite is in compliance with current government laws and regulations; and 2) identify important information on the design/operation of the existing dumpsite and affected environment that will assist with the successful detailed and final design of the upgraded managed landfill. Objective 2 will be assisted with the application of IFC EHS Guidelines for Solid Waste Management Facilities26 to the existing dumpsite to identify shortcomings of existing dumpsite, and moreover, the requirements of the detailed design of the upgraded landfill. The “corrective action plan” for any “noncompliance issues” identified above will become part of the detailed design of the new managed landfill along with improved solid waste manage of Vang Vieng.

Because the subproject involves upgrading an existing dumpsite [the existing facility], the SPS (2009) calls for the preparation of an environmental assessment and a compliance audit of the existing dumpsite. However, in this case the ECA along with the IEE of the subproject will suffice as the environmental assessment.

3.0 Scope of the ECA for the Vang Vieng dumpsite

Pursuant to the ADB SPS (2009) the consultant will conduct an ECA of the existing Vang Vieng dumpsite. To complete the ECA the Consultant will obtain and report on the detailed information for the existing Vang Vieng dumpsite listed in Table 1.

Table 20. Information requirements of ECA of Vang Vieng dumpsite

Description of Dumpsite:

1. Location of dumpsite (latitude and longitude coordinates);

2. Size of dumpsite (ha);

3. Date dumpsite was commissioned (became operational);

4. Current operator and responsible authority of dumpsite;

26IFC/World Bank 2007. Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines: Waste Management Facilities; Municipal Solid Waste. 286 Appendix 10.1

5. Types of solid waste disposed in dumpsite (e.g., domestic, hospital, construction, industrial);

6. Rate of solid waste disposal at dumpsite (tonne/day or tonne/month);

7. Clarify the design and operation of the existing dumpsite by obtaining following information: a) the number and depth (m) of waste cells; b) underlying waste cell lining material, if it exists; c) description of surface runoff collection and drainage system, if it exists; d) description of leachate and gas collection and treatment, if it exists; e) description of septage disposal and management system; f) description of waste recycling process by local waste pickers; g) description of vehicles and equipment used to collect and transport solid waste from Vang Vieng and vicinity to dumpsite; and h) current weekly schedulefor transport of solid waste to dumpsite

Compliance with Government Regulations:

8. Determine if government issued permits or licenses for dumpsite operation exist. If yes, identify the permit or license, and determine whether dumpsite operation is in compliance with permit or license;

9. For government regulation and policy listed below clarify whether the design and operation of existing Vang Vieng dumpsite is in compliance, and clarify any non- compliance issues. Identify any regulation or directive for solid waste management that is missing from list below.

a) Decree No 520 / TCPC, (dated 23 Feb 2007), on Disposal Site Selection, Design, andManagement, Article 09: Criteria for site selection:  The site should be at least 7km away from the centre of the city on flat land and 5km inmountainous areas (special case at least 3 km);  At least 3km away from airports;  At least 1km away from historic/ prehistoric areas;  At least 300 metres away from communities, rivers, canals, wet lands, marshes,reservoirs and wells;  Not located on the upstream or upwind of villages or communities nearby;  Not located on flooding areas;  Not located on areas landslides or areas with slopes greater than 30%. b) 2009 Draft Decree on SWM [still not approved in 2017];

10. For regulations/policy in #9 above define remedial corrective measures that are required for dumpsite to be compliant especially for non-compliance issues with community, and occupational health and safety regulations.

Additional IFC Waste Management Facility Guidelines: Municipal Solid Waste

287 Appendix 10.1

11. Obtain existing data on groundwater (well) quality near the dumpsite from DoNRE or DPWT/UDAA;

12. Describe air pollution mitigation measures at dumpsite (e.g., road wetting agents to control dust, controlling # of trucks entering dumpsite, covering garbage);

13. Determine distance of nearest surface waters (stream, lake) that could be affected by the dumpsite, and obtain existing surface water quality data

14. Determine distance of nearest homestead or business from dumpsite;

15. Determine number of full-time and part-time waste pickers that work and live at dumpsite

Community response

16. Consult surrounding community and waste pickers to determine if there are presentenvironmental, social, or human health issues with the operation of the existingdumpsite.

4.0 Site Visit and Interview of UDAA

A site visit to existing dumpsite is required. The staff at the UDAA in Vang Vieng must be interviewed to obtain the required information listed above.

5.0 Report on ECA

Prepare a report on the ECA which details the 15 information and data requirements listed in section 3.0 above. The report should have the following general sections:

(i) ExecutiveSummary. (ii) Brief description of Vang Vieng dumpsite with 1-2 photographs. (iii) A table or set of tables which clearly provide the 16 detailed information and data requirements identified in Table 1. All available groundwater or surface water quality datashould be tabled separately. (iv) List of people and institutions contacted for information and data. (v) Recommendations for upgraded managed landfill for Vang Vieng.

288 Appendix 10.1

APPENDIX F: NATIONAL ECOLOGICAL CONSULTANT: TOR

Second Greater Mekong Subregion Tourism Infrastructure for Inclusive Growth Project

Terms of Reference

National Ecological Consultant

A. Project Background

1. The project proposes improvement of access infrastructure and urban environmental services, including construction of a new loop road to link National Road 10 to the parking area for Nam Ngum Reservoir. The alignment passes through an area that was previously designated as part of the Phu-En Provincial Forest Protected Area. The area affected by the project has been rezoned for tourism development but the adjacent area is still part of the protected area.

2. All projects funded by Asian Development Bank are subject to the Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS, 2009) requirements which include identifying potential impacts and risks to biological resources in the project’s area of influence. The SPS has specific provisions that must be satisfied if project activitiesare proposed that may have impacts on legally protected areas27, endangered species28and critical29and natural habitats30.

3. Initial screening with IBAT biodiversity tool has identified that there is potential for endangered species to occur in the project area of influence. Further study is needed to confirm the impacts of the proposed road construction on ecology and to confirm that SPS provisions in respect of biodiversity and protected areas are satisfied.

B. Objective of the Assignment

4. The objectives of the assignment are to carry out a more detailed assessment of ecological baseline conditions of Nam Ngum link road, potential impacts of the project on protected species, habitats and the watershed; and consult with key stakeholders to identify site-specific opportunities for mitigation, compensation and monitoring through the proposed destination management plan that would support conservation objectives of the Phu-En Provincial Forest Protected Area.

27SPS Requirement Legally Protected Areas:Where project activities are located within a legally protected area, the borrower will meet the following requirements: (i) Act in a manner consistent with defined protected area management plans; (ii) Consult protected area sponsors and managers, local communities, and otherkey stakeholders on the proposed project; (iii) Implement additional programs, as appropriate, to promote and enhance the conservation aims of the protected area. 28SPS Definition Endangered Species:As defined by the World Conservation Union’s Red List of Threatened Species or as defined in any national legislation. 29SPS Definition Critical habitat: Critical habitat includes areas with high biodiversity value, including habitat required for the survival of critically endangered or endangered species; areas having special significance for endemic or restricted-range species; 30SPS Requirement Natural Habitat: In areas of natural habitat, the project will not significantly convert or degrade suchhabitat, unless the following conditions are met:(i) No alternatives are available; (ii) A comprehensive analysis demonstrates that the overall benefits from the projectwill substantially outweigh the project costs, including environmental costs; (iii) Any conversion or degradation is appropriately mitigated. Mitigation measures will be designed to achieve at least no net loss of biodiversity. 289 Appendix 10.1

C. Tasks

5. The tasks will include:

(i) Data Review. Familiarise with ADB Safeguard Policy Statement requirements as cited above. Review available project information, baseline ecological data and other relevant information available through desk study. Consult with authorities mandated with management of the site to determine key features of interest, other relevant local authorities and experts and members of the local community, as needed. (ii) Site Visit. Undertake a site survey to confirm ecological baseline conditions in the project area of influence, review project proposals and confirm potential ecological impacts of road and tourism development. (iii) Ecological Recommendations. Review existing ecological protection mitigation and monitoring measures proposed in the IEEs and EMPs for design, construction and operation phases and make additional recommendations, as needed. Identify additional measures that could be incorporated into the project to support conservation objectives of the protected area. (iv) Reporting. Prepare a draft ecology report that confirms the presence and location of critical, valuable natural or modified habitats and protected species within the project area of influence and anticipated impacts of project activities on ecology. Document discussions and agreements made and recommendations for ecological mitigation and monitoring during design, construction and operation. Submit draft report for review by ADB. Address comments by ADB and develop final report for submission to ADB.

D. Qualifications

The Consultant should have an academic qualification in ecology (or similar) and a minimum of 5 years’ experience of ecological baseline survey in forest habitats in Lao PDR. Experience of assessing impacts of development on ecological habitats and species and developing mitigation/compensation plans is desirable but not essential. They will have sufficient fluency to prepare a technical report in

290 Appendix 10.1

APPENDIX G: SUMMARY: RAPID BIODIVERSITY ASSESSMANT, PHU EN FOREST

RAPID BIODIVERSITY ASSESSMENT, NAMNGUM ACCESS ROAD

Prepared by: Dr. Pheng Phengsintham, National University of Lao PDR 28 January 2018 Vientiane Objectives of Study: To carry out a more detailed assessment of ecological baseline conditions near Nam Ngum access road, potential impacts of the subproject on protected species, habitats and the watershed; and consult with key stakeholders to identify site-specific opportunities for mitigation, compensation and monitoring through the proposed destination management plan that would support conservation objectives of the PhuEn Provincial Protected Area.

Methods: 1.0 Literature Review 2.0 Field Surveys: 2.1 in-forest transect & plot surveys 2.1 local community & resource management agency interviews

Summary of Results: Nam Ngum Access Road Alignment The proposed access roadis 5.9 km along an existing road and trail alignment, with about 2 km comprising the narrow trail to be widened. Forest and vegetation in the Phu En Protection Forest and subproject area comprised mixed deciduous and semi-evergreen forest. The proposed access road passes through regenerating forest that is recovering from logging and agriculture, conducted 3–15 years in the past. No rare or endangered tree or animal specieswere foundin subproject area of influence. Common species of mammals, birds, reptiles, and amphibians were found near the link road alignment. Dominant mammals species observed are Bandicota indica (the most abundant), followed by Callosciurus pygerythrus, Paradoxurus hermaphrorites and other species. A total of 24 bird species were recorded along the road link alignment. Dominant bird species include Botaurus stellaris, Centropus sinensis, Dicrurus paradiseus, Egreta garzetta, Gallus, Picnonotus aurigaster, and Streptopelia orientalis.A total of 22 species of reptiles (13) and amphibians (9) were observed or documented in the road alignment area. The following three snakes were identified: Ngou leum (Python reticulata), Ngou kan pong (Bungarus fasciatus) and Ngou chong arng (Ophiophagus hannas).

The dominant canopy tree species identified near the proposed access rad alignment are Mai tin ped (Alstonia scholaris), Mai khee mou (Ormosia pinnata), Mai hum pou (Ficus hirta), Mai pung (Sapium discolor), and Mai tiw daeng (Cratoxylum formosum var. prunuflorum). Common mid-storey tree species identified included Mai leuang keo (Rinorea javanica), Mai tong ta ven (Mallotus barbatus), Mai tong tau (Mallotus paniculatus), Mai por hou (Trema orientalis). Bamboo cover is about 60 % of the area dominated Mai hia (Cephalostachyum virgatum), Mai pharng (Cephalostachyum pergracile), Mai lai (Oxytenanthera albociliata), and Mai sord (Oxytenanthera parvifolia). Common understory species included Ngar kiw (Chromolaena odorata), Ngar khompao (Scleria terrestris), Lao (Saccharum spontaneum), Khar (Catimbium bracteatum), Khaem (Thysanolaena maxima), and Khua hang kuang (Ancistrocladus tectorius). Someteak trees were also found.

Greater Phu En Protection Forest

291 Appendix 10.1

The greater Phu En forest survey found predominately mixed deciduousforest. Villagers report logging since 1996. At the present time, the forest is about 60% bamboo. Dominant tree species are: Mai khaen hen (Hopea ferrea), Mai ka bok (Irvingia malayana), Mai khee mou (Ormosia pinnata), Mai hua lon (Parkia sumatrana), Mai mark kheng (Dialium cochinchinensis), Mai hai daeng (Ficus altissima) and other tree species. Bamboo species include Mai hia (Cephalostachyum virgatum), Mai pharng (Cephalostachyum pergracile), Mai hok (Dendrocalamus sp.), Mai lai (Oxytenanthera albociliata), and Mai sort (Oxytenanthera parvifolia).

Recommended Action Plan

Based on rapid biodiversity assessment, the following conservation actions are incorporated into the subproject’senvironmental management plan and capacity building activities:

1. Rehabilitate roadside vegetation to stabilize slopes and plant native tree species along the road. Borrow pit rehabilitation must be done with native vegetation and tree species.

2. Carry out awareness-raising campaigns on wildlife conservation and fish and forest conservation for villages in subproject area and construction workers.

3. Establish village fish and forest conservation zones as part of the Nam Ngum tourism master plan updating.

4. Train community tourism group members to manage and monitor of village forest and fish conservation zones.

292 Appendix 10.2.1: Environmental Management Plan: Champasak Subproject

TA9090-REG: Preparing the Second Greater Mekong Subregion Tourism Infrastructure for Inclusive Growth Project

FINAL REPORT – PART C June 2018

Lao People’s Democratic Republic: Second Greater Mekong Subregion Tourism Infrastructure for Inclusive Growth Project

Vientiane Province

This environmental management plan forms part of the initial environmental examination. It is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature.

Appendix 10.2.1

ABBREVIATIONS

ADB Asian Development Bank AH Affected Household DPWT Department of Public Works and Transport DONRE Department of Natural Resources and Environment EA Environmental Assessment EA Executing Agency ECC Environmental Compliance Certificate EIA Environment Impact Assessment EMI Environmental Monitoring Institute EMP Environment Management Plan EMR Environmental Monitoring Report EERT External Emergency Response Team ERT Emergency Response Team ERTL Emergency Response Team Leader EO Environmental Officer IA Project Implementing Agency GMS Greater Mekong Sub-Region Government Government of Lao PDR GPS Global Positioning System IEE Initial Environmental Examination MONRE Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment MPWT Ministry of Public Works and Transport O&M Operation and Maintenance PCU Project Coordinating Unit PIU Project Implementation Unit PMCESPMCES Project Management & Civil Engineering Support Consultant SS Safeguard Specialist UDAA Urban Development and Administration Authority USD United States Dollar UXO Unexploded Ordnance

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES

km Kilometre kg Kilogram ha Hectare mm Millimeter

294 Appendix 10.2.1

Table of Contents

ABBREVIATIONS 294 I. INTRODUCTION 296 A. Vientiane Province Subprojects 296 II. INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS & RESPONSIBILITIES 296 A. Worker and Community Health and Safety 298 B. Regulatory Framework and Guidelines for Subproject 299 III. SUMMARY OF POTENTIAL IMPACTS 300 A. Public Consultation 302 1. Follow-up Consultation 302 IV. MITIGATION PLAN 303 V. MONITORING PLAN 321 1. Environmental Standards for Subproject Components 321 2. Performance Monitoring 321 3. Reporting 321 VI. ESTIMATED COST OF EMP 326 VII. INSTITUTIONAL CAPACITY REVIEW AND NEEDS 327 VIII. EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN 328 A. Alert Procedures 329 B. Emergency Response Situations 330 ANNEX A: INDICATIVE RESPONSIBILITIES OF KEY MANAGEMENT UNITS OF EMP 332 ANNEX B: INDICATIVE TOR FOR ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIALISTS OF PMCESPMCES 334 ANNEX C: ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS 336 ANNEX D: COST NORMS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING 346

List of Tables Table 1. Subprojects of Vientiane province ...... 296 Table 2. Design Regulations, guidelines and standards applicable to Vientiane subprojects... 299 Table 3. Summary of potential impacts of Vientiane subprojects ...... 301 Table 4. Indicative Public Consultation Plan ...... 302 Table 5. Environmental impact mitigation plan ...... 304 Table 6. Environmental monitoring plan ...... 322 Table 7. Performance monitoring indicators for Vientiane subprojects ...... 325 Table 8: Estimated costs for environmental monitoring plan of EMP ...... 326 Table 9. Indicative training on EMP Implementation ...... 327 Table 10: Roles and responsibilities in emergency incident response ...... 328 Table 11: Evacuation procedure ...... 330 Table 12: Response procedure during medical emergency ...... 330 Table 13: Response procedure in case of fire ...... 331

295 Appendix 10.2.1

I. INTRODUCTION

1. The environmental management plan (EMP) for the five subprojects in Vientiane province provided herein is one of two provincial-level EMPs that have been prepared for the Second GMS Tourism Infrastructure for Inclusive Growth project. This EMP was prepared for five subprojects in Vientiane province. The other EMP was prepared for two subprojects in Champasak province. An Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of all subprojects was prepared separately. The EMPs are comprehensive and are developed as stand-alone management tools that are supported by the parent IEE.

A. Vientiane Province Subprojects

2. The subprojects in Vientiane province are listed in Table 1.

Table 1. Subprojects of Vientiane province

 Nam Ngum Reservoir Access Improvements  Kaeng Yui Waterfall Access Improvements

 Western Loop Rural Access Road and Bridge Improvements  Vang Vieng Urban Renewal  Vang Vieng Solid Waste Management Improvements

II. INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS & RESPONSIBILITIES

3. At the feasibility stage, the primary management framework for the implementation of the environmental management plan (EMP) is summarized below. The Ministry of Information Culture and Tourism (MICT), the executing agency (EA) for the project, will take overall responsibility for the EMP. The EA will establish a Vientiane-based Project Coordination Unit (PCU) within the Tourism Development Department of MICT which, among other things, will appoint a Safeguards and Monitoring Coordination Officer for the EMP.

4. The Implementing Agencies (IA) are the provincial Department of Information, Culture and Tourism (DICT), Department of Public Works and Transport (DPWT), and Vang Vieng Urban Development Administration Authority (UDAA). A Project Steering Committee (PSC) will be established to provide policy and compliance oversight, comprised of representatives from the DICT, DPWT, Department of Finance (DOF), Department of Planning and Investment (DFI), Department of Natural Resources and Environment (DONRE), UDAA, and representatives of other departments and agencies as required.

5. There will be two Project Implementation Units (PIU). One PIU will reside in DICT and will oversee the Nam Ngum Reservoir Access Improvements subproject, with support from Keo Oudom Office of Public Works and Transport for infrastructure design and construction supervision. The other PIU resides in the Vang Vieng UDAA, with support from Vientiane Province DPWT, will be responsible for all other infrastructure subprojects in Vang Vieng. The PIUs will appoint 1-2 Safeguard Specialists, to be responsible for day to day implementation of the EMPs. The PCU will coordinate inter-agency safeguard support to the PIUs, and will liaise with the ADB on safeguard reporting and issues.

296 Appendix 10.2.1

6. The PIU’s Safeguards Specialist will oversee the work of the contractor’s Environmental Officer (EO) for implementation of the CEMP1 for each construction package. External support to the PIU for implementation of the EMP will be provided by the Project Management and Civil Engineering Support Consultant’s (PMCES) International and National Environment Specialists (IES/NES) and an external Environmental Monitoring Institute (EMI). The EMI will conduct field sampling and laboratory analyses of water quality, air quality and other analysis required by the EMP that cannot be performed directly by the contractor or PMCES.

7. The responsibilities of the different agencies in the management framework are listed in Annex A. Below is a summary of responsibilities for implementation of the EMP.

8. Responsibilities of the EA include:

 Coordinate environmental and social safeguards and monitoring for IA/PIU;  Oversee successful operation of Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM) and try resolve any submitted stakeholder grievances at project level if possible.  With support from IA/PIU prepare reports on Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM) as needed;  Liaise with ADB on the implementation of the EMP;  With support from IA/PIU complete and submit semi-annual environmental monitoring reports to ADB and  Coordinate with IA, and ADB if necessary, on issues arising from the implementation of EMP and any required corrective actions or updates.

9. Responsibilities of IA include:

 Oversee and provide support for implementation of EMP by PIUs  Liaise with PCU and EA on issues with safeguards of EMP identified by PIUs  With assistance from PIU prepare reports to EA on EMP implementation including semiannual environmental monitoring reports for ADB

10. The responsibilities of the Safeguards Specialist (SS) of PIU include:

 Assist IES/NES of PMCES with updating the EMP to meet final detailed subproject designs;  Notify DONRE to verify Government approvals of project are met, and that EMP is compliant with Environmental Compliance Certificate (ECC) of project;  Assist PMCES with inclusion of CEMP requirements in contractor bid documents including bid evaluations based on updated EMP;  With IES/NES of PMCES review and approve submitted CEMPs of contractors;  Undertake day to day management of EMP implementation activities;  Work with EMI on implementation of monitoring plan of EMP;  Ensuring compliance with loan covenants and assurances in respect of all subprojects, including EMPs (as well as IPPs, GAPs and resettlement plans);  Lead follow-up meetings with all affected stakeholders;  Prepare and submit quarterly reports on EMP implementation to PCU;  Oversee implementation of CEMP by contractor;  Coordinate with IES/NES of PMCES for EMP implementation;

297 Appendix 10.2.1

 Undertake regular construction site inspections to ensure contractor implements CEMP properly; and  Ensure EO of contractor submits monthly reports on construction mitigation and monitoring.

11. The responsibilities of the IES/NES of the PMCESPMCES are detailed in the indicative Terms of Reference for the two positions in Annex B. Key responsibilities for the EMP are listed below:

 Updating the EMP to meet final detailed designs of subprojects;  Provide technical direction and support to PIUs for EMP implementation;  Support PIUs with review of contractor CEMPs  Oversee design and delivery of capacity development and training of PIU and contractor’s EO;  Provide advice and support to EMI with their monitoring activities;  Receive monitoring reports from EMI and with SS/PIUs prepare semiannual monitoring reports for IA/EA for ADB; and  Review location of any possible contaminated sites near subprojects.  Prepare and conduct biodiversity study of Phu Hong-Phu Ban District Conservation Forests near Kaeng Yui Waterfall.

12. The responsibilities of Environmental Officer (EO) of Contractor include:

 Implement contractor’s CEMP for construction phase of subprojects; and  Prepare and submit monthly reports on mitigation and monitoring activities of CEMP and any environmental issues at construction sites.

13. The responsibilities of Environmental Monitoring Institute (EMI) include:

 Implement the environmental sampling required for monitoring plan of EMP that cannot be conducted by the contractor and PIU.  Perform required laboratory analyses for monitoring program detailed in EMP; and  Prepare and submit quarterly reports to PIU on monitoring activities.

14. The Department of Natural Resources and Environment (DONRE) is the provincial agency which oversees environmental management of Vientiane province. The DONRE with District staff provides direction and support for environmental protection-related matters including application of the Law on Environmental Protection No. 02/99/NA (1999), EIA, and environmental standards.

15. The ADB provides guidance to EA/PCU/IA with any issues related to EMP, and reviews biannual reports on EMP activities compiled and submitted by PCU which are disclosed on the ADB website pursuant to ADB’s Public Communications Policy (2011).

A. Worker and Community Health and Safety

16. Central to construction and operation phases of all subprojects is to ensure workers and the public are not harmed from construction activities and ultimately the operation of the completed subprojects.

298 Appendix 10.2.1

17. Based on the New Global Strategies in Occupational Safety and Health (OSH) developed by the International Labour Organization (ILO) in 2003 the Ministry of Labour and Social Welfare (MLSW) of Government is currently developing the Lao PDR National OSH Programme2. To facilitate the development of the OSH the National Occupational Health & Safety Programme (2005-2010) was initiated.

18. The emerging OSH, inter alia, addresses worker and public safety in the construction and operation of small-medium enterprises and notably rural roads. The EA/PCU as supported by the PIUs must obtain and implement the directives of the OSH Programme. Pertinent associated laws and policy include the Labour Law of Lao PDR, and Decree No. 24/PR of the President of Republic, dated 21 April 1994, promulgating law No. 002/NA of 14 March 1994, concerning Labour.

19. To supplement the National Occupational Health & Safety Programme the IFC/World Bank Environment, Health, and Safety Guidelines (2007) should also be consulted. The IFC EHS guidelines provide the international standard for worker and public safety.

20. DONRE with District staff provides direction and support for environmental protection- related matters including application of the Law on Environmental Protection No. 02/99/NA (1999), EIA, and environmental standards.

21. The ADB assists the PCU with timely guidance at each stage of project implementation following agreed implementation arrangements, and will review and approved detailed design documents, updated IEEs/EMPs, project progress reports, semi-annual safeguard monitoring reports and project completion report. ADB will field one or two missions per year depending on need.

B. Regulatory Framework and Guidelines for Subproject

22. Specific regulations and guidelines for the Vientiane subprojects are summarized in Table 2. The regulations and guidelines, inter alia, identify how access road upgrades and river bridge and shoreline works should be implemented to prevent or minimize negative impacts on the environment. Environmental standards are found in Annex C.

Table 2. Design Regulations, guidelines and standards applicable to Vientiane subprojects.

Road Upgrades

 Lao PDR Road Design Manual with reference to AASHTO A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets, 5th edition.  RDA's Lao Bridge Design Manual, 1998 with reference to AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, 4th, Edition, 2007  Transport Research Laboratory’s (TRL) Road Note 31, 4th edition.  Road Development Authority (RDA’s) standards incorporating relevant standards from the AASHTO Highway Drainage Guidelines.  MPWT (2006). Specifications for drainage system, culverts, street lighting and tree planting

2 ILO, 2009. Asean-Oshnet, Occupational Safety and Health Practices.

299 Appendix 10.2.1

(Mekong) Riverbank Works  The Manual and Study on Mekong Riverbank Protection around the Vientiane Municipality, Lao PDR. Draft Final Report. JICA September 2004  California Bank and Shore Rocks Slope Protection Design, Practitioner's Guide and Field Evaluations of Riprap Methods Final Report No. FHWA-CA-TL-95-10, Caltrans Study No. F90TL03, Third Edition - Internet October 2000, Prepared in Cooperation with the US Department of Transportation Federal Highway Administration  Highway Design Manual, Chapter 870 Channel and Shoe Protection Erosion Protection Control, 26 June 2006.  NRCS Stream Restoration Design Handbook, Stone Sizing Criteria, National Handbook, 210- NEH, August 2007.

Occupational and Public Health and Safety

 MSLW, Lao PDR Occupational, Safety, and Health Guidelines Programme, Draft 2005-2010  IFC/World Bank, 2007. Environment, Health, and Safety Guidelines (EHS)

Environmental Standards

 Agreement on National Environmental Standards, Order No. 2734/PMO-MONRE, 7 Dec 2009. Annex C excerpts standards relevant to the 5 subprojects

III. SUMMARY OF POTENTIAL IMPACTS

23. The potential environmental impacts of the subprojects in Vientiane province from IEE are summarized in Table 3. The required mitigation measures for the three phases of development (pre-construction, construction, and operation) are detailed in Table 4.

300 Appendix 10.2.1

Table 3. Summary of potential impacts of Vientiane subprojects

Pre-construction Phase

 Land acquisition for road upgrades which is detailed in separate Resettlement plan.  Potential disruption of waste picking at dumpsite during initiation of relocation of huts at dumpsite & siting for MRF.

Construction Phase

Common disturbances and potential impacts of road upgrades & bridge components of the 5 subprojects (Table 1):  Reduced and/or blocked public access, disrupted business and recreation, noise, dust, caused by increased truck traffic and heavy equipment use, soil and surface water pollution caused by equipment operation and maintenance, public and worker accidents, disruption of traffic, increased traffic accidents, land erosion and sedimentation of Nam Song river and Nam Ngum reservoir inshore zone, drainage and flooding problems, solid and domestic waste from worker camps, social issues and community problems caused by migrant workers. These short-term impacts will vary in magnitude with construction activities of the different subprojects.

Pier and shoreline developments along Nam Ngum reservoir and Nam Song river:  The impact of maximum short-term sedimentation and turbidity on water quality caused by erosion and re-suspension of sediments from civil works will occur at the specific sites. Aquatic habitat, and other uses of the affected sites such as boating and fishing near the sites will also be equally disturbed.

Landfill upgrade  Disrupted waste picking livelihoods  Dust and noise created from excavation and earthworks for new waste cells & bulldozing & burying old waste  Ponding & flooding at site from disturbed established drainage  Groundwater study to be conducted during pre-construction phase to determine water table depth and design implications for lining and cell depth.  No streams were located near dumpsite so sedimentation and potential contamination of surface waters is anticipated.

Operation Phase

Vang Vieng Solid Waste Management Improvements:  Contamination of groundwater by the upgraded Vang Vieng landfill including septage facility.

Upgraded and new access roads of seven subprojects:  Increased traffic and risk of traffic accidents, noise and dust along upgraded access roads.

New piers, bridge, and market stall-shoreline development, and foot and cycle pathways on Nam Ngum reservoir and along Nam Song river  Water pollution from discarded solid waste from tourists, and bilge, fuel and oil from increased boat traffic in nearshore area of Nam Ngum reservoir.  Increased boat congestion along Nam Ngum reservoir recreation shoreline.

301 Appendix 10.2.1

A. Public Consultation

24. The stakeholder consultation strategy that was developed and implemented for the IEE should be continued with the initiation of detailed engineering designs at start of the pre- construction phase of the subprojects. The first step will be the disclosure of the IEE to the affected stakeholders identified in the IEE for their review and comment.

1. Follow-up Consultation

25. As indicated in the IEE, a primary concern of the public and stakeholders of the subproject were disturbances during construction phase of the subproject components. Those issues plus any others will be reviewed during follow-up consultations throughout the pre- construction, construction, and operation of the completed subproject components. The indicative public consultation plan is provided in Table 4.

Table 4. Indicative Public Consultation Plan

Organizer / Format Frequency Topic Attendees support Pre-construction - Construction Stage PMU / Same Public Once near end of pre- Presentation of planned Affected PMCES consultation construction stage just activities and schedule; households, district format used before construction anticipated impacts and representatives, and during IEE, commences (public mitigation measures; GRM participants from including site meetings), and as needed consultations during visits and (site visits, informal IEE informal interviews) thereafter interviews as during construction phase needed Operational Stage PMU / Public Once in the first year Effectiveness of mitigation Affected PMCES consultation and measures, impacts of households, district site visits operation, comments and representatives, suggestions participants of consultations during IEE PMCES / Public Once just before Project Public satisfaction with EMP Affected PMU satisfaction Completion Report (PCR) implementation Comments and households, district survey if desired issued suggestions representatives, or needed participants of consultations during IEE

302 Appendix 10.2.1

IV. MITIGATION PLAN

26. The mitigation measures of the EMP are presented in a comprehensive mitigation plan for the five subprojects in Table 5. Following the IEE, the mitigation plan is structured by the three development phases of the subproject defined by the pre-construction; construction; and post construction operational phase. The mitigation plan addresses the environmental issues and concerns raised at the stakeholder meetings.

27. The mitigation plan combines construction phase impacts common to all subprojects and subprojects components for which single mitigation measures are prescribed. In this way redundant mitigation measures are not re-stated numerous times. However, impacts and required mitigations specific to a subproject component are also identified. Or, common mitigations that are particularly important for a subproject and affected environmental component(s) are emphasized.

28. The mitigation plan identifies potential impacts, required mitigations, responsible parties, location, timing, and indicative costs. The mitigation plan is comprehensive and will be updated to meet the final detailed designs of the subproject.

29. Contractors will be required to prepare EMPs (CEMP) for their construction packages and submit the CEMPs as part of their bidding documents. The CEMPs will be developed from the EMP provide herein which will be included in the tender documents. As indicated above, the CEMPs will be approved by the PMCES and PIUs.

303 Appendix 10.2.1

Table 5. Environmental impact mitigation plan

Potential Estimated Responsibility Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost3 Activity Reporting Impacts (USD) Supervision Implementation

Pre-construction, detailed design phase of all 5 subprojects

Before Confirmation of No negative All affected See See 1. Affected persons well informed well ahead of detailed Resettlement required environmental persons in resettlement resettlement EA/IA subproject implementation. designs committees compensation impacts subproject areas plans plan initiated

Before Disclosure, & 2. Initiate Information Disclosure and Grievance Redress No community For all detailed No marginal engagement of Mechanism of IEE, and public consultation on detailed Quarterly IA/PIU PIU impacts construction sites. designs cost4 community engineering designs initiated

3. Notify DONRE of subproject initiation to complete Entire subproject, Government No negative environmental assessment requirements, and obtain Nam Ngum Before No marginal As required PIU/DONRE DONRE approvals impact required project permits and certificates. recreation access construction cost road

Contact tourist & 4. Inform tourist and commercial boat companies of Nam Ngum No negative Before No marginal commercial boat schedule of civil works for river port, and all shoreline recreation area & As required PMCES/PIU PMCES/PIU impact construction cost companies civil works. Vang Vieng town

Contact current No negative 5. Review waste recycling and inform pickers of future Before No marginal waste pickers at VV impact on waste training and placement at new MRF of upgraded Existing dumpsite As required PMCES/PIU PMCES/PIU construction cost dumpsite pickers landfill.

Conservation No negative 6. PMCES to conduct survey in Phu Hong-Phu Ban Before Biodiversity Study forest adjacent to Once $5,000 PMCES IES/NES impact conservation forest at Kaeng Yui waterfall construction waterfall area

3 Costs will need to be updated during detailed design phase. 4 No marginal cost indicates that costs to implement mitigation are to be built into cost estimates of bids of contractors

304 Appendix 10.2.1

Potential Estimated Responsibility Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost3 Activity Reporting Impacts (USD) Supervision Implementation

No negative 7. Commission groundwater study at existing dumpsite See Before Groundwater study impact on including installation of bore holes for groundwater Existing dumpsite As required Monitoring PMCES/PIU PMCES/PIU construction groundwater sampling as per TOR in IEE. Plan

8. Work by PMCES5 to complete detailed designs of all components of all 5 subprojects. Ensure the following measures are included: a) identification of spill management prevention plans, and emergency response plans for all construction sites; b) no disturbance or damage to culture property and values; c) minimal acquisition of agriculture and forested lands; d) locate DONRE-approved borrow pits areas away from human settlements with fencing and access barriers; Once with Minimize negative Before Detailed designs of e) locate concrete and asphalt batch plants away from detailed No marginal environmental Final siting construction PMCES/EA PMCES/PIU subproject, human settlements with fencing and access barriers designs cost impacts initiated f) no, or minimal disruption to water supplies along documents access roads, utilities, and electricity with contingency plans for unavoidable disruptions; g) no, or minimal disruption to normal pedestrian and vehicle traffic along all road segments with contingency alternate routes; h) for all areas include specific plan to notify & provide residents and merchants of construction activities & schedule to minimize disruption to normal commercial and residential activities. i) review and ensure climate change resilience measures integrated in subproject infrastructure designs

5 PMCES is Project management and supervision consultant to be determined

305 Appendix 10.2.1

Potential Estimated Responsibility Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost3 Activity Reporting Impacts (USD) Supervision Implementation

9. Identify any new potential impacts of subprojects and include in updated IEE and EMP with special attention to all affected villages and tourist reception areas. 10. Re-clarify with DONRE that no known rare or endangered species inhabit the subproject areas 11. Update IEE and EMP where necessary to meet detailed designs, and to protect affected environments. Once with Positive Before detailed No marginal Update EMP environmental 12. Submit updated IEE and EMP to ADB to review and All sites construction PMCES EA/PIU designs cost impacts approval prior to bidding. initiated documents 13. Develop individual management sub-plans for: a) Construction drainage; b) Erosion; c) Noise and Dust; d) Contaminated Spoil Disposal; e) Solid and Liquid Waste Disposal; f) Construction & Urban Traffic; g) Utility and Power Disruption; h) Worker and Public Safety; i) Tree and Vegetation Removal and Site Restoration; j) Construction Materials Acquisition, Transport, & Storage, and k) Cultural chance finds.

Confirm 14. Notify DONRE, DAF, DPWT to confirm locations of Government No negative sites for borrow pits and disposal areas for Before No marginal PIU/DONRE/ approved Entire subproject As required PIU impact construction and hazardous waste for subprojects, and construction cost DAF/DICT construction waste obtain required permits. disposal sites

See UXO survey, & Injured worker or 15. Ensure Government and UXO LAO is consulted and All construction Beginning of Once Monitoring EA/PIU UXO LAO removal public clears areas where necessary sites. subproject Plan below

Create awareness of No negative 16. DICT to review potential locations of physical Before All subproject No marginal physical cultural environmental resources, and explain possible PCR to contractors construction Once PIU/DICT DICT areas cost resources in area impact and PMCES begins

306 Appendix 10.2.1

Potential Estimated Responsibility Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost3 Activity Reporting Impacts (USD) Supervision Implementation

17. Ensure updated EMP is included in contractor tender documents, and that tender documents specify No negative requirement for site-specific CEMP with budget. Before Develop bid All subproject Once for all No marginal environmental construction PMCES/EA PIU documents 18. Specify in bid documents that contractor must have areas tenders cost impact experience with implementing EMPs and provide begins designated environment, health and safety staff with experience.

19. Contractors to comply with all statutory requirements of Obtain & activate Prevent or Government for use of construction equipment, and For all Beginning of No marginal Once PMCES PIU & contractors permits and licenses minimize impacts operation construction plants such as concrete construction sites construction cost batching.

20. Develop and schedule training plan for (PIU/SS) to be Initially, No negative able to fully implement EMP, and to manage Before Capacity All subproject refresher No marginal environmental implementation of mitigation measures by contractors. construction PMCES PMCES/PIU development areas later if cost impact begins 21. Create awareness and training plan for contractors needed whom will implement mitigation measures.

Spread of Throughout Recruitment of sexually 22. Use local workers as much as possible thereby Worker hiring No marginal All work forces. construction EA/PIU Contractor’s bid workers transmitted reducing number of migrant workers stages cost documents phase disease

Construction phase of all 5 subprojects

23. Prepare site-specific CEMP including individual Initiate CEMP & Prevent or management sub-plans for different potential impact For all Beginning of No marginal sub-mitigation Once PMCES PIU & contractors minimize impacts areas that are completed in pre-construction phase construction sites construction cost plans, (see sub-plan guidance below).

307 Appendix 10.2.1

Potential Estimated Responsibility Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost3 Activity Reporting Impacts (USD) Supervision Implementation

24. Locate worker camps away from human settlements. 25. Ensure adequate housing and waste disposal facilities including pit latrines and garbage cans. 26. A solid waste collection program must be established and implemented that maintains a clean worker camps 27. Locate separate pit latrines for male and female workers away from worker living and eating areas. 28. A clean-out or infill schedule for pit latrines must be Throughout Pollution and established and implemented to ensure working No marginal Worker camps All worker camps construction Monthly PMCES/PIU contractor social problems latrines are available at all times. cost phase 29. Worker camps must have adequate drainage. 30. Local food should be provided to worker camps. Guns and weapons not allowed in camps. 31. Interaction of transient workers with local community should be discouraged. HIV Aids education should be given to workers. 32. Camp areas must be restored to original condition after construction completed.

Prevent of 33. Implement training and awareness plan for PIU/SS and PIU office, Beginning of After each No marginal Training & capacity impacts through PMCES PMCES/PIU contractors. construction sites construction event cost education

308 Appendix 10.2.1

Potential Estimated Responsibility Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost3 Activity Reporting Impacts (USD) Supervision Implementation

34. All borrow pits should be approved by DONRE, including any plans to mine sand from Nam Song river or Nam Ngum reservoir. 35. Select pits in areas with low gradient and as close as possible to construction sites. 36. Required aggregate volumes must be calculated prior to extraction to prevent wastage. 37. Pits should not be located near surface waters, forested areas, critical habitat for wildlife, or cultural property or values. 38. If sand mining from Nam Song river or Nam Ngum reservoir for shoreline work is essential then only by licensed operators. Implement 39. All topsoil and overburden removed should be construction stockpiled for later restoration. materials Pollution, injury, For all Throughout 40. All borrow pits should have a fence perimeter with No marginal acquisition, increased traffic, construction construction Monthly PMCES/PIU contractor signage to keep public away. cost transport, and disrupted access areas. phase storage sub-plan 41. When use of borrow pits terminates pits should be dewatered and permanent fences installed with signage to keep public out, and site restored as much as possible using original overburden and topsoil. 42. Unstable slope conditions in/adjacent to the quarry or pit caused by the extractions should be rectified with tree planting. 43. Define & schedule how materials are extracted from borrow pits, transported, and handled & stored at sites. 44. Define and schedule how fabricated materials for Nam Song & Nam Ngum reservoir shoreline component such as steel, wood structures, and scaffolding will have transported and handled. 45. All aggregate loads on trucks should be covered. .

309 Appendix 10.2.1

Potential Estimated Responsibility Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost3 Activity Reporting Impacts (USD) Supervision Implementation

46. Piles of aggregates at sites should be used/or removed promptly, or covered and placed in non-traffic areas 47. Store DBST materials well away from all human activity and settlements, and cultural (e.g., schools, hospitals), and ecological receptors. Bitumen Air pollution, land production and handling areas should be isolated. Road bitumen and water For all Throughout 48. Contractors must be well trained and experienced with No marginal (DBST) production, contamination, construction construction Monthly PMCES & PIU contractor the production, handling, and application of bitumen. cost and application and traffic & areas. phase access problems, 49. All spills should be cleaned immediately and handled as per hazardous waste management plan, and according to Government regulations. 50. Bitumen should only be spread on designated road beds, not on other land or near any human activities. 51. Bitumen should not be used as a fuel.

310 Appendix 10.2.1

Potential Estimated Responsibility Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost3 Activity Reporting Impacts (USD) Supervision Implementation

52. Uncontaminated spoil to be disposed of in DONRE- designated sites, which must never be in or adjacent surface waters. Designated sites must be clearly marked and identified. 53. Spoil must not be disposed of on sloped land, near cultural property or values, ecologically important areas, or on/near any other culturally or ecologically sensitive feature.

54. Where possible spoil should be used at other Contamination of construction sites, or disposed in spent quarries or land and surface Implement spoil borrow pits. Throughout waters from All excavation See PMCES & PIU management sub- construction Monthly contractor excavated spoil, 55. A record of type, estimated volume, and source of areas Monitoring & DONRE plan phase and construction disposed spoil must be recorded. Plan for waste contaminated 56. Contaminated spoil disposal must follow DONRE soil analyses regulations including handling, transport, treatment (if necessary), and disposal. 57. Suspected contaminated soil must be tested, and disposed of in designated sites identified as per DONRE regulations. 58. Before treatment or disposal contaminated spoil must be covered with plastic and isolated from all human activity.

311 Appendix 10.2.1

Potential Estimated Responsibility Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost3 Activity Reporting Impacts (USD) Supervision Implementation

59. Management of general solid and liquid waste of construction will follow DONRE regulations, and will cover, collection, handling, transport, recycling, and disposal of waste created from construction activities and worker force. 60. Areas of disposal of solid and liquid waste to be determined by DONRE. 61. Disposed of waste should be catalogued for type, estimated weigh, and source. 62. Construction sites should have large garbage bins. 63. A schedule of solid and liquid waste pickup and disposal must be established and followed that ensures construction sites are as clean as possible. Contamination of Implement solid and land and surface 64. Solid waste should be separated and recyclables sold All construction Throughout No marginal PMCES & PIU liquid construction waters from to buyers in community. sites and worker construction Monthly contractor cost & DONRE waste sub-plan construction camps phase waste Hazardous Waste 65. Collection, storage, transport, and disposal of hazardous waste such as used oils, gasoline, paint, and other toxics must follow DONRE regulations. 66. Wastes should be separated (e.g., hydrocarbons, batteries, paints, organic solvents) 67. Wastes must be stored above ground in closed, well labeled, ventilated plastic bins in good condition well away from construction activity areas, all surface water, water supplies, and cultural and ecological sensitive receptors. 68. All spills must be cleaned up completely with all contaminated soil removed and handled with by contaminated spoil sub-plan.

312 Appendix 10.2.1

Potential Estimated Responsibility Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost3 Activity Reporting Impacts (USD) Supervision Implementation

69. Regularly apply wetting agents to exposed soil and construction roads. 70. Cover or keep moist all stockpiles of construction aggregates, and all truckloads of aggregates. 71. Minimize time that excavations and exposed soil are left open/exposed. Backfill immediately. 72. As much as possible restrict working time between Implement Noise Dust All construction No marginal 07:00 and 17:00. In particular are activities such as pile Fulltime Monthly PMCES & PIU contractor and dust sub-plan Noise driving. sites. cost 73. Maintain equipment in proper working order 74. Replace unnecessarily noisy vehicles and machinery. 75. Vehicles and machinery to be turned off when not in use. 76. Construct temporary noise barriers around excessively noisy activity areas where possible.

77. Develop carefully a plan of days and locations where outages in utilities and services will occur, or are expected. Loss or disruption 78. Contact local utilities and services with schedule, and Implement utility of utilities and PMCES & PIU identify possible contingency back-up plans for All construction No marginal and power services such as Fulltime Monthly & Utility contractor outages. sites. cost disruption sub-plan water supply and company electricity 79. Contact affected community to inform them of planned outages. 80. Try to schedule all outages during low use time such between 24:00 and 06:00.

313 Appendix 10.2.1

Potential Estimated Responsibility Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost3 Activity Reporting Impacts (USD) Supervision Implementation

81. Contact provincial forestry department for advice on how to minimize damage to trees and vegetation. 82. Restrict tree and vegetation removal to within RoWs.

Implement tree and 83. Within RoWs minimize removals, and install protective Damage or loss of Beginning vegetation removal, physical barriers around trees that do not need to be All construction No marginal trees, vegetation, and end of Monthly PMCES & PIU contractor and site restoration removed. sites. cost and landscape subproject sub-plan 84. All RoWs to be re-vegetated and landscaped after construction completed. Consult provincial forestry department to determine the most successful restoration strategy and techniques. Aim to replant three trees for each tree removed.

85. Berms, and plastic sheet fencing should be placed around all excavations and earthwork areas. 86. Earthworks should be conducted during dry periods. 87. Maintain a stockpile of topsoil for immediate site Throughout Implement erosion All construction No marginal Land erosion restoration following backfilling. construction Monthly PMCES & PIU contractor control sub-plan sites cost phase 88. Protect exposed or cut slopes with planted vegetation, and have a slope stabilization protocol ready. 89. Re-vegetate all exposed soil immediately after activity is completed.

314 Appendix 10.2.1

Potential Estimated Responsibility Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost3 Activity Reporting Impacts (USD) Supervision Implementation

90. Proper fencing, protective barriers, and buffer zones should be provided around all construction sites. 91. Sufficient signage and information disclosure, and site supervisors and night guards should be placed at all sites. 92. Worker and public safety guidelines should be followed (Lao PDR OSH Programme section III). 93. Speed limits suitable for the size and type of construction vehicles, and current traffic patterns should be developed, posted, and enforced on all roads used by construction vehicles. 94. Standing water suitable for disease vector breeding should be filled in. Public and Implement worker 95. Worker education and awareness seminars for worker injury, and All construction No marginal and public safety construction hazards should be given at beginning of Fulltime Monthly PMCES & PIU contractor health sites. cost sub-plan construction phase, and at ideal frequency of monthly. A construction site safety program should be developed and distributed to workers. 96. Appropriate safety clothing and footwear should be mandatory for all construction workers.

97. Adequate medical services must be on site or nearby all construction sites.

98. Drinking water must be provided at all construction sites.

99. Sufficient lighting be used during necessary night work.

100. All construction sites should be examined daily to ensure unsafe conditions are removed.

315 Appendix 10.2.1

Potential Estimated Responsibility Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost3 Activity Reporting Impacts (USD) Supervision Implementation

101. Protective berms, plastic sheet fencing, or silt curtains should be placed between all earthworks and Nam Song river or Nam Ngum reservoir, or other surface waters. 102. Erosion channels must be built around aggregate stockpile areas to contain rain-induced erosion. 103. Earthworks should be conducted during dry periods. 104. All construction fluids such as oils, and fuels should be stored and handled well away from Nam Song river or Degradation of Nam Ngum reservoir, or other surface waters. Throughout All construction No marginal Civil works water quality & construction Monthly PMCES & PIU contractor 105. No waste of any kind is to be thrown in Nam Song sites cost aquatic resources river or Nam Ngum reservoir, or other surface waters. phase 106. No washing or repair of machinery near Nam Song river or Nam Ngum reservoir, or other surface waters 107. Pit latrines to be located well away from Nam Song river or Nam Ngum reservoir, or other surface waters No unnecessary earthworks in or adjacent to water courses. 108. All irrigation canals and channels to be protected the same way Nam Song river or Nam Ngum reservoir, or other surface waters

109. All construction sites should be located away forested areas as much as possible. 110. No unnecessary cutting of trees Degradation of Throughout All construction No marginal Civil works terrestrial 111. All construction fluids such as oils, and fuels should construction Monthly PMCES & PIU contractor sites cost resources be stored and handled well away from forested and phase plantation areas. 112. No waste of any kind is to be discarded on land or in forests/plantations.

316 Appendix 10.2.1

Potential Estimated Responsibility Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost3 Activity Reporting Impacts (USD) Supervision Implementation

113. As per detailed designs all civil works should be located away from all cultural property and values. DICT identified potential sites and types of PCR in pre- construction phase.

114. Chance finds of valued relics and cultural values At the start, Damage to PMCES & PIU contractor Civil works: should be anticipated by contractors. Site supervisors and cultural property All construction No marginal should be on the watch for finds. throughout Monthly Cultural chance or values, and sites cost construction finds sub-plan chance finds 115. Upon a chance find all work stops immediately, find left untouched, and PIU notified to determine if find is phase valuable. Culture section of DICT notified by telephone if valuable. 116. Work at find site will remain stopped until DICT allow work to continue.

117. Schedule construction vehicle activity during light traffic periods. Create adequate traffic detours, and sufficient signage & warning lights. 118. Post speed limits, and create dedicated construction vehicle roads or lanes. Implement Traffic disruption, Construction and 119. Inform community of location of construction traffic All construction No marginal accidents, public Fulltime Monthly PMCES & PIU contractor urban traffic sub- areas, and provide them with directions on how to best sites cost injury plan co-exist with construction vehicles on their roads. 120. Demarcate additional locations where pedestrians can develop road crossings away from construction areas. 121. Increase road and walkway lighting.

122. Provide adequate short-term drainage away from construction sites to prevent ponding and flooding. Implement Design & Loss of drainage All areas with No marginal Construction 123. Manage to not allow borrow pits to fill with water. construction Monthly PMCES & PIU contractor & flood storage surface waters cost Drainage sub-plan Pump periodically to land infiltration or nearby water phases courses. 124. Install temporary storm drains or ditches for

317 Appendix 10.2.1

Potential Estimated Responsibility Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost3 Activity Reporting Impacts (USD) Supervision Implementation construction sites 125. Ensure connections among surface waters (ponds, streams) are maintained or enhanced to sustain existing storm water storage capacity. 126. Protect surface waters from silt and eroded soil.

Specific Mitigation for Construction of Nam Ngum Reservoir Access Improvements

127. Follow directives of Department of Forestry for implementation of access road upgrade in Phu En Beginning Upgrade & complete Encroachment and protected forest. No marginal PMCES & PIU Contractor / PIU access link road to into Phu En Phu-En forest throughout Monthly cost NR #10 Protected Forest 128. Minimize tree removal and excavations, and construction demarcate working areas clearly & strictly with fences period to prevent lateral encroachment 129. Extra care must be taken to isolate demolition area Beginning Impact of from shoreline activities. All demolished building and PMCES & PIU Contractor / PIU demolition of Reservoir No marginal materials (e.g., concrete, wood, steel, glass) must be throughout Monthly waterfront recreation area cost removed from area and disposed in DoNRE-approved construction buildings disposal sites period

130. Install berms, plastic fencing, or silt curtains to isolate Pier & shoreline Erosion / PMCES & PIU contractor shoreline from civil works activities including new pier Throughout works to Sedimentation / All civil works No marginal and boat landing construction Monthly upgrade recreation loss of nearshore sites at river cost period area aquatic habitat

131. Establish well-marked, nearshore access lane for PMCES & PIU contractor Disrupted boat construction boat traffic away main traffic areas, and Throughout Along shoreline No marginal traffic, fishing & fishing areas. Schedule construction boat during construction Monthly & pier areas cost tourist activities periods of low tour and fishing boat traffic period

Specific Mitigation for Construction of Kaeng Yui Waterfall Access Improvements

318 Appendix 10.2.1

Potential Estimated Responsibility Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost3 Activity Reporting Impacts (USD) Supervision Implementation

132. Prevent or minimize any tree removal. 133. Establish temporary drainage, and soil erosion control Encroachment measures. Access road, into to Phu Hong -

parking and Phu Ban 134. Access of construction vehicles into forest minimized.

footpath upgrades Conservation No vehicle or equipment storage or maintenance in Subproject sites No marginal fulltime PMCES/PIU SS Forest forest. adjacent As needed cost 135. As part of construction waste management sub-plan keep all construction waste out of forest.

Specific Mitigation for Western Loop Rural Access Road and Bridge Improvements

136. Construct bridge support piers on land, not in river Sedimentation, 137. Place berms between all shoreline works and river to water pollution, prevent soil erosion and sedimentation of river aquatic habitat destruction 138. No equipment use or maintenance, materials storage, Construction of new Nam Song river No marginal or work camps with 300m of river fulltime As needed PMCES/PIU SS/contractor bridge in Vang Vieng cost 139. Bridge construction area should be well marked on Disrupted boat shoreline. traffic 140. Dedicated boat lane provided to ensure unobstructed traffic

Specific Mitigation Vang Vieng Urban Renewal

Footpath and Disruption of 141. Schedule work during low tourist season All construction drainage upgrades, No marginal tourist access & sites in Vang fulltime As needed PMCES/PIU SS/contractor & traffic flow 142. Provide well marked temporary alternate walkways at cost movement Vieng town improvements construction sites

Specific Mitigation for Vang Vieng Solid Waste Management Improvements

Throughout Civil works for Disruption of 143. Inform waste pickers of plan and detailed schedule of Existing No marginal SS/contractor construction Monthly landfill upgrade dumping and upgrades landfill to prevent or minimize disruption of dumpsite cost PMCES & PIU period waste picking

319 Appendix 10.2.1

Potential Estimated Responsibility Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost3 Activity Reporting Impacts (USD) Supervision Implementation activity ongoing operations.

Operation Phase of Upgraded Managed Vang Vieng Landfill

Pollution of Operation of 144. Regularly monitor groundwater quality from wells bored groundwater and Upgraded upgraded managed during construction to ensure landfill operating properly. Quarterly Annually O&M UDAA downstream landfill landfill wetlands area

Operation Phase of Upgraded Access Roads of all 5 Subprojects

145. Enforce clearly post speed limits on all roads. Increased traffic 146. Mandate regular vehicle inspections to ensure all Operation of All subproject accidents & air vehicles kept in good working condition. Biannually Annually O&M DPWT upgraded roads access roads pollution 147. New road drainage culverts and ditches must be routinely cleaned and maintained

Operation Phase of Upgraded Marina on Nam Ngum Reservoir

148. Dedicated shoreline lanes should be set for different Boat accidents boat type and sizes. Enforced speed limits for all boats due to increased should be posted in area. Operation of traffic 149. Boats and tourists that use marina must be required to At marina area Fulltime Biannual O&M DPWT upgraded marina Water pollution dispose of all garbage in dedicated bins at the marina. from boaters & tourists 150. Gas and oils should be kept away from water as much as possible

320 Appendix 10.2.1

V. MONITORING PLAN

30. The environmental monitoring plan for the EMP is provided in Table 6. The monitoring plan addresses all three implementation phases (pre-construction, construction, post- construction operation), and consists of environmental indicators, the sampling locations & frequency, method of data collection, responsible parties, and estimated costs. The purpose of the monitoring plan is to determine the effectiveness of the impact mitigations, and to document any unexpected positive or negative environmental impacts of the subproject. The indicative costs of monitoring shown in Table 5 will need to be reviewed and updated during detailed design phase.

1. Environmental Standards for Subproject Components

31. Environmental standards for ambient water quality in urban areas in Lao PDR (Appendix B) are provided by the National Environmental Standard Order No. 2734/PMU- WREA (2009). The environmental standards provided by the Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines of the IFC/World Bank (2007) (e.g., ambient air quality & noise) should be followed to supplement standards that are not provided by the Government.

32. An independent environmental monitoring institute (EMI) will be required to perform the sampling and laboratory analyses for the environmental monitoring program. The SS will coordinate with the EMI under the direction of the PMCES/PIU who will provide logistical support to the EMI where necessary. The PMCES will be given a budget for the EMI which will come from the loan. The budget for the work of the EMI will become the costs for monitoring which are estimated in Table 5.

2. Performance Monitoring

33. Performance monitoring is required to assess the overall performance of the EMP. A performance monitoring system is normally developed by the EA for the entire subproject. Select indicators of major components of the environment that will be affected primarily by the construction phase are drawn from the mitigation and monitoring plans and summarized in Table 6.

3. Reporting

34. Regular reporting on the implementation of mitigation measures, and on monitoring activities during construction phase of the subproject is required. Reporting is the responsibility of PIU and should be conducted in conjunction with regular meetings with stakeholders as part of the continuation of stakeholder communications. The mitigation and monitoring plans (Tables 4 and 5) summarize proposed timing of reporting. A report on environmental monitoring and implementation of EMP will be prepared quarterly for the EA/PCU by the PIU. For the quarterly report the PIU report will compile monthly reports provided by the EO of contractor, the reports of the EMI on monitoring, and input from the IES/NES of the PMCES. The PIU reports will be compiled into the semi-annual environmental safeguards monitoring report that the EA/PIU submits to the ADB and DONRE.

35. The reports will track all indicators measured in the EMP monitoring plan, including performance monitoring indicators (Table 7) and will include relevant Government environmental quality standards.

321 Appendix 10.2.1

Table 6. Environmental monitoring plan

ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS MONITORING

Responsibility Estimated Cost6 (USD) Environmental Indicators Location Means of Monitoring Frequency Reporting Supervision Implementation

Pre-construction Phase – Update Baseline Conditions

Where needed update baseline on sensitive receptors (e.g., cultural property & values, new schools or At all areas affected by the 5 subprojects Contact DONRE, continued hospitals, rare/endangered species, Once Once EA/PIU $2,000. community consultations critical habitat), and aquatic resources PIU and human uses of Nam Ngum reservoir & Nam Song river

A) Dust, noise, and vibration levels A) All civil works sites

A & B) B) Affected surface water quality: TSS, Environmental A) $3,000. heavy metals (As, Cd, Pb,) oil and One day and B) At Nam Song river, and Nam Ngum One baseline Monitoring Institute grease, pH, DO, COD, BOD5, one-night reservoir 2017 sampling sites supplement temperature, TDS, NH3, NH4, other Using field and analytical methods measurement report before PIU nutrient forms of N & P approved by DONRE. during rainy & B) $5,000. construction dry seasons. C) Environmental C) water table depth and groundwater phase starts Monitoring Institute, quality (see Appendix of IEE) C) At dumpsite or separate C) 10,000.

hydrogeology firm

Inventory of present and past land Possible contaminated lands at all excavation Environmental Using field and analytical methods uses that could cause contaminated sites Once Once PIU Monitoring $500. approved by DONRE. soil. Institute

6 To be updated with EMP at detailed design stage 322 Appendix 10.2.1

Construction Phase of all Subproject Components

Analysis of soil quality (heavy metals Possible contaminated lands at all excavation Once, if Environmental Using field and analytical methods (As, Cd, Pb, oil & grease, sites at all 5 subproject areas needed Once PIU Monitoring $3,500. approved by DONRE. hydrocarbons). Institute (A – B): A) Dust, noise, wind, and vibration A – C: Using field and analytical Quarterly levels A & B): Baseline sites of pre-construction methods approved by DONRE. during B) Water quality of Nam Song river, phase. construction (A - D): and: TSS, heavy metals (As, Cd, Pb,) Include visual observations of dust periods A & B: $9,000. /yr. X oil and grease, pH, DO, COD, BOD5, and noise from contractor & public 2 PIU Monitoring Institute temperature, TDS, NH3, NH4, other reports. Daily visual C: $2,500 /yr. X 2 nutrient forms of N & P records D: $0.0

C) Analysis of soil quality (heavy C) At sites where, contaminated soil is Monthly metals (As, Cd, Pb, Hg, Mn), suspected. C) Once at (E & F) & daily observations: hydrocarbons. start of excavations D) Domestic (worker) and construction D) Visual observation solid waste inside & outside D) All construction sites and worker camps D) Monthly construction sites including worker camps. E) Information transferred by E) Using hotline number placed at all telephone hotline number posted at E: $1,500. /yr. X 2 E) Continuous EA/PIU contractor E) Public comments and complaints construction areas all construction sites. public input F: $0.0 F) Incidence of worker or public F) At all construction areas F) regular reporting by F) Continuous accident or injury contractors/PMU

Operation of Upgraded Managed Vang Vieng Landfill

Using field and analytical methods DPWT/UDAA/ Bore wells at landfill. Biannually for $2,500. /yr. X 3 Groundwater quality approved by DoE. Biannual DONRE 5 years Operation of All Roads of 5 Subprojects Continuous For each $0.0 Vehicle traffic accidents Upgraded / improved subproject roads. Regular record keeping. DPWT event Operation of Upgraded Nam Ngum Marina For each Boat traffic accidents Recreation area of Nam Ngum reservoir. Regular record keeping. Continuous DPWT/DONRE $0.0 event

323 Appendix 10.2.1

Water Pollution (garbage, oil, gas), Using field and analytical methods For each Quarterly $2,500. /yr. X 3 Incidence of garbage & litter approved by DONRE, and visual. event

Operation of Upgraded Stormwater Drains in Vang Vieng

Incidence of flooding Rainy season Along or near upgraded drains Surveys, public complaints Quarterly DPWT/UDAA $0.0. /yr. for 5 years

324 Appendix 10.2.1 Table 7. Performance monitoring indicators for Vientiane subprojects

Major Environmental Key Indicator Performance Objective Data Source Component Pre-construction Phase Meetings with stakeholders Public contacted during IEE & new Affected public and Minutes of meeting, Consultation stakeholders convened for follow- stakeholders and participants list and Disclosure up consultation and to introduce grievance redress mechanism All stakeholders contacted during EMP Updated EMP IEE re-contacted for follow-up EMP consultation EMP appended to bidding Requirements of EMP Bid Documents documents with clear instructions Bid documents (CEMP)7 to bidders for CEMP By end of preconstruction phase, Course(s) outline, Training of Training course(s) & required course(s) that will be participants, and PIU/SS schedule delivered are designed and schedule scheduled Construction Phase Critical habitat, rare or All present critical habitat and R & All subproject endangered species if E species if unchanged, and Monitoring by EMI8 areas present unharmed Heavy metals, coliform Groundwater bacteria, TDS, H2S, Government environmental Monitoring by EMI quality at landfill BOD5, TN, NH3, TP, standards and criteria met nutrient forms of N & P9 Nam Song river, TSS, DO, BOD, COD, & Nam Ngum pH, oil & grease, nutrient Government environmental Monitoring by EMI reservoir forms of T & N, metals standards and criteria met recreation area (Pb, Fe, As)10 Levels never exceed pre- EMI & contractor Air quality Dust, noise, vibration construction baseline levels monitoring reports, Rigorous program of procedures and rules to collect and store all Contractor and EMI Soil quality Solid and liquid waste waste from construction camps monitoring reports and sites practiced. Rigorous program of procedures to Hazardous Oil, gasoline, grease, manage and store all waste from Contractor and EMI materials and alum, chlorine, soda construction camps and sites monitoring reports waste practiced. Adherence to Government policy Public and Frequency of injuries and site-specific procedures to Contractor reports worker safety prevent accidents Public input, No valued cultural property, or Incidence of damage or contractor reports, Cultural property unearthed valuable relic is harmed complaints public input, EMI in any way reports Disruptions, stoppages, or detours Public input, Frequency of disruptions Traffic are managed to absolute contractor reports, and/or blocked roadways minimum. EMI reports Operation Phase of Nam Ngum Reservoir Marina

7Contractor Environmental Management Plan developed from EMP in contractor bidding document 8Environmental Monitoring Consultant hired to assist PMCES and implementation of Environmental Monitoring Plan 9 See Appendix C for environmental standards 10 Appendix C

325 Appendix 10.2.1 Major Environmental Key Indicator Performance Objective Data Source Component Incidence of boat Public safety None DPWT accidents Water quality garbage, oil & grease, No deviation from baseline DPWT/DONRE Operation of Upgraded Managed Vang Vieng Landfill Heavy metals, coliform No deviation from baseline levels, Groundwater bacteria, TDS, H2S, compliance with standards DPWT/DONRE quality BOD5, TN, NH3, TP, Appendix B nutrient forms of N & P Incidence of traffic No deviation from baseline Public safety DPWT accidents on access road frequency Operation of Upgraded Access Roads of a Subprojects Vehicle Incidence of vehicle accidents, None or no increase DPWT accidents Public Safety VI. ESTIMATED COST OF EMP

36. The marginal costs for implementing the EMP are primarily for environmental monitoring because the costs for implementing impact mitigation measures are included with the construction costs in contractor bid documents. From Table 6 the preliminary costs for the implementation of the EMP for the 5 subprojects of Vientiane province are summarized in Table 8. These costs include per diem technician fees. Note that contingencies have been provided to account for cost uncertainty to the total EMP cost

37. An estimated budget of $10,000.00 is required for capacity building for environmental management in conjunction with other capacity development activities of the subproject. The costs will need to be updated by the PMCES in conjunction with the PIU during the pre- construction, detailed design phase of the subproject. Table 8: Estimated costs for environmental monitoring plan of EMP

Estimated Cost11 Activity Type (USD)

Pre-construction Phase

Updating Environmental Baseline cultural receptors $2,000.00 environmental quality $8,500.00 public consultation $3,000.00 groundwater study at dumpsite $10,000.00 Biodiversity study $5,000.00 Construction Phase environmental quality $26,500.00 public consultation $3,000.00 Post-construction Operation Phase environmental quality $15,000.00 public consultation $3,000.00 public input $0.0 Capacity development and training $10,000.00 Total $86,000.00

11 To be updated with EMP at Detailed Design Phase

326 Appendix 10.2.1 VII. INSTITUTIONAL CAPACITY REVIEW AND NEEDS

38. Currently there is insufficient experience and capacity for environmental assessment and management solely amongst national counterparts responsible for the implementation of the EMP. i.e., DICT/PIU, and UDAA in Vientiane province. No dedicated environmental experts are appointed to UDAA. The PMCES with assistance from the SS of the subproject will develop and deliver training courses to the DICT/PIU staff responsible for the implementation of the subproject. The purpose of the course(s) is to strengthen the ability of the PIU/PMU to oversee implementation of the EMP by construction contractors, and EMI

39. The SS who will be full-time environmental member of the PIU as well as the EO of the contractor should attend training courses as required. Costs for training should be included with costs for implementation of the EMP.

40. Training on the implementation of an EMP should address two thematic areas. The first area should introduce principles environmental management focused on the potential impacts of subproject activities on the natural and social environment. The second area should be environmental safeguard requirements of the ADB and the Government with specific focus on the preparation of an EMP, and contractor EMPs (CEMP). Table 9 lists the indicative course topics and target participants. The estimated budget of USD $10.000 is listed in Table Table 9. Indicative training on EMP Implementation

Course Topic Areas Target Participants Period Introduction to EIA, Lao PDR EIA policy framework & Pre-construction phase: procedures, and EA, UDAA*, PIU/SS, shortly after PMCES is environmental standards, hired and ADB Safeguard Policy Purpose and content of an EMP. Development and Construction phase implementation of the EMPs EA, PIU/SS, contractor shortly after for the Vientiane subprojects. EOs construction packages Development and are let implementation of contractor EMPs (CEMP) Protection of rivers, lakes, terrestrial habitat, and Construction phase shortly after PIU/SS, contractor EOs conservation & protection construction packages forests from road, bridge, are let and pier construction

Grievance Redress Construction phase Mechanism, & public EA/PIU/SS, contractor shortly after consultation EOs construction packages are let Occupational and Construction phase shortly after community health and PIU/SS, contractor EOs safety construction packages are let Traffic management and Operation phase shortly safety on roads and on PMU before subprojects are rivers and reservoirs completed * Not included is special course for UDAA for the operation and maintenance of the upgraded Vang Vieng landfill.

41. Separate to the training plan in Table 9 will be the development of the capacity and programming of the Vang Vieng Office of Natural Resources and Environment (ONRE) for

327 Appendix 10.2.1 sampling environmental quality specifically at the upgraded landfill will also be developed. The scope and details of the capacity development will be finalized at detailed design.

VIII. EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN

42. The Contractor must develop emergency or incident response procedures during construction. In the operational phase the operator/civil authorities will have responsibility for any emergencies or serious incidents. The construction phase should ensure:

i) Emergency Response Team (ERT) of the Contractor as initial responder; ii) District fire and police departments, emergency medical service, the Department of Public Health (DPH), collectively referred to as the External Emergency Response Team (EERT), as ultimate responders.

43. The Contractor will provide and sustain the required technical, human and financial resources for quick response during construction.

Table 10: Roles and responsibilities in emergency incident response

Entity Responsibilities Contractor Team (ERT) - Communicates / alerts the EERT. - Prepares the emergency site to facilitate the response action of the EERT, e.g., vacating, clearing, restricting site. - When necessary & requested by the EERT, lends support / helps during EERT’s response operations. External Emergency Response Team - Solves the emergency/incident (EERT) Contractor Resources - Provide and sustain the people, equipment, tools & funds necessary to ensure Subproject’s quick response to emergency situations. - Maintain good communication lines with the EERT to ensure prompt help response & adequate protection, by keeping them informed of Subproject progress.

44. The ERT will be led by the senior contractor engineer (designated ERTL) on site with a suitably trained foreman or junior engineer as deputy. Trained first-aiders and security crew will be the core members of the ERT.

45. The Contractor will ensure that ERT members are physically, technically and psychologically fit for their emergency response roles and responsibilities.

46. Prior to the mobilization of civil works, the Contractor, through its Construction Manager, ERTL, in coordination with the PCU/PIU, will meet with the ultimate response institutions to discuss the overall construction process, including, but not limited to:

i) subproject sites; ii) construction time frame and phasing; iii) any special construction techniques and equipment that will be used; i iv) any hazardous materials that will be brought to and stored in the construction premise and details on their applications and handling/management system; v) the Contractor’s Emergency Management Plan

328 Appendix 10.2.1 vi) names and contact details of the ERT members

47. The objective of this meeting is to provide the ultimate response institutions the context for:

i) their comments on the adequacy of the respective Emergency Management Plans ii) their own assessment of what types, likely magnitude and likely incidence rate of potential hazards are anticipated iii) the arrangements for coordination and collaboration.

48. To ensure effective emergency response, prior to mobilization of civil works, the Contractor will:

i) set up the ERT; ii) set up all support equipment and facilities in working condition iii) make arrangements with the EERT; iv) conducted proper training of ERT members, and encouraged and trained volunteers from the work force; v) conducted orientation to all construction workers on the emergency response procedures and facilities, particularly evacuation procedures, evacuation routes, evacuation assembly points, and self-first response, among others; and vi) conducted drills for different possible situations.

49. To sustain effective emergency response throughout Subproject implementation an adequate budget shall be provided to sustain the capabilities and efficiency of the emergency response mechanism, the emergency response equipment, tools, facilities and supplies. Drills and reminders will take place regularly, the former at least every two months and the latter at least every month.

A. Alert Procedures

50. Means of communicating, reporting and alerting an emergency situation may be any combination of the following: i) audible alarm (siren, bell or gong); ii) visual alarm (blinking/rotating red light or orange safety flag); iii) telephone (landline); iv) mobile phone; v) two-way radio; and vi) public address system/loud speakers. Some rules relative to communicating/alerting will be:

(i) Whoever detects an emergency situation first shall immediately: - call the attention of other people in the emergency site, - sound the nearest alarm, and/or - report/communicate the emergency situation to the ERT. (ii) Only the ERTL and, if ERTL is not available, the Deputy ERTL are authorized to communicate with the EERT. Exceptional cases to this rule may be necessary and should be defined in the Emergency Management Plans. (iii) When communicating/alerting an emergency to the EERT, it is important to provide them with at least: i) the type of emergency; ii) correct location of the emergency; ii) estimated magnitude of the situation; iii) estimated persons harmed; iv) time it happened; v) in case of a spill, which hazardous substance spilled; and vi) in case of fire and explosion, what caused it. Such details would allow the EERT to prepare for the appropriate response actions.

For an effective reporting/alerting of an emergency:

(i) The names and contact details of the relevant persons and institutions should be readily available in, or near to, all forms of communication equipment, and strategically posted (at legible size) in all Subproject sites and vehicles: - Most relevant construction/operations staffs namely, the ERTL, Deputy ERTL, first-aiders, supervising engineers, foremen

329 Appendix 10.2.1 - EERT institutions/organizations - Concerned village authority/ies - PIU Office, SS (ii) All Subproject sites should have good access to any combination of audible and visual alarms, landline phones, mobile phones and two-way radio communication at all times. (iii) Contractor’s construction vehicles should also be equipped with the appropriate communication facilities.

B. Emergency Response Situations

The following tables suggest general procedures that will be refined in the final EMP during detailed design, and described in more detail in the Emergency Management Plans of the Contractor. Table 11: Evacuation procedure

Procedure Remarks . Move out as quickly as possible as a . All workers/staff, sub-contractors, site group, but avoid panic. visitors to move out, guided by the ERT. . Evacuate through the directed . The safe evacuation shall have been evacuation route. determined fast by the ERTL/Deputy ERTL & immediately communicated to ERT members. . Keep moving until everyone is safely . A restricted area must be established away from the emergency site and its outside the emergency site, all to stay influence area. beyond the restricted area. . Once outside, conduct head counts. . Foremen to do head counts of their sub-groups; ERTL/Deputy ERTL of the ERT. . Report missing persons to EERT . ERTL/Deputy ERTL to communicate immediately. with the EERT. . Assist the injured in evacuation & . ERT to manage injured persons to hand them over to the ERT first- ensure proper handling. aiders or EERT medical group . If injury warrants special care, DO . ERTL/Deputy ERTL communicates NOT MOVE them, unless necessary with EERT to get & instructed/directed by the EERT. instructions/directions in handling the injured. Table 12: Response procedure during medical emergency

Procedure Remarks . Administer First Aid regardless of . Fundamentals when giving First Aid: severity immediately. - Safety first of both the rescuer and the victim. - Do not move an injured person unless: - victim is exposed to more danger when left where they are, e.g., during fire, chemical spill - it would be impossible for EERT to aid victims in their locations, e.g., under a collapsed structure - instructed or directed by the EERT. . First AID to be conducted only by a person who has been properly trained in giving First Aid.

330 Appendix 10.2.1 Procedure Remarks . Call the EERT emergency medical . ERTL/Deputy ERTL or authorized on- services &/or nearest hospital. site emergency communicator . Facilitate leading the EERT to the . ERTL/Deputy ERTL to instruct: emergency site. - an ERT member on- site to meet EERT in access road/strategic location. He/she shall hold orange safety flag to get their attention & lead them to site. - Other ERT members to clear access road for smooth passage of the EERT. . If applicable, vacate site & influence . Follow evacuation procedure. area at once, restrict site, suspend work until further notice.

Table 13: Response procedure in case of fire

Procedure Remarks . Alert a fire situation. . Whoever detects the fire shall immediately: - call the attention of other people in the site, - sound the nearest alarm, and/or - Foreman or any ERT member among the construction sub-group contacts the fire department (in this case it should be agreed on that it is alright for any ERT member in the sub-group to alert the fire department) - Report/communicate the emergency to the ERTL/Deputy ERTL. . Stop all activities/operations and . All (non-ERT) workers/staff sub- evacuate. contractors, site visitors and concerned public to move out to safe grounds following the evacuation procedure. . Activate ERT to contain fire/control . Guided by the training they undertook, fire from spreading. ERT members assigned to mitigate the fire shall assess their own safety situation first before attempting to control fire spread. . Call the nearest fire & police stations . When alerting the EERT, ERTL will &, if applicable, emergency medical give the location, cause of fire, services. estimated fire alarm rating, any injuries. . Facilitate leading the EERT to the . ERTL/Deputy ERTL to instruct: emergency site. - an ERT member to meet the EERT in the access road or strategic location and lead them to the site. He/she shall hold the orange safety flag to get their attention and lead them to the site. - some ERT members to stop traffic in, & clear, the access road to facilitate passage of the EERT. . ERT to vacate the site as soon as . Follow appropriate evacuation their safety is assessed as in procedure. danger.

331 Appendix 10.2.1 ANNEX A: INDICATIVE RESPONSIBILITIES OF KEY MANAGEMENT UNITS OF EMP

EMP Implementation Roles and Responsibilities organizations

Executing agency (EA)  Overall responsibility for the execution of the project (MICT)  Reviews the project implementation progress  Reviews and endorses any proposed change in the project scope or implementation arrangements  Supervises compliance with loan covenants

Project Coordination Unit  Project preparation, including the setting up of financial and (PCU), inside MICT management systems and procedures, and the procuring of PCU office equipment  Consultant recruitment and supervision  Review and approval of goods and civil works contracts, including bid documents  Coordination between the concerned agencies at the national and provincial levels  Coordination of activities of the PIUs and the inputs of concerned stakeholders  Coordination of all reporting aspects of the project  Coordination of institutional strengthening measures  Ensuring compliance with ADB Loan covenants, assurances and safeguard requirements, as well as with national and provincial policies and regulations  Provision of administrative and technical support to the PIUs  Preparation of consolidated Project accounts to be forwarded to ADB  Advice to PIUs on revenue-enhancing activities related to the recovery of costs of constructing, operating, and maintaining Project facilities and equipment;  Coordination of project audits  All specified monitoring, evaluation and reporting activities  Communication of Project's outcomes, outputs, and activities to all stakeholders  Provide coordination for safeguards and monitoring for PIU

Provincial Project  Ensuring that concerns of all stakeholders are adequately reflected in Steering Committee the project (PPSC)  Coordination of project implementation between the concerned agencies  Confirming compliance with local regulations and provincial policies  Overseeing budgeting and disbursement of counterpart funds  Overseeing implementation of resettlement plans, compensation schemes and all other project safeguard procedures

Project Implementation  Coordination and supervision of consultants’ inputs on the appraisal of Units (PIUs) DICT, feasibility studies, and conceptual and detailed designs construction DPWT, UDAA  Procurement of goods and civil works contracts, including the preparation of bid documents and bid evaluations  Approving payments to contractors and maintaining disbursement records  Ensuring that institutional-strengthening and capacity-building initiatives involving DMOs, private partners, SMEs and CBTOs are implemented in line with agreed Project designs, schedules and budgets  Ensuring compliance with loan covenants and assurances in respect of all sub projects, including updating of IEEs, EMPs, IPPs, GAPs, resettlement plans  Oversee implementation of EMP by contractor EO, and EMI  Prepare quarterly reports on EMP implementation for PCU  Coordinate with PMCES to design and deliver capacity development & training.  Meetings with all concerned stakeholders  Quarterly progress and monitoring-and-evaluation reporting to the PCU

Project Management &  Completes detailed designs of subprojects with PIU Supervision Consultant  Update EMP to meet final detailed designs of subprojects

332 Appendix 10.2.1

EMP Implementation Roles and Responsibilities organizations

(PMCES)  Supervises and assists PIU with contractor management  Provides technical advice and support when needed to PIU and EMI  Designs and oversees delivery of all training and capacity development of PIU for construction and operation of completed subprojects including EMP.  Provides advisory role for implementation of EMP by PIU and EMI

Environmental  Implements environmental sampling for EMP Monitoring Institute(EMI)  Conducts laboratory analyses of environmental quality samples from field sampling  Prepares periodic monitoring reports for PIU

Environmental Officer  Implements the CEMP for the construction phase (EO) of Contractor  Maintains a daily log of environmental issues at the construction sites  Prepares brief monthly summaries of mitigation activities and environmental issues at constructions site to PIU. ADB  Assists PCU through timely guidance at each stage of project implementation following agreed implementation arrangements  Review all documents that require ADB approval  Review of monitoring reports on EMP implementation to ensure EMP meets SPS (2009)  Approval of procurement activities  Periodic project review missions, a mid-term review and a completion mission for the project  Ensuring compliance of all loan covenants  Timely processing of withdrawal applications and release of eligible funds  Ensuring compliance of financial audit recommendations  Regularly updates project information disclosure on the ADB website

333 Appendix 10.2.1 ANNEX B: INDICATIVE TOR FOR ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIALISTS OF PMCESPMCES

International Environmental Specialist (IES). With assistance from the national environmental specialist the international consultant will be responsible for updating the provincial EMPs at detailed design, and assisting the PIU with overall environmental management of the implementation of the subprojects in Vientiane province. The consultant will: (i) With national consultant prepare and implement a biodiversity study of the Hong Phu-Ban Phu District Conservation Forest adjacent to Kaeng Yui Waterfall subproject. Survey should follow ToR for biodiversity of Phu-En Protected Forest at Nam Ngum subproject which is appended to the IEE. (ii) update environmental management plans (EMP) for the 5 subprojects to ensure that EMPs address the detailed designs and engineering of subprojects. Updates to both EMPs include mitiation and monitoring plans, budget, and capacity development needs of executing agency (EA/PCU) and PIUs (/ DICT/DPWT/UDAA); (iii) with national consultant design comprehenisve training plan for safeguards specialist/PIU and on principles of EIA, and the purpose, content, and roles and responsibilities for implementation of updated EMPs highlighting environmental issues of subprojects; (iv) ensure that all relevant safeguards of the EMPs are adequately addressed in the bidding documents (instruction to bidders), and in the evaluation criteria for awarding contracts; (v) coordinate and work with the PIUs to ensure that contractors finalize their respective site-specific CEMPs based on the updated EMPs and the actual site conditions; (vi) oversee the implementation of all safeguards of the three EMPs relating to construction phase activities including handling of construction spoil and waste, water and air quality protection, public nuisance impacts (noise, dust, traffic, blocked access, workers, and camps), and public safety; (vii) assist with the finalzation of the groundwater monitoring study at exisitng dumpsite site; (viii) coordinate with the provincial Department of Natural Resources & Environment (DONRE) on all relevant environmental regulatory compliance issues (e.g. noise and dust from construction sites, sanitation in workers campsite etc); (ix) prepare TOR(s) for the LAO UXO for the survey, detection, and removal of unexploded ordnance (UXO) at all civil works sites. Ensure that EA and/or PIUs consult LAO UXO and Government authorities to assist with ToR development and implementation; (x) with PIU/DICT, prepare TORs for the follow-up interviews and consultations with the same affected stakeholder and local residents contacted during the PPTA on issues and concerns arising during project construction; (xi) assist PIU with clarifying existing scope of waste picking at Vang Vieng dumpsite; (xii) prepare TOR(s) for external national environment monitoring institute (EMI) for conducting water and air quality sampling, and laboratory analyses for the monitoring plans for the town EMPs; (xiii) coordinate with PWDTs to address vehicle and boat traffic issues; (xiii) advise PIU/DICT on environment-related concerns arising during sub-projects construction, and recommend corrective measures; (xiv) with PIU/DICT, ensure dissemination to stakeholders the results of environment quality monitoring and implementation of safeguards, especially among households or small businesses near the civil construction works areas; (xv) assist EA and PIU/DPWTs prepare a table of contents for regular reports PIU must submit to the EA on implementation of EMPs, environmental, issues, and corrective actions;

334 Appendix 10.2.1 (xvi) assist PIU/DICT prepare simple report template for construction contractors to report monthly on mitigation activities, and environmental issues that occur during construction phase; and (xvii) prepare a quarterly status report on implementation of EMPs, environmental issues, and public safety protection to be submitted through the PIU and EA to the provincial DONREs as part of semi-annual environmental reporting to ADB.

The consultant should have an advanced degree in environmental sciences, and at least 7 years experience implementing and managing environmental assessment of infrastructure projects in southeast Asia countries (preferably Lao PDR). Other requiremetns include: a) understanding of ADB and national environmental safeguard requirements; b) experience working with and supervising the activities of provincial and national environmental management agencies with envronmental safeguards; and c) designing and delivering training and capacity development programs to provincial environment, project implementing units.

National Environmental Specialist (NES). Assist the international environmental specialist update the provincial EMPs at detailed design, and work with the PIU with overall environmental management of the implementation of the subprojects in Vientiane province. The national consultant will assist with:

(i) Assist IES prepare and implement a biodiversity study of the Hong Phu-Ban Phu District Conservation Forest adjacent to Kaeng Yui Waterfall subproject (ii) updating environmental management plans (EMP) for subprojects in Vientiane to ensure that EMPs address the detailed designs and engineering of subprojects.; (iii) deliver initial training to DICT, DPWT and UDAA on the purpose, content, and roles and responsibilities for implementation of updated EMPs; (iv) ensure relevant safeguards of the EMPs are addressed in the bidding documents in paccurate local language and in evaluation criteria for awarding contracts; (v) help PIUs to ensure that contractors prepare their respective site-specific plans based on the updated EMPs and the actual site conditions; (vi) help international consultant oversee the implementation of all safeguards of the three EMPs relating to construction phase activities including handling of construction spoil and waste, water and air quality protection, public nuisance impacts (noise, dust, traffic, blocked access, workers, and camps), and public safety; (vii) assist coordination with the provincial Department of Natural resources & Environment (DONRE) on all relevant environmental regulatory compliance issues (e.g. noise and dust from construction sites, sanitation in workers campsite etc); (viii) with PIU/DICT, prepare ToRs for the follow-up interviews and consultations with the same affected stakeholder and local residents contacted during the PPTA on issues and concerns arising during project construction. Of particular concern is upgrades to access roads; (ix) assist PWDTs to address vehicle traffic issues, respectively during road upgrades; (x) with international consultant advise the PIU/DICT/DPWTs on environment-related concerns arising during sub-projects construction, and recommend corrective measures; (xi) with PIU/DICT, ensure dissemination to stakeholders the results of environment quality monitoring and implementation of safeguards, especially among households or small businesses near the civil construction works areas; (xii) assist with all eporting for the EMP. T

The consultant should have a university degree in the environmental sciences and at least 5 years experience with environmental assessment of infrastructure projects in Lao PDR) including: a) understanding of ADB and national environmental safeguard requirements; b) experience working with international consultants; and c) delivering training and capacity development programs to provincial project implementing units.

335 Appendix 10.2.1 ANNEX C: ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS

Water Resources and Environment Administration No 2734 / PMO.WREA (now MONRE) Vientiane, 7 Dec 2009

Agreement on the National Environmental Standards

Based on the Environmental Protection Law No. 02/99/NA, dated 3 April 1999. Based on decree on mandate of Water Resources and Environmental Administration dated 149/PM, dated 10 May 2007.

Surface water quality standards in Lao PDR

Standard Method of No Substances Symbol Unit Value Measurement 1 Color, Odor and Taste - - N -

2 Temperature t °C N’ Thermometer

3 Potential of Hydrogen pH - 5-9 Electronic pH Meter 4 Dissolved Oxygen DO mg/l 6 Azide Modification 5 COD COD ml/l 5 Potassium permanganate 6 BOD5 BOD5 mg/l 1,5 Azide Modification at 20 degree C, 5 days

7 Total Coliform Coliform MPN/100 ml 5000 Bacteria Bacteria Multiple Tube 8 Fecal Coliform Fecal MPN/ 100 ml 1000 Fermentation Bacteria Coliform 9 Nitrate-Nitrogen NO3-N mg/l <5.0 Cadmium Reduction 10 Ammonia-Nitrogen NH3-N mg/l 0.2 Distillation Nesslerization 11 Phenols C6H3-OH mg/l 0.005 Distillation, 4-Amin anti-pyrenne 12 Copper Cu mg/l 0.1

13 Nickel Ni mg/l 0.1 14 Manganese Mn mg/l 1.0 Atomic Absorption 15 Zinc Zn mg/l 1.0 Direct Aspiration 16 Cadmium Cd mg/l 0.005 17 Chromium, Hexavalent Cr 6+ mg/l 0.05 18 Lead Pb mg/l 0.05 19 Mercury Hg mg/l 0.002 Atomic Absorption Cold Vapor

336 Appendix 10.2.1

Standard Method of No Substances Symbol Unit Value Measurement 20 Arsenic As mg/l 0.01 Atomic Absorption Direct Aspiration - 21 Cyanide CN mg/l 0.005 Pyridine-Barbituric 22 Alpha ¬Radioactive Becquere l/l 0.1 α Counting machine 23 Beta ¬ Radioactive β Becquere l/l 1.0 24 Total Organochlorine - mg/l 0.05 Gas Chromatography 25 DDT C14H9Cl5 mg/l 1.0 26 Alpha -BHC αBHC mg/l 0.02 27 Dieldrin C12H8Cl6O mg/l 0.1 28 Aldrin - mg/l 0.1 29 Heptachlor and - mg/l 0.2 Heptachlor Epoxide 30 Endrin - mg/l None

Drinking Water Quality Standards

Bacteriological Parameters Parameters Units Concentration Fecal Coliform MPN/100ml 0 Total Coliform MPN/100ml <2.2 Entero virus MPN/100ml 0

Physical -Chemical Parameters Concentration No. Parameters Symbol Unit Minimum Maximum 1 Aluminum Al mg/l 0.1 0.2 2 Ammonia NH3 mg/l 0.5 1.5 - 3 Chloride Cl mg/l 200 250 4 Copper Cu mg/l 1.0 2.0 5 Iron Fe mg/l 0.3 <1 6 Manganese Mn mg/l 0.1 0.5 7 Sodium Na mg/l 200 250 8 Sulphate 2- mg/l 200 250 SO4 9 Hydrogen Sulphide H2S mg/l 0.05 0.1 10 Conductivity Ec µs/cm - <1,000 11 Total dissolved solids TDS mg/l 500 600 12 Sodium Chloride NaCl mg/l 100 300-350 13 Potential of Hydrogen pH - 6.5 8.5 14 Temperature T 0C 25 35 15 Hardness - mg/l 50 300 16 Turbidity - NTU - <10 17 Taste and Odor - - - Acceptable

337 Appendix 10.2.1

18 Color - TCU - 5 19 Residual Chloride (if Cl2 mg/l - <0.2 Chlorine disinfection is used)

Health Significant Chemical Parameters Maximum No. Parameters Symbol Unit Concentration 1 Antimony Sb mg/l 0.005 2 Arsenic As mg/l 0.01-0.05 3 Barium Ba mg/l 0.7 4 Boron B mg/l 0.50 5 Cadmium Cd mg/l 0.003 6 Chromium Cr mg/l 0.05

Maximum No. Parameters Symbol Unit Concentration - 7 Cyanide CN mg/l 0.07 8 Fluoride F- mg/l 1.5 9 Lead Pb mg/l 0.01 10 Mercury Hg mg/l 0.001 - 11 Nitrate NO mg/l 50 -3 NO 12 Nitrite 2 mg/l 3 13 Selenium Se mg/l 0.01

A. Priority Parameters Maximum No. Parameters Symbol Unit Concentration 1 Iron Fe mg/l <1 2 Manganese Mn mg/l <0.5 3 Arsenic As mg/l <0.05 4 Fluoride - mg/l <1.5 F - 5 Nitrate NO3 mg/l 50 - 6 Nitrite NO2 mg/l 3 - 7 Nitrite Nitrogen NO2 N mg/l 1 8 Potential of Hydrogen pH - 6.5-8.5 9 Coliform - MPN/100ml 0 10 Conductivity Ec µs/cm 1000 11 Residual Chloride (if Cl2 mg/l 0.2 Chlorine disinfection is used) 12 Total Hardness - mg/l <300 13 Turbidity - NTU <10 14 Taste and Odor - - Acceptable

338 Appendix 10.2.1

Groundwater Standards for Drinking Purposes Permitted Standard Characteristics Parameters Symbol Unit Value Suitable Maximum 1. Color - Platinum- 5 15 Cobalt (Pt- Co) Physical 2. Turbidity - JTU 5 20 3. Potential of pH - 7.0-8.5 6.5-9.2 Hydrogen 4. Iron Fe mg/l ≤0.5 1

5. Manganese Mn mg/l ≤0.3 0.5 6. Copper Cu mg/l ≤1.0 1.5 7. Zinc Zn mg/l ≤5.0 15 Chemical 8. Sulphate 2- mg/l ≤200 250 SO4- 9. Chloride Cl mg/l ≤250 600 10. Fluoride - mg/l ≤0.7 1 F - 11.Nitrate NO3 mg/l ≤15 45 12. Total Total mg/l ≤300 500 Hardness as CaCO3

Permitted Standard Characteristics Parameters Symbol Unit Value CaCO3 13.Non-carbo- Non mg/l ≤200 250 nate hardness as CaCO3 CaCO3 14. Total solids TS mg/l ≤600 1,200 15. Arsenic As mg/l None 0.05 - 16. Cyanide CN mg/l None 0.1 Toxic chemical 17. Lead Pb mg/l None 0.05 substances 18. Mercury Hg mg/l None 0.001 19. Cadmium Cd mg/l None 0.01 20. Selenium Se mg/l None 0.01 21. Coliform Coliform MPN/100 <2.2 <2.2 bacteria ml Bacteria 22. E. coli E. coli - None None bacteria 23. Standard - Colonies/ml ≤500 - plate count

339 Appendix 10.2.1

Soil Quality Standards for Residential and Agriculture

Standard Method of No. Substances Symbol Unit Value Measurement I. Volatile Organic Compound

1 Benzene C6H6 mg/kg 0.5

2 CarbonTetrachloride CCI4 mg/kg 89 3 1,2 Dichloroethane CH2CI- mg/kg 230

CH2CI 4 1,1 Dichloroethylene CCI2=CH2 mg/kg 1,700 5 Cis 1,2 CHCl=CHCl mg/kg 57

Dichloroethylene 6 Trans-1.2- CHCl=CHCl mg/kg 520

Dichloroethylene Gas Chromatography or 7 Dichloromethane CH2CI2 mg/kg 28 Gas Chromatography/. 8 Ethly benzene lC2ClC-CH3 mg/kg 630 Mass Spectrometry (GC/MS) or other methods 9 Styrene C6H5- mg/kg 8.4 approved by DONRE CH=CH2 10 Tetrachloroethylene C2Cl4 mg/kg 210 11 Toluene C6H5-CH3 mg/kg 6.5 12 Trichloroethylene CI2C=CHCI mg/kg 2.5 13 1.1.1 Trichloroethane CI3C-CH3 mg/kg 3.5 14 1.1.2 Trichloroethane CI2CH- mg/kg 43 CH2CI 15 Total Xylenes (CH3-C6H4- mg/kg 63 CH3)

340 Appendix 10.2.1

II. Heavy Metals 1 Arsenic As mg/kg 3.9 Inductively Coupled 2 Cadmium and its Cd mg/kg 37 Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry or Inductive- compounds ly Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry or Atomic Absorption, Gaseous Hyd- ride or Atomic Absorption, Borohydride Reduction or other Methods Approved

Standard Method of No. Substances Symbol Unit Value Measurement by DONRE Coprecipitation or Colori- 3 Hexavalent Cr+6 mg/kg 300 Chromium metric or Chelation/ Extraction or other Methods Approved by DONRE 4 Lead Pb mg/kg 400 Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry or Inductive- 5 Manganese and its Mn mg/kg 1,800 ly Coupled Plasma-Mass compounds Spectrometry or Atomic Absorption, Direct Aspira- tion or Atomic Absorption, Furnace Techniques or other Methods Approved by DONRE 6 Mercury and its Hg mg/kg 23 Cold-Vapor Technique or compounds other Methods Approved by DONRE 7 Nickel, soluble salts Ni mg/kg 1,600 Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry or Inductive- 8 Selenium Se mg/kg 390 ly Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry or Atomic Absorption, Direct Aspira- tion or Atomic Absorption, Furnace Techniques or other Methods Approved by DONRE

341 Appendix 10.2.1

III. Pesticides 1 Atrazine C8H14CIN5 mg/kg 22 Gas Chromatography or other Methods Approved by DONRE 2 Chlordane - mg/kg 16 Gas Chromatography/ Mass Spectrometry (GC/MS) or other Methods Approved by DONRE 3 2,4 D - mg/kg 690 Gas Chromatography or High Performance Liquid Chromatography/ Thermal Extraction/ Gas Chromato- graphy/Mass Spectrometry (TE/GC/MS) or other Me- thods Approved by DONRE 4 DDT DDT mg/kg 17

5 Dieldrin C12H8Cl6O mg/kg 0.3 Gas Chromatography or Gas Chromatography/ 6 Heptachlor Cl7 mg/kg 1.1 Mass Spectrometry (GC/MS) or other Methods 7 Heptachlor Epoxide - mg/kg 0.5 Approved by DONRE 8 Lindane - mg/kg 4.4 IV. Others 1 Benzo(a)pyrene - mg/kg 0.6 Gas Chromatography/ Mass Spectrometry (GC/MS) or Thermal Extraction Gas Chromato- graphy/ Mass Spectrome-

Standard Method of No. Substances Symbol Unit Value Measurement try (TE/GC/MS) Chromato- graphy/ Fourier Transform Infrared (GC/FT-IR) Spec- trometry or other Methods Approved by DONRE - 2 Cyanide and its CN mg/kg 11 Total and Amenable compounds Cyanide: Distillation, or Total Amenable Cyanide (Automated Colorimetric, with off-line Distillation), or Cyanide Extraction Procedure for Solids and Oils or other Methods Approved by DONRE 3 PCBs - mg/kg 2.2 Gas Chromatography or other Methods Approved by DONRE 4 Vinyl Chloride mg/kg 1.5 Gas Chromatography or Gas Chromatography/ Mass Spectrometry (GC/MS) or other Methods Approved by DONRE

342 Appendix 10.2.1

Ambient Air Quality Standard

Average Time Unit: mg/m3 Method of Parameters Symbol Hours 1 1 Measurement 1 hr 8 hr 24 hr month year Carbon CO 30 10.26 - - - Non dispersive infrared monoxide detection

Nitrogen NO2 0.32 - - - - Chemilumine scene dioxide method

Sulphur SO2 0.78 - 0.30 - 0.10 UV Fluorescence (1hr, dioxide 24hr, 1yr) or Pararosaniline (1hr,4hr) Total TSP - - 0.33 - 0.10 Gravimetric Suspended Particulate Particulate PM-10 - - 0.12 - 0.05 Gravimetric or Beta Matter less Ray or Taper Element Oscillating than 10 Microbalance or microns Dichotomous

Ozone O3 0.20 - - - - Chemiluminescence or UV Absorption Phoptometry Lead Pb - - - 1.5 - Atomic Absorption Spectrometer

Noise Standard

Standards Method of Measurement

Maximum Sound Level (Lmax) should not Equivalent Sound Level (Leq) from exceed 115 dB(A) Fluctuating Noise

Leq 24 hour not exceeding 70 dB(A) Equivalent Sound Level (Leq) from Steady Noise

343 Appendix 10.2.1

Noise Standards for Other Places

Standard Value in dB(A) Type of Area 6.00-18.00 18.00-22.00 22.00-6.00 Quiet areas: hospitals, libraries, treatment places, 50 45 40 kindergarten and schools Residential areas: hotels 55 55 45 and houses Commercial and service 70 70 50 areas Small industrial factories 70 70 50 located in residential areas General Industrial Wastewater Discharge Standards Standards for General Industries No. Parameters Symbols Unit Maximum Concentration 1 BOD5 BOD5 mg/l 40 2 Ammonia Nitrogen NH3-N mg/l 4 3 Total Suspended Substances TSS mg/l 40 4 Potential of Hydrogen pH - 6-9.5 5 Total Dissolved Substances TDS mg/l 3,500 6 Phenols C6H5OH mg/l 0.3 7 Phosphorous P mg/l 1.0 8 Silver Ag mg/l 0.1 9 Zinc Zn mg/l 1.0 10 Sulphide S mg/l 1.0 11 Free Chlorine Cl2 mg/l 1.0 - 12 Chloride Cl mg/l 500 13 Iron Fe mg/l 2.0 14 Fluoride F mg/l 15 - 15 Cyanide CN mg/l 0.1 16 Copper Cu mg/l 0.5 17 Lead Pb mg/l 0.2 18 Oil and Grease - mg/l 5 19 Nickel Ni mg/l 0.2 20 Mercury Hg mg/l 0.005 21 Manganese Mn mg/l 1.0 22 Arsenic As mg/l 0.25 23 Barium B mg/l 1.0 24 Cadmium Cd mg/l 0.03 25 Chromium Cr+6 mg/l 0.1 26 Total Chromium Total Cr mg/l 0.5

344 Appendix 10.2.1

Wastewater Discharge Standards from the Urban Area Wastewater Discharge Standards Standards No. Parameters Symbol A B C D E 1. Biochemical BOD5 Not more than (mg/l) Oxygen 30 40 50 60 200 Demand 2. Suspended SS Not more than (mg/l) Solids 30 40 50 50 60 3. Settle able - Not more than (mg/l) Solids 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 - 4. Total Dissolved TDS Not more than (mg/l) Solids 3000 2500 2000 1500 - 5. Chemical COD Not more than (mg/l) Oxygen 120 130 150 350 400 Demand 6. Sulphide S2- Not more than (mg/l) 1.0 1.0 3.0 4.0 - 7. Total Kjeldahl TKN Not more than (mg/l) Nitrogen 35 35 40 40 - 8. Fat Oil and - Not more than (mg/l) Grease 20 20 20 20 100 9. Temperature t Not more than (degree Celsius) 40 40 40 40 40 10. Potential of pH Not more than Hydrogen 6-9.5 6-9.5 6-9.5 6-9.5 6-9.5

345 Appendix 10.2.1

ANNEX D: COST NORMS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

LAO PEOPLE’S DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC Peace Independence Democracy Unity Prosperity

Prime Minister’s Office-PMO Water Resources and Environment Administration-WREA (now DONRE) Water Resources and Environment Research Institute-WERI

QUOTATION Customer

Name: Date: Address: Order Date: City: Rep: Phone: FOB:

No Description Unit Quantity Unit Price US$ 1 pH Sample 01 $2.00 2 EC Sample 01 $4.00 3 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) Sample 01 $6.00 4 Biochemical Oxygen Demand Sample 01 $8.00 (BOD5) 5 Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) Sample 01 $8.00 2- 6 Sulfate ion (SO4 ) Sample 01 $7.00 7 Total Dissolves Suspended (TDS) Sample 01 $8.00 8 Total Solid Suspended (TSS) Sample 01 $8.00 9 Dissolved Oxygen (DO) Sample 01 $6.00 3- 10 Phosphate (PO4 ) Sample 01 $12.00 11 Chloride (Cl-) Sample 01 $8.00 12 Nitrate Sample 01 $7.00 13 Nitrite Sample 01 $8.00 14 Magnesium (Mg) Sample 01 $8.00 15 Potassium (K) Sample 01 $8.00 16 Sodium (Na) Sample 01 $8.00 17 Calcium (Ca) Sample 01 $8.00 18 Ammonia Sample 01 $8.00 19 Total Nitrogen (T-N) Sample 01 $8.00 20 Total Phosphorus (T-P) Sample 01 $8.00 21 Iron (Fe) Sample 01 $12.00 22 Lead (Pb) Sample 01 $12.00 23 Mercury (Hg) Sample 01 $15.00 24 Arsenic (As) Sample 01 $15.00 25 Zinc (Zn) Sample 01 $12.00 26 Copper (Cu) Sample 01 $12.00 27 Cyanide (CN) Sample 01 $12.00 28 Cadmium (Cd) Sample 01 $12.00 29 Chromium (Cr) Sample 01 $12.00

346 Appendix 10.2.1

30 Manganese (Mn) Sample 01 $12.00 31 Selenium (Se) Sample 01 $12.00 32 Nickel (Ni) Sample 01 $12.00 33 Zinc (Zn) Sample 01 $12.00 34 Antimony (Sb) Sample 01 $12.00 35 Salinity Sample 01 $6.00

Unit Price Amount Items Unit Q’ty (US$) (US$) Environmental surveys

(1) Water Quality (River water) sample/parameter 400 18.00 7,200.00

(2) Water Quality (Groundwater/lake) sample/parameter 400 18.00 7,200.00

(3) Sediment Quality sample/parameter 36 18.00 648.00

(4) Soil Quality sample/parameter 27 20.00 540.00

(5) Air Quality sample 210 69.00 14,490.00

(6) Noise Survey sample 42 230.00 9,660.00

Water Quality analytical parameters

Sediment and soil analytical parameters

Air quality

347 Appendix 10.2.1

Noise

348 Appendix 10.2.2: Environmental Management Plan: Champasak Provice

TA9090-REG: Preparing the Second Greater Mekong Subregion Tourism Infrastructure for Inclusive Growth Project

FINAL REPORT – PART C June 2018

Lao People’s Democratic Republic: Second Greater Mekong Subregion Tourism Infrastructure for Inclusive Growth Project

Champasak Province

This environmental management plan forms part of the initial environmental examination. It is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature.

Appendix 10.2.2

ABBREVIATIONS

ADB Asian Development Bank AH Affected Household DPWT Department of Public Works and Transport DONRE Department of Natural Resources and Environment EA Environmental Assessment EA Executing Agency ECC Environmental Compliance Certificate EIA Environment Impact Assessment EMP Environment Management Plan EMR Environmental Monitoring Report EERT External Emergency Response Team ERT Emergency Response Team ERTL Emergency Response Team Leader EO Environmental Officer IA Project Implementing Agency GMS Greater Mekong Sub-Region Government Government of Lao PDR GPS Global Positioning System IEE Initial Environmental Examination MONRE Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment MPWT Ministry of Public Works and Transport O&M Operation and Maintenance PCU Project Coordinating Unit PIU Project Implementation Unit PMCES Project Management & Civil Engineering Support Consultant SS Safeguard Specialist UDAA Urban Development and Administration Authority USD United States Dollar UXO Unexploded Ordnance

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES

km Kilometre kg Kilogram ha Hectare mm Millimeter

350

Appendix 10.2.2

Table of Contents

ABBREVIATIONS 350 I. INTRODUCTION 352 A. Champasak Province Subprojects 352 II. INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS & RESPONSIBILITIES 352 A. Worker and Community Health and Safety 354 B. Regulatory Framework and Guidelines for Subproject 355 III. SUMMARY OF POTENTIAL IMPACTS 356 A. Public Consultation 357 1. Follow-up Consultation 357 IV. MITIGATION PLAN 358 V. MONITORING PLAN 375 1. Environmental Standards for Subproject Components 375 2. Performance Monitoring 375 3. Reporting 375 VI. ESTIMATED COST OF EMP 379 VII. INSTITUTIONAL CAPACITY REVIEW AND NEEDS 379 VIII. EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN 381 A. Alert Procedures 382 B. Emergency Response Situations 383 ANNEX A: INDICATIVE RESPONSIBILITIES OF KEY MANAGEMENT UNITS OF EMP 385 ANNEX B: INDICATIVE TOR FOR ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIALISTS OF PMCES 387 ANNEX C: ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS 389 ANNEX D: COST NORMS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING 398

List of Tables Table 1. Subprojects of Champasak province ...... 352 Table 2. Additional regulations & guidelines applicable to Champasak subprojects...... 355 Table 3. Summary of potential impacts of Champasak subprojects ...... 356 Table 4. Indicative Public Consultation Plan ...... 357 Table 5. Environmental impact mitigation plan ...... 359 Table 6. Environmental monitoring plan ...... 376 Table 7. Performance monitoring indicators for Champasak subprojects ...... 378 Table 8: Estimated costs for environmental monitoring plan of EMP ...... 379 Table 9. Indicative training on EMP Implementation ...... 380 Table 10: Roles and responsibilities in emergency incident response ...... 381 Table 11: Evacuation procedure ...... 383 Table 12: Response procedure during medical emergency ...... 383 Table 13: Response procedure in case of fire ...... 384

351

Appendix 10.2.2

I. INTRODUCTION

1. The environmental management plan (EMP) for the two subprojects in Champasak province provided herein is one of two provincial-level EMPs that have been prepared for the GMS Second Tourism Infrastructure for Inclusive Growth project in Lao PDR. The other EMP was prepared for the five subprojects in Vientiane province. An Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of all subprojects was prepared separately. The EMPs are comprehensive and are developed as stand-alone management tools that are supported by the parent IEE.

A. Champasak Province Subprojects

2. The subprojects in Champasak province are listed in Table 1.

Table 1. Subprojects of Champasak province

 Nakasang Access Road and Port Rehabilitation

 Don Det/Don Khone Access Improvements

II. INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS & RESPONSIBILITIES

3. At the feasibility stage the primary management framework responsible for the implementation of the environmental management plan (EMP) for the Champasak subprojects is summarized below. The Ministry of Information and Culture and Tourism (MICT) which is the executing agency (EA) for the project will take overall responsibility for successful implementation of the EMP. The EA will establish a Project Coordination Unit (PCU) within the Tourism Development Department of MICT which, among other things, will provide Safeguards and Monitoring Coordination for the EMP.

4. The Implementing Agency (IA) for the Champasak subprojects will be the provincial Department of Information Culture and Tourism (DICT). A provincial Project Steering Committee (PPSC) will be established comprised of representatives from the DICT, DPWT, Department of Finance (DOF), Department of Planning and Investment (DFI), Department of Natural Resources and Environment (DONRE), and representatives of other departments and agencies as required.

5. The Project Implementation Unit (PIU) for Champasak Province will reside in the DICT Office with close coordination and support regarding infrastructure works as needed from DPWT and Khong Office of Public Works and Transport (OPWT). The PIU will assign a Safeguard Specialist (SS), and will be responsible for day to day implementation of the EMP for both subprojects. The PCU will coordinate agency safeguard support to the PIU and will liaise with the ADB on safeguard reporting and issues when necessary.

6. The SS of the PIU will oversee the work of the Environmental officers (EO) of the contractors on the implementation of their CEMPs1 for the construction packages. External support of the PIUs for implementation of the EMP will be provided by the International and National Environment Specialists (IES & NES) of the Project Management and Civil Engineering

1 Contractor Environmental Management Plan prepared by contractor as part of bid documents based on updated EMP

352

Appendix 10.2.2

Consultant2 (PMCESPMCES), and an external Environmental Monitoring Institute (EMI) which will be required to conduct the sampling and laboratory analyses of field samples (e.g., water quality, air quality) that cannot be that cannot be performed by the contractor or PMCESPMCES.

7. The responsibilities of the different agencies of the management framework are listed in Annex A. Found below is a summary of responsibilities for implementation of the EMP.

8. Responsibilities of the EA include:

1. Provide coordination role for environmental and social safeguards and monitoring for IA/PIU; 2. Oversee successful operation of Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM) and try resolve any submitted stakeholder grievances at project level if possible. 3. With support from IA/PIU prepare reports on Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM) as needed; 4. Liaise with ADB on the implementation of the EMP 5. With support from IA/PIU complete and submit semi-annual environmental monitoring reports to ADB; and 6. ; and 7. Coordinate resolution with IA, and ADB if necessary with issues arising from the implementation of EMP.

9. Responsibilities of IA include:

1. Oversee and provide support for implementation of EMP by PIUs 2. Liaise with PCU and EA on issues with safeguards of EMP identified by PIUs 3. With assistance from PIU prepare reports to EA on EMP implementation including semiannual environmental monitoring reports for ADB

10. The responsibilities of the Safeguards Specialist (SS) of PIU include:

1. Assist IES/NES of PMCESPMCES with updating the EMP to meet final detailed subproject designs; 2. Notify DONRE to verify Government approvals of project are met, and that EMP is compliant with Environmental Compliance Certificate (ECC) of project; 3. Assist PMCESPMCES with inclusion of CEMP requirements in contractor bid documents including bid evaluations based on updated EMP; 4. With IES/NES of PMCESPMCES review and approve submitted CEMPs of contractors 5. Undertake day to day management of EMP implementation activities; 6. Work with EMI on implementation of monitoring plan of EMP; 7. Ensuring compliance with loan covenants and assurances in respect of all subprojects, including EMPs (as well as IPPs, GAPs, resettlement plans); 8. Lead follow-up meetings with all affected stakeholders; 9. Prepare and submit quarterly reports on EMP implementation to PCU; 10. Oversee implementation of CEMP by contractor; 11. Coordinate with IES/NES of PMCESPMCES for EMP implementation; 12. Undertake regular construction site inspections to ensure contractor implements CEMP properly; and

2 PMCES to be defined.

353

Appendix 10.2.2

13. Ensure EO of contractor submits monthly reports on construction mitigations and monitoring.

11. The responsibilities of the IES/NES of the PMCESPMCES are detailed in the indicative Terms of Reference for the two positions in Annex B. Key responsibilities for the EMP are listed below:

1. Updating the EMP to meet final detailed designs of subprojects; 2. Provide technical direction and support to PIU for implementation of EMP; 3. Support PIU with review of contractor CEMPs 4. Oversee design and delivery of capacity development & training of PIU and EO of contractor(s); 5. Provide advice and support to EMI with their monitoring activities; 6. Receive monitoring reports from EMI and with SS/PIU prepare semiannual monitoring reports for IA/EA for ADB; and 7. Review location of any possible contaminated sites near subprojects.

12. The responsibilities of Environmental Officer (EO) of Contractor include:

1. Implement contractor’s CEMP for construction phase of subprojects; and 2. Prepare and submit monthly reports on mitigation and monitoring activities of CEMP and any environmental issues at construction sites.

13. The responsibilities of Environmental Monitoring Consultant (EMC) include:

1. Implement the environmental sampling required for monitoring plan of EMP that cannot be conducted by the contractor and PIU. 2. Perform required laboratory analyses for monitoring program detailed in EMP; and 3. Prepare and submit quarterly reports to PIU on monitoring activities.

14. The Department of Natural Resources and Environment (DONRE) is the provincial agency which oversees environmental management of Champasak province. The DONRE with District staff provides direction and support for environmental protection-related matters including application of the Law on Environmental Protection No. 02/99/NA (1999), EIA, and environmental standards.

15. The ADB provides guidance to EA/PCU/IA with any issues related to EMP, and reviews biannual reports on EMP activities compiled and submitted by PCU which are disclosed on ADB website pursuant to ADB Policy on Public Communication (2011).

A. Worker and Community Health and Safety

16. Central to construction and operation phases of all subprojects is to ensure workers and the public are not harmed from construction activities and ultimately the operation of the completed subprojects.

17. Based on the New Global Strategies in Occupational Safety and Health (OSH) developed by the International Labour Organization (ILO) in 2003 the Ministry of Labour and Social Welfare (MLSW) of Government is currently developing the Lao PDR National OSH

354

Appendix 10.2.2

Programme3. To facilitate the development of the OSH the National Occupational Health & Safety Programme (2005-2010) was initiated.

18. The emerging OSH, inter alia, addresses worker and public safety in the construction and operation of small-medium enterprises and notably rural roads. The EA/PCU as supported by the PIUs must obtain and implement the directives of the OSH Programme. Pertinent associated laws and policy include the Labour Law of Lao PDR, and Decree No. 24/PR of the President of Republic, dated 21 April 1994, promulgating law No. 002/NA of 14 March 1994, concerning Labour.

19. To supplement the National Occupational Health & Safety Programme the IFC/World Bank Environment, Health, and Safety Guidelines (2007) should also be consulted. The IFC EHS guidelines provide the international standard for worker and public safety.

20. DONRE with District staff provides direction and support for environmental protection- related matters including application of the Law on Environmental Protection No. 02/99/NA (1999), EIA, and environmental standards.

21. The ADB assists the PCU with timely guidance at each stage of project implementation following agreed implementation arrangements, and with review all documents that require ADB approval including environmental safeguards.

B. Regulatory Framework and Guidelines for Subproject

22. Specific regulations and guidelines for the Champasak subprojects are summarized in Table 2. The regulations and guidelines, inter alia, identify how access road upgrades and shoreline works along the Mekong river in Nakasang town should be implemented to prevent or minimize negative impacts on the environment. Environmental standards are found in Annex C.

Table 2. Additional regulations & guidelines applicable to Champasak subprojects.

Road Upgrades

 Lao PDR Road Design Manual with reference to AASHTO A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets, 5th edition.  RDA's Lao Bridge Design Manual, 1998 with reference to AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, 4th, Edition, 2007  Transport Research Laboratory’s (TRL) Road Note 31, 4th edition.  Road Development Authority (RDA’s) standards incorporating relevant standards from the AASHTO Highway Drainage Guidelines.  MPWT (2006). Specifications for drainage system, culverts, street lighting and tree planting

Mekong Riverbank Works  The Manual and Study on Mekong Riverbank Protection around the Vientiane Municipality, Lao PDR. Draft Final Report. JICA September 2004  California Bank and Shore Rocks Slope Protection Design, Practitioner's Guide and Field Evaluations of Riprap Methods Final Report No. FHWA-CA-TL-95-10, Caltrans Study No.

3 ILO, 2009. Asean-Oshnet, Occupational Safety and Health Practices.

355

Appendix 10.2.2

F90TL03, Third Edition - Internet October 2000, Prepared in Cooperation with the US Department of Transportation Federal Highway Administration  Highway Design Manual, Chapter 870 Channel and Shoe Protection Erosion Protection Control, 26 June 2006.  NRCS Stream Restoration Design Handbook, Stone Sizing Criteria, National Handbook, 210- NEH, August 2007.

Occupational and Public Health and Safety

 MSLW, Lao PDR Occupational, Safety, and Health Guidelines Programme, Draft 2005-2010  IFC/World Bank, 2007. Environment, Health, and Safety Guidelines (EHS)

Environmental Standards

 Agreement on National Environmental Standards, Order No. 2734/PMO-MONRE 7 Dec 2009. Annex C excerpts environmental standards relevant to the 2 subprojects

III. SUMMARY OF POTENTIAL IMPACTS

23. The environmental impacts of the subprojects in Champasak province from IEE are summarized in Table 3. The required mitigation measures for the three phases of development (Pre-construction, construction, and operation) are detailed in Table 4.

Table 3. Summary of potential impacts of Champasak subprojects

Pre-construction Phase

 Land acquisition and possible resettlement for road upgrades of both subprojects which is detailed in separate LARP.

Construction Phase

Common disturbances and potential impacts of upgraded parking and turning circle for buses in Nakasang, and the road & footpath upgrades of both subprojects:  Reduced and/or blocked public access, disrupted business and recreation, noise, dust, caused by construction truck traffic and heavy equipment use, soil and surface water pollution caused by equipment operation and maintenance, public and worker accidents, disruption of traffic, increased traffic accidents, land erosion and sedimentation of Mekong river inshore zone, drainage and flooding problems, solid and domestic waste from worker camps, social issues and community problems caused by migrant workers. These short-term impacts will vary in magnitude with construction activities of the different subprojects.

Shoreline embankment strengthening, relocation of drain pipe, & new steps to floating pier:  The impact of maximum short-term sedimentation and turbidity on water quality of Mekong river caused by erosion and re-suspension of sediments from shoreline civil works will occur at the specific sites. Aquatic habitat, and other uses of the affected sites such as boating and fishing near the sites will also be equally disturbed.

356

Appendix 10.2.2

Upgraded island roads and footpaths on Don Det/Don Khone islands  Upgrades to narrow 3 wheeled vehicle road and footpaths will potentially significantly restrict or impeded tourist and resident movement given the road and footpaths are the only way to travel the islands

Operation Phase

Upgraded access road to Nakasang town, and small upgraded road on Don Det/Don Khone islands:  Increased traffic and risk of traffic accidents, noise and dust along upgraded access roads. Enforced well marked speed limits should be placed along all access roads, however, small. Dust control through wetting agents or mechanical sweeping should occur on road sections that collect sand & debris.

Improved access to Nakasang pier, and improved foot and cycle pathways on Don Det/Don Khone islands:  Water pollution of Mekong river from discarded solid waste from tourists, and bilge, gas, and oil from increased boat traffic in nearshore area.  Increased boat congestion along Mekong river shoreline.

A. Public Consultation

24. The stakeholder consultation strategy that was developed and implemented for the IEE should be continued with the initiation of the detailed engineering designs at the start of the pre- construction phase of the subproject. The first step will be the disclosure of the IEE to the affected stakeholders identified in the IEE for their review and comment.

1. Follow-up Consultation

25. As indicated in the IEE, a primary concern of the public and stakeholders of the subproject were disturbances during construction phase of the subproject components. Those issues plus any others will be reviewed during follow-up consultations throughout the pre- construction, construction, and operation of the completed subproject components. The indicative public consultation plan is provided in Table 4.

Table 4. Indicative Public Consultation Plan

Organizer / Format Frequency Topic Attendees support Pre-construction - Construction Stage PMU / Same Public Once near end of pre- Presentation of planned Affected PMCES consultation construction stage just activities and schedule; households, district format used before construction anticipated impacts and representatives, and during IEE, commences (public mitigation measures; GRM participants from including site meetings), and as needed consultations during visits and (site visits, informal IEE informal interviews) thereafter interviews as during construction phase needed

357

Appendix 10.2.2

Organizer / Format Frequency Topic Attendees support Operational Stage PMU / Public Once in the first year Effectiveness of mitigation Affected PMCES consultation, measures, impacts of households, district and site visits if operation, comments and representatives, necessary suggestions participants of consultations during IEE PMCES / Public Once just before Project Public satisfaction with EMP Affected PMU satisfaction Completion Report (PCR) implementation Comments and households, district survey if desired issued suggestions representatives, or needed participants of consultations during IEE

IV. MITIGATION PLAN

26. The mitigation measures of the EMP are presented in a comprehensive mitigation plan for the five subprojects in Table 4. Following the IEE, the mitigation plan is structured by the three development phases of the subproject defined by the pre-construction; construction; and post construction operational phase. The mitigation plan addresses the environmental issues and concerns raised at the stakeholder meetings.

27. The mitigation plan combines construction phase impacts common to all subprojects and subprojects components for which single mitigation measures are prescribed. In this way redundant mitigation measures are not re-stated numerous times. However, impacts and required mitigations specific to a subproject component are also identified. Or, common mitigations that are particularly important for a subproject and affected environmental component(s) are emphasized.

28. The mitigation plan identifies potential impacts, required mitigations, responsible parties, location, timing, and indicative costs. The mitigation plan is comprehensive and will be updated to meet the final detailed designs of the subproject.

29. Contractors will be required to prepare EMPs (CEMP) for their construction packages and submit the CEMPs as part of their bidding documents. The CEMPs will be developed from the EMP provide herein which will be included in the tender documents. As indicated above, the CEMPs will be approved by the PMCESPMCES and PIU.

358

Appendix 10.2.2

Table 5. Environmental impact mitigation plan

Responsibility Potential Estimated Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost4 Activity Reporting Supervision Implementation Impacts (USD)

Pre-construction, detailed design phase of both Champasak subprojects

Before Confirmation of No negative All affected See See 1. Affected persons well informed well ahead of detailed Resettlement required environmental persons in resettlement resettlement EA/IA subproject implementation. designs committees compensation impacts subproject areas plans plan initiated

Before Disclosure, & 2. Initiate Information Disclosure and Grievance Redress No community For all detailed No marginal engagement of Mechanism of IEE, and public consultation on detailed Quarterly IA/PIU PIU impacts construction sites. designs cost5 community engineering designs initiated

3. Notify DONRE of subproject initiation to complete EA Government No negative Entire both Before No marginal requirements, and obtain required project permits and As required PIU/DONRE DONRE approvals impact subproject construction cost certificates.

Contact tourist & 4. Inform tourist and commercial boat companies of Nakasang town No negative Before No marginal commercial boat schedule of civil works for river port, and all shoreline and Don As required PMCES/PIU PMCES/PIU impact construction cost companies civil works. Det/Khone areas

4 Costs will need to be updated during detailed design phase. 5 No marginal cost indicates that costs to implement mitigation are to be built into cost estimates of bids of contractors

359

Appendix 10.2.2

Responsibility Potential Estimated Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost4 Activity Reporting Supervision Implementation Impacts (USD)

5. Work by PMCES6 to complete detailed designs of all components of both subprojects. Ensure the following measures are included: a) identification of spill management prevention plans, and emergency response plans for all construction sites; b) no disturbance or damage to culture property and values; c) minimal acquisition of agriculture and forested lands; d) locate DONRE-approved borrow pits areas away from human settlements with fencing and access barriers; Once with Minimize negative e)) locate temporary concrete and asphalt batch plants Before Detailed designs of detailed No marginal environmental away from island villages and tourist areas with fencing Final siting construction PMCES/EA PMCES/PIU subproject, designs cost impacts and access barriers initiated documents f) no, or minimal disruption to water supplies along access roads, utilities, and electricity with contingency plans for unavoidable disruptions; g) no, or minimal disruption to normal pedestrian and vehicle traffic along all road segments with contingency alternate routes; h) for all areas include specific plan to notify & provide residents and merchants of construction activities & schedule to minimize disruption to normal commercial and residential activities. i) review and ensure climate change resilience measures are integrated with subproject infrastructure designs

6 PMCES is Project management and supervision consultant to be determined

360

Appendix 10.2.2

Responsibility Potential Estimated Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost4 Activity Reporting Supervision Implementation Impacts (USD)

6. Identify any new potential impacts of subprojects and include in EMP with special attention to all affected villages and tourist reception areas. 7. Re-clarify with DONRE that no known rare or endangered species inhabit the subproject areas 8. Update mitigation measures and monitoring requirements of EMP where necessary to meet detailed designs, and to protect affected environments. Once with Positive Before All subproject detailed No marginal Update EMP environmental construction PMCES EA/PIU 9. Submit updated EMP with new potential impacts to sites designs cost impacts initiated ADB to review. documents 10. Develop individual management sub-plans for: a) Construction drainage; b) Erosion; c) Noise and Dust; d) Contaminated Spoil Disposal; e) Solid and Liquid Waste Disposal; f) Construction & Urban Traffic; g) Utility and Power Disruption; h) Worker and Public Safety; i) Tree and Vegetation Removal and Site Restoration; j) Construction Materials Acquisition, Transport, & Storage, and k) Cultural chance finds.

Confirm 11. Notify DONRE, DAF, DPWT to confirm locations of Government No negative sites for borrow pits and disposal areas for Before No marginal PIU/DONRE/ approved Entire subproject As required PIU impact construction and hazardous waste for subprojects, and construction cost DAF/DICT construction waste obtain required permits. disposal sites

See UXO survey, & Injured worker or 12. Ensure Government and UXO LAO is consulted and All construction Beginning of Once Monitoring EA/PIU UXO LAO removal public clears areas where necessary sites. subproject Plan below

Create awareness of No negative 13. DICT to review potential locations of physical Before All subproject No marginal physical cultural environmental resources, and explain possible PCR to contractors construction Once PIU/DICT DICT areas cost resources in area impact and PMCES begins

361

Appendix 10.2.2

Responsibility Potential Estimated Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost4 Activity Reporting Supervision Implementation Impacts (USD)

14. Ensure updated EMP is included in contractor tender documents, and that tender documents specify No negative Before Develop bid requirements of the CEMP must be budgeted. All subproject Once for all No marginal environmental construction PMCES/EA PIU documents areas tenders cost impact 15. Specify in bid documents that contractor must have begins experience with implementing EMPs, or provide staff with the experience.

16. Contractors to comply with all statutory requirements Obtain & activate Prevent or set out by Government for use of construction For all Beginning of No marginal Once PMCES PIU & contractors permits and licenses minimize impacts equipment, and operation construction plants such as construction sites construction cost concrete batching.

17. Develop and schedule training plan for (PIU/SS) to be Initially, No negative able to fully implement EMP, and to manage Before Capacity All subproject refresher No marginal environmental implementation of mitigation measures by contractors. construction PMCES PMCES/PIU development areas later if cost impact begins 18. Create awareness and training plan for contractors needed whom will implement mitigation measures.

Spread of Throughout Recruitment of sexually 19. Use local workers as much as possible thereby Worker hiring No marginal All work forces. construction EA/PIU Contractor’s bid workers transmitted reducing number of migrant workers stages cost documents phase disease

Construction phase of both Champasak subprojects

20. Initiate updated EMP & CEMP including individual Initiate EMP & sub- Prevent or management sub-plans for different potential impact For all Beginning of No marginal Once PMCES PIU & contractors mitigation plans, minimize impacts areas that are completed in pre-construction phase construction sites construction cost (see sub-plan guidance below).

362

Appendix 10.2.2

Responsibility Potential Estimated Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost4 Activity Reporting Supervision Implementation Impacts (USD)

21. Locate worker camps away from island villages. 22. Ensure adequate housing and waste disposal facilities including pit latrines and garbage cans. 23. A solid waste collection program must be established and implemented that maintains a clean worker camps 24. Locate separate pit latrines for male and female workers away from worker living and eating areas. 25. A clean-out or infill schedule for pit latrines must be Throughout Pollution and established and implemented to ensure working No marginal Worker camps All worker camps construction Monthly PMCES/PIU contractor social problems latrines are available at all times. cost phase 26. Worker camps must have adequate drainage. 27. Local food should be provided to worker camps. Guns and weapons not allowed in camps. 28. Interaction of transient workers with the local community should be discouraged. HIV Aids education should be given to workers. 29. Camp areas must be restored to original condition after construction completed.

Prevent of 30. Implement training and awareness plan for PIU/SS and PIU office, Beginning of After each No marginal Training & capacity impacts through PMCES PMCES/PIU contractors. construction sites construction event cost education

363

Appendix 10.2.2

Responsibility Potential Estimated Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost4 Activity Reporting Supervision Implementation Impacts (USD)

31. All borrow pits should be approved by DONRE, including any plans to mine sand from Mekong river. Select pits in areas with low gradient and as close as possible to construction sites. 32. Required aggregate volumes must be calculated prior to extraction to prevent wastage. 33. Pits should not be located near surface waters, forested areas, critical habitat for wildlife, or cultural property or values. 34. If sand mining from Mekong river is essential then only by licensed operators. 35. All topsoil and overburden removed should be Implement stockpiled for later restoration. construction 36. All borrow pits should have a fence perimeter with materials Pollution, injury, For all Throughout signage to keep public away. No marginal acquisition, increased traffic, construction construction Monthly PMCES/PIU contractor cost transport, and disrupted access 37. After use of borrow pits terminates pits should be areas. phase storage sub-plan dewatered and permanent fences installed with signage to keep public out, and site restored as much

as possible using original overburden and topsoil. 38. Unstable slope conditions in/adjacent to the quarry or pit caused by the extractions should be rectified with tree planting. 39. Define & schedule how materials are extracted from borrow pits, transported, and handled & stored at sites. 40. Define and schedule how fabricated materials for Nakasang shoreline & Don Det/Khone islands such as aggregate, steel, wood structures, and other construction materials will be transported and handled. 41. All aggregate loads on trucks should be covered. .

364

Appendix 10.2.2

Responsibility Potential Estimated Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost4 Activity Reporting Supervision Implementation Impacts (USD)

42. Piles of aggregates at sites should be used/or removed promptly, or covered and placed in non-traffic areas 43. Store DBST materials well away from all human activity and settlements, and cultural (e.g., schools, hospitals), and ecological receptors. Bitumen Air pollution, land production and handling areas should be isolated. Road bitumen and water For all Throughout (DBST) production, 44. Contractors must be well trained and experienced with No marginal contamination, construction construction Monthly PMCES & PIU contractor and application the production, handling, and application of bitumen. cost and traffic & areas. phase where applicable access problems, 45. All spills should be cleaned immediately and handled as per hazardous waste management plan, and according to Government regulations. 46. Bitumen should only be spread on designated road beds, not on other land or near any human activities. 47. Bitumen should not be used as a fuel.

365

Appendix 10.2.2

Responsibility Potential Estimated Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost4 Activity Reporting Supervision Implementation Impacts (USD)

48. Uncontaminated spoil to be disposed of in DONRE- designated sites, which must never be in or adjacent surface waters. Designated sites must be clearly marked and identified. 49. Spoil must not be disposed of on sloped land, near cultural property or values, ecologically important areas, or on/near any other culturally or ecologically sensitive feature.

50. Where possible spoil should be used at other Contamination of construction sites, or disposed in spent quarries or land and surface Implement spoil borrow pits. Throughout waters from All excavation See PMCES & PIU management sub- construction Monthly contractor excavated spoil, 51. A record of type, estimated volume, and source of areas Monitoring & DONRE plan phase and construction disposed spoil must be recorded. Plan for waste contaminated 52. Contaminated spoil disposal must follow DONRE soil analyses regulations including handling, transport, treatment (if necessary), and disposal. 53. Suspected contaminated soil must be tested, and disposed of in designated sites identified as per DONRE regulations. 54. Before treatment or disposal contaminated spoil must be covered with plastic and isolated from all human activity.

366

Appendix 10.2.2

Responsibility Potential Estimated Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost4 Activity Reporting Supervision Implementation Impacts (USD)

55. Management of general solid and liquid waste of construction will follow DONRE regulations, and will cover, collection, handling, transport, recycling, and disposal of waste created from construction activities and worker force. 56. Areas of disposal of solid and liquid waste to be determined by DONRE. 57. Disposed of waste should be catalogued for type, estimated weigh, and source. 58. Construction sites should have large garbage bins. 59. A schedule of solid and liquid waste pickup and disposal must be established and followed that ensures construction sites are as clean as possible. Contamination of Implement solid and land and surface 60. Solid waste should be separated and recyclables sold All construction Throughout No marginal PMCES & PIU liquid construction waters from to buyers in community. sites and worker construction Monthly contractor cost & DONRE waste sub-plan construction camps phase waste Hazardous Waste 61. Collection, storage, transport, and disposal of hazardous waste such as used oils, gasoline, paint, and other toxics must follow DONRE regulations. 62. Wastes should be separated (e.g., hydrocarbons, batteries, paints, organic solvents) 63. Wastes must be stored above ground in closed, well labeled, ventilated plastic bins in good condition well away from construction activity areas, all surface water, water supplies, and cultural and ecological sensitive receptors. 64. All spills must be cleaned up completely with all contaminated soil removed and handled with by contaminated spoil sub-plan.

367

Appendix 10.2.2

Responsibility Potential Estimated Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost4 Activity Reporting Supervision Implementation Impacts (USD)

65. Regularly apply wetting agents to exposed soil and construction roads. 66. Cover or keep moist all stockpiles of construction aggregates, and all truckloads of aggregates. 67. Minimize time that excavations and exposed soil are left open/exposed. Backfill immediately. 68. As much as possible restrict working time between Implement Noise Dust All construction No marginal 07:00 and 17:00. In particular are activities such as pile Fulltime Monthly PMCES & PIU contractor and dust sub-plan Noise driving. sites. cost 69. Maintain equipment in proper working order 70. Replace unnecessarily noisy vehicles and machinery. 71. Vehicles and machinery to be turned off when not in use. 72. Construct temporary noise barriers around excessively noisy activity areas where possible.

73. Develop carefully a plan of days and locations where outages in utilities and services will occur, or are expected. Loss or disruption 74. Contact local utilities and services with schedule, and Implement utility of utilities and PMCES & PIU identify possible contingency back-up plans for All construction No marginal and power services such as Fulltime Monthly & utility contractor outages. sites. cost disruption sub-plan water supply and companies electricity 75. Contact affected community to inform them of planned outages. 76. Try to schedule all outages during low use time such between 24:00 and 06:00.

368

Appendix 10.2.2

Responsibility Potential Estimated Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost4 Activity Reporting Supervision Implementation Impacts (USD)

77. Contact provincial forestry department for advice on how to minimize damage to trees and vegetation. 78. Restrict tree and vegetation removal to within RoWs.

Implement tree and 79. Within RoWs minimize removals, and install protective Damage or loss of Beginning vegetation removal, physical barriers around trees that do not need to be All construction No marginal trees, vegetation, and end of Monthly PMCES & PIU contractor and site restoration removed. sites. cost and landscape subproject sub-plan 80. All RoWs to be re-vegetated and landscaped after construction completed. Consult provincial forestry department to determine the most successful restoration strategy and techniques. Aim to replant three trees for each tree removed.

81. Berms, and plastic sheet fencing should be placed around all excavations and earthwork areas. 82. Earthworks should be conducted during dry periods. 83. Maintain a stockpile of topsoil for immediate site Throughout Implement erosion All construction No marginal Land erosion restoration following backfilling. construction Monthly PMCES & PIU contractor control sub-plan sites cost phase 84. Protect exposed or cut slopes with planted vegetation, and have a slope stabilization protocol ready. 85. Re-vegetate all exposed soil immediately after activity is completed.

369

Appendix 10.2.2

Responsibility Potential Estimated Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost4 Activity Reporting Supervision Implementation Impacts (USD)

86. Proper fencing, protective barriers, and buffer zones should be provided around all construction sites. 87. Sufficient signage and information disclosure, and site supervisors and night guards should be placed at all sites. 88. Worker and public safety guidelines should be followed (Lao PDR OSH Programme section III). 89. Speed limits suitable for the size and type of construction vehicles, and current traffic patterns should be developed, posted, and enforced on all roads used by construction vehicles. 90. Standing water suitable for disease vector breeding should be filled in. Public and Implement worker 91. Worker education and awareness seminars for worker injury, and All construction No marginal and public safety construction hazards should be given at beginning of Fulltime Monthly PMCES & PIU contractor health sites. cost sub-plan construction phase, and at ideal frequency of monthly. A construction site safety program should be developed and distributed to workers. 92. Appropriate safety clothing and footwear should be mandatory for all construction workers.

93. Adequate medical services must be on site or nearby all construction sites.

94. Drinking water must be provided at all construction sites.

95. Sufficient lighting be used during necessary night work.

96. All construction sites should be examined daily to ensure unsafe conditions are removed.

370

Appendix 10.2.2

Responsibility Potential Estimated Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost4 Activity Reporting Supervision Implementation Impacts (USD)

97. Protective berms, plastic sheet fencing, or silt curtains should be placed between all shoreline earthworks and Mekong river 98. Erosion channels must be built around aggregate stockpile areas to contain rain-induced erosion. 99. Earthworks should be conducted during dry periods.

Degradation of 100. All construction fluids such as oils, and fuels should Throughout All construction No marginal Civil works water quality & be stored and handled well away from Mekong river. construction Monthly PMCES & PIU contractor sites cost aquatic resources 101. No waste of any kind is to be thrown in Mekong river. phase 102. No washing or repair of machinery near Mekong river. 103. Pit latrines to be located well away from Mekong river. No unnecessary earthworks in or adjacent to water courses. 104. All irrigation canals and channels to be protected the same way Mekong river.

105. All construction sites should be located away forested areas as much as possible. 106. No unnecessary cutting of trees Degradation of Throughout All construction No marginal Civil works terrestrial 107. All construction fluids such as oils, and fuels should construction Monthly PMCES & PIU contractor sites cost resources be stored and handled well away from forests and phase plantation areas. 108. No waste of any kind is to be discarded on land or in forests/plantations.

371

Appendix 10.2.2

Responsibility Potential Estimated Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost4 Activity Reporting Supervision Implementation Impacts (USD)

109. As per detailed designs all civil works should be located away from all cultural property and values. DICT identified potential sites and types of PCR in pre- construction phase.

110. Chance finds of valued relics and cultural values At the start, Damage to PMCES & PIU contractor Civil works: should be anticipated by contractors. Site supervisors and cultural property All construction No marginal should be on the watch for finds. throughout Monthly Cultural chance or values, and sites cost construction finds sub-plan chance finds 111. Upon a chance find all work stops immediately, find left untouched, and PIU notified to determine if find is phase valuable. Culture section of DICT notified by telephone if valuable. 112. Work at find site will remain stopped until DICT allow work to continue.

113. Schedule construction vehicle activity during light traffic periods. Create adequate traffic detours, and sufficient signage & warning lights. 114. Post speed limits, and create dedicated construction vehicle roads or lanes. Implement Traffic disruption, Construction and 115. Inform community of location of construction traffic All construction No marginal accidents, public Fulltime Monthly PMCES & PIU contractor urban traffic sub- areas, and provide them with directions on how to best sites cost injury plan co-exist with construction vehicles on their roads. 116. Demarcate additional locations where pedestrians can develop road crossings away from construction areas. 117. Increase road and walkway lighting.

118. Provide adequate short-term drainage away from Implement Design & Loss of drainage construction sites to prevent ponding and flooding. All areas with No marginal Construction construction Monthly PMCES & PIU contractor & flood storage surface waters cost Drainage sub-plan 119. Manage to not allow borrow pits to fill with water. phases Pump periodically to land infiltration or nearby water

372

Appendix 10.2.2

Responsibility Potential Estimated Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost4 Activity Reporting Supervision Implementation Impacts (USD)

courses. 120. Install temporary storm drains or ditches for construction sites 121. Ensure connections among surface waters (ponds, streams) are maintained or enhanced to sustain existing storm water storage capacity. 122. Protect surface waters from silt and eroded soil.

Specific Construction Mitigations Measures for Nakasang Access Road and Port Rehabilitation

123. Install berms, plastic fencing, or silt curtains to isolate Erosion / PMCES & PIU contractor shoreline from civil works activities including new pier Throughout Sedimentation / All civil works No marginal and boat landing construction Monthly loss of nearshore sites at river cost period Pier access, drain aquatic habitat relocation, & shoreline strengthening 124. Establish well-marked notices of subproject activities Potential along shoreline and at floating pier. Schedule Throughout disrupted boat construction during periods of low tour and fishing boat Along shoreline No marginal PMCES & PIU contractor construction Monthly traffic, fishing & traffic & pier areas cost period tourist activities

Specific Construction Mitigation Measures for Don Det/Don Khone Access Improvements

Footpath and small Disruption of 125. Schedule work during low tourist season All construction No marginal road upgrades tourist access & sites on both fulltime As needed PMCES/PIU SS/contractor 126. Establish well marked temporary alternate walkways cost improvements movement at construction sites islands

Operation Phase of Nakasang Access Road and Port Rehabilitation

Operation of Increased traffic 127. Enforce clearly post speed limits on all roads. All subproject Biannually Annually O&M DPWT

373

Appendix 10.2.2

Responsibility Potential Estimated Subproject Activity Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measures Location Timing Cost4 Activity Reporting Supervision Implementation Impacts (USD)

upgraded roads accidents & air 128. Mandate regular vehicle inspections to ensure all access roads pollution vehicles kept in good working condition.

129. Dedicated shoreline lanes should be set for different Boat accidents boat type and sizes. Enforced speed limits for all boats due to increased should be posted in area. Operation of traffic upgraded Nakasang 130. Boats and tourists that use marina must be required to At port area Fulltime Biannual O&M DPWT port area Water pollution dispose of all garbage in dedicated bins at the marina. from boaters & tourists 131. Gas and oils should be kept away from water as much as possible

374

Appendix 10.2.2

V. MONITORING PLAN

30. The environmental monitoring plan for the EMP is provided in Table 5. The monitoring plan addresses all three implementation phases (pre-construction, construction, post- construction operation), and consists of environmental indicators, the sampling locations & frequency, method of data collection, responsible parties, and estimated costs. The purpose of the monitoring plan is to determine the effectiveness of the impact mitigations, and to document any unexpected positive or negative environmental impacts of the subproject. The indicative costs of monitoring shown in Table 5 will need to be reviewed and updated during detailed design phase.

1. Environmental Standards for Subproject Components

31. Environmental standards for ambient water quality in urban areas in Lao PDR (Appendix B) are provided by the National Environmental Standard Order No. 2734/PMU- WREA (2009). The environmental standards provided by the Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines of the IFC/World Bank (2007) (e.g., ambient air quality & noise) should be followed to supplement standards that are not provided by the Government.

32. An independent environmental monitoring consultant (EMI) will be required to perform the sampling and laboratory analyses for the environmental monitoring program. The SS will coordinate with the EMI under the direction of the PMCES/PIU who will provide logistical support to the EMC where necessary. The PMCES will be given a budget for the EMI which will come from the loan. The budget for the work of the EMI will become the costs for monitoring which are estimated in Table 5.

2. Performance Monitoring

33. Performance monitoring is required to assess the overall performance of the EMP. A performance monitoring system is normally developed by the EA for the entire subproject. Select indicators of major components of the environment that will be affected primarily by the construction phase are drawn from the mitigation and monitoring plans and summarized in Table 6.

3. Reporting

34. Regular reporting on the implementation of mitigation measures, and on monitoring activities during construction phase of the subproject is required. Reporting is the responsibility of PIU and should be conducted in conjunction with regular meetings with stakeholders as part of the continuation of stakeholder communications. The mitigation and monitoring plans (Tables 4 and 5) summarize proposed timing of reporting. A report on environmental monitoring and implementation of EMP will be prepared quarterly for the EA/PCU by the PIU. For the quarterly report the PIU report will compile monthly reports provided by the EO of contractor, the reports of the EMC on monitoring, and input from the IES/NES of the PMCES. The PIU reports will be compiled into the semi-annual environmental reporting the EA/PIU submits to the ADB which will also be sent to DONRE.

35. The reports will table all indicators measured with the monitoring plan of EMP including performance monitoring indicators (Table 6), and will include relevant Government environmental quality standards.

375

Appendix 10.2.2

Table 6. Environmental monitoring plan

ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS MONITORING

Responsibility Estimated Cost7 (USD) Environmental Indicators Location Means of Monitoring Frequency Reporting Supervision Implementation

Pre-construction Phase – Update Baseline Conditions

Where needed update baseline on sensitive receptors (e.g., cultural property & values, new schools or At all areas affected by the 2 subprojects Contact DONRE, continued Once Once EA/PIU $1,000. hospitals, rare/endangered species, community consultations PIU critical habitat), and aquatic resources and human uses of Mekong river

A) Dust, noise, and vibration levels A) All civil works sites Using field and analytical methods One baseline PIU A & B) A) $1,000. approved by DONRE. One day and supplement Environmental B) Affected surface water quality: TSS, report before Monitoring heavy metals (As, Cd, Pb,) oil and B) Mekong river at Nakasang town one night construction Institute B) $2,000. grease, pH, DO, COD, BOD5, measurement phase starts temperature, TDS, NH3, NH4, other during rainy & nutrient forms of N & P. dry seasons.

Inventory of present and past land Possible contaminated lands at all excavation Environmental Using field and analytical methods uses that could cause contaminated sites Once Once PIU Monitoring $500. approved by DONRE. soil. Institute

Construction Phase of both Subprojects Using field and analytical methods Analysis of soil quality (heavy metals Possible contaminated lands at all excavation Once, if Once PIU $1,500. approved by DONRE. Environmental

7 To be updated with EMP at detailed design stage 376

Appendix 10.2.2

(As, Cd, Pb, oil & grease, sites at all 5 subproject areas needed Monitoring hydrocarbons). Institute (A – B): A) Dust, noise, wind, and vibration A – C: Using field and analytical Quarterly levels A & B): Baseline sites of pre-construction methods approved by DONRE. during B) Water quality of Mekong river, and: phase. construction (A - D): TSS, heavy metals (As, Cd, Pb,) oil Include visual observations of dust periods A & B: $3,000. /yr. X and grease, pH, DO, COD, BOD5, and noise from contractor & public 2 PIU Monitoring Institute temperature, TDS, NH3, NH4, other reports. Daily visual C: $1,500 /yr. X 2 nutrient forms of N & P records D: $0.0

C) Analysis of soil quality (heavy C) At sites where, contaminated soil is Monthly metals (As, Cd, Pb, Hg, Mn), suspected. D) Visual observation C) Once at (E & F) & daily observations: hydrocarbons. start of excavations D) Domestic (worker) and construction D) All construction sites and worker camps E) Information transferred by solid waste inside & outside D) Monthly telephone hotline number posted at construction sites including worker camps. all construction sites. E) Using hotline number placed at all E: $500. /yr. X 2 E) Continuous EA/PIU contractor E) Public comments and complaints construction areas F) regular reporting by public input contractors/PMU F: $0.0 F) Incidence of worker or public F) At all construction areas F) Continuous accident or injury

Operation of Upgraded Nakasang Access Road & 3 Wheeled Vehicle Road & Pathways on Don Det/Khone Islands Continuous For each $0.0 Vehicle traffic accidents Upgraded / improved subproject roads. Regular record keeping. DPWT event Operation of Upgraded Nakasang Pier For each Boat traffic accidents Regular record keeping. Continuous $0.0 event Port area of Nakasang. DPWT/DONRE Water Pollution (garbage, oil, gas), Using field and analytical methods For each Quarterly $1,000. /yr. X 3 Incidence of garbage & litter approved by DONRE, and visual. event

377

Appendix 10.2.2

Table 7. Performance monitoring indicators for Champasak subprojects

Major Environmental Key Indicator Performance Objective Data Source Component Pre-construction Phase Meetings with stakeholders Public contacted during IEE & new Affected public and Minutes of meeting, Consultation stakeholders convened for follow- stakeholders and participants list and Disclosure up consultation and to introduce grievance redress mechanism All stakeholders contacted during EMP Updated EMP IEE re-contacted for follow-up EMP consultation EMP appended to bidding Requirements of EMP Bid Documents documents with clear instructions Bid documents (CEMP)8 to bidders for CEMP By end of preconstruction phase, Course(s) outline, Training of Training course(s) & required course(s) that will be participants, and PIU/SS schedule delivered are designed and schedule scheduled Construction Phase Critical habitat, rare or All present critical habitat and R & All subproject endangered species if E species if unchanged, and Monitoring by EMC9 areas present unharmed TSS, DO, BOD, COD, pH, oil & grease, nutrient Government environmental Mekong river Monitoring by EMC forms of T & N, metals standards and criteria met (Pb, Fe, As)10 Levels never exceed pre- EMC & contractor Air quality Dust, noise, vibration construction baseline levels monitoring reports, Rigorous program of procedures and rules to collect and store all Contractor and EMC Soil quality Solid and liquid waste waste from construction camps monitoring reports and sites practiced. Rigorous program of procedures to Hazardous Oil, gasoline, grease, manage and store all waste from Contractor and EMC materials and alum, chlorine, soda construction camps and sites monitoring reports waste practiced. Adherence to Government policy Public and Frequency of injuries and site-specific procedures to Contractor reports worker safety prevent accidents Public input, No valued cultural property, or Incidence of damage or contractor reports, Cultural property unearthed valuable relic is harmed complaints public input, EMC in any way reports Disruptions, stoppages, or detours Public input, Frequency of disruptions Traffic are managed to absolute contractor reports, and/or blocked roadways minimum. EMC reports Operation Phase of Nakasang Pier Incidence of boat Public safety None DPWT accidents Water quality garbage, oil & grease, No deviation from baseline DPWT/DONRE

8Contractor Environmental Management Plan developed from EMP in contractor bidding document 9Environmental Monitoring Consultant hired to assist PMCES and implementation of Environmental Monitoring Plan 10 Appendix C 378

Appendix 10.2.2

Major Environmental Key Indicator Performance Objective Data Source Component Incidence of traffic No deviation from baseline Public safety DPWT accidents on access road frequency Operation of Upgraded Nakasang Access Road Vehicle Incidence of vehicle accidents, None or no increase DPWT accidents Public Safety

VI. ESTIMATED COST OF EMP

36. The marginal costs for implementing the EMP are primarily for environmental monitoring because the costs for implementing impact mitigation measures are included with the construction costs in contractor bid documents. From Table 5 the preliminary costs for the implementation of the EMP for the 2 subprojects of Champasak province are summarized in Table 7. These costs include per diem technician fees. These costs include per diem technician fees. Note that contingencies have been provided to account for cost uncertainty to the total EMP cost

37. An estimated budget of USD $8,000.00 is required for capacity building for environmental management in conjunction with other capacity development activities of the subproject. The costs will need to be updated by the PMCES in conjunction with the PIU during the pre-construction, detailed design phase of the subproject.

Table 8: Estimated costs for environmental monitoring plan of EMP

Estimated Cost11 Activity Type (USD)

Pre-construction Phase

Updating Environmental Baseline cultural receptors $500.00 environmental quality $4,000.00 public consultation $1,000.00

Construction Phase

environmental quality $10,500.00 public consultation $1,000.00 Post-construction Operation Phase

environmental quality $3,000.00 public input $0.0 public consultation $1,000.00 Capacity development and training $8,000.00 Total $29,000.00

VII. INSTITUTIONAL CAPACITY REVIEW AND NEEDS

38. Currently there is insufficient experience and capacity for environmental assessment and management amongst national counterparts responsible for the implementation of the

11 To be updated with EMP at Detailed Design Phase 379

Appendix 10.2.2

EMP. i.e., DICT/PIU in Champasak province. No dedicated environmental staff exist in the OPWT. The PMCES with assistance from the SS of the subproject will develop and deliver training courses to the DICT/PIU staff responsible for the implementation of the subproject. The purpose of the course(s) is to strengthen the ability of the PIU/PMU to oversee implementation of the EMP by construction contractors, and EMC

39. The SS who will be full-time environmental member of the PIU as well as the EO of the contractor should attend training courses as required. Costs for training should be included with costs for implementation of the EMP.

40. Training on the implementation of an EMP should address two thematic areas. The first area should be principles environmental management focused on the potential impacts of subproject activities on the natural and social environment. The second area should be environmental safeguard requirements of the ADB and Government with specific reference to the EMP. The training topics are listed in Table 9. An indicative budget of USD $8,000 has been assigned which is included in Table 8.

Table 9. Indicative training on EMP Implementation

Course Topic Areas Target Participants Period Introduction to EIA, Lao PDR EIA policy framework & Pre-construction phase: procedures, and EA, PIU/SS, shortly after PMCES is environmental standards, hired and ADB Safeguard Policy Purpose and content of an EMP. Development and Construction phase implementation of the EMPs EA, PIU/SS, contractor shortly after for the Champasak EOs construction packages subprojects. Development are let and implementation of contractor EMPs (CEMP) Protection of rivers, Construction phase terrestrial habitat, and shortly after conservation & protection PIU/SS, contractor EOs construction packages forests from road, and pier are let construction

Grievance Redress Construction phase Mechanism, & public EA/PIU/SS, contractor shortly after consultation EOs construction packages are let Occupational and Construction phase community health and shortly after PIU/SS, contractor EOs safety construction packages are let Traffic management and Operation phase shortly safety on roads and PMU before subprojects are reservoirs completed

380

Appendix 10.2.2

VIII. EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN

41. The Contractor must develop emergency or incident response procedures during construction. In the operational phase the operator/civil authorities will have responsibility for any emergencies or serious incidents. The construction phase should ensure:

i) Emergency Response Team (ERT) of the Contractor as initial responder; ii) District fire and police departments, emergency medical service, the Department of Public Health (DPH), collectively referred to as the External Emergency Response Team (EERT), as ultimate responders.

42. The Contractor will provide and sustain the required technical, human and financial resources for quick response during construction.

Table 10: Roles and responsibilities in emergency incident response

Entity Responsibilities Contractor Team (ERT) - Communicates / alerts the EERT. - Prepares the emergency site to facilitate the response action of the EERT, e.g., vacating, clearing, restricting site. - When necessary & requested by the EERT, lends support / helps during EERT’s response operations. External Emergency Response Team - Solves the emergency/incident (EERT) Contractor Resources - Provide and sustain the people, equipment, tools & funds necessary to ensure Subproject’s quick response to emergency situations. - Maintain good communication lines with the EERT to ensure prompt help response & adequate protection, by keeping them informed of Subproject progress.

43. The ERT will be led by the senior contractor engineer (designated ERTL) on site with a suitably trained foreman or junior engineer as deputy. Trained first-aiders and security crew will be the core members of the ERT.

44. The Contractor will ensure that ERT members are physically, technically and psychologically fit for their emergency response roles and responsibilities.

45. Prior to the mobilization of civil works, the Contractor, through its Construction Manager, ERTL, in coordination with the PCU/PIU, will meet with the ultimate response institutions to discuss the overall construction process, including, but not limited to:

i) subproject sites; ii) construction time frame and phasing; iii) any special construction techniques and equipment that will be used; i iv) any hazardous materials that will be brought to and stored in the construction premise and details on their applications and handling/management system; v) the Contractor’s Emergency Management Plan vi) names and contact details of the ERT members

381

Appendix 10.2.2

46. The objective of this meeting is to provide the ultimate response institutions the context for:

i) their comments on the adequacy of the respective Emergency Management Plans ii) their own assessment of what types, likely magnitude and likely incidence rate of potential hazards are anticipated iii) the arrangements for coordination and collaboration.

47. To ensure effective emergency response, prior to mobilization of civil works, the Contractor will:

i) set up the ERT; ii) set up all support equipment and facilities in working condition iii) made arrangements with the EERT; iv) conducted proper training of ERT members, and encouraged and trained volunteers from the work force; v) conducted orientation to all construction workers on the emergency response procedures and facilities, particularly evacuation procedures, evacuation routes, evacuation assembly points, and self-first response, among others; and vi) conducted drills for different possible situations.

48. To sustain effective emergency response throughout Subproject implementation an adequate budget shall be provided to sustain the capabilities and efficiency of the emergency response mechanism, the emergency response equipment, tools, facilities and supplies. Drills and reminders will take place regularly, the former at least every two months and the latter at least every month.

A. Alert Procedures

49. Means of communicating, reporting and alerting an emergency may be any combination of the following: i) audible alarm (siren, bell or gong); ii) visual alarm (blinking/rotating red light or orange safety flag); iii) telephone (landline); iv) mobile phone; v) two-way radio; and vi) public address system/loud speakers. Some rules relative to communicating/alerting will be:

(i) Whoever detects an emergency first shall immediately: - call the attention of other people in the emergency site, - sound the nearest alarm, and/or - report/communicate the emergency to the ERT. (ii) Only the ERTL and, if ERTL is not available, the Deputy ERTL are authorized to communicate with the EERT. Exceptional cases to this rule may be necessary and should be defined in the Emergency Management Plans. (iii) When communicating/alerting an emergency to the EERT, it is important to provide them with at least: i) the type of emergency; ii) correct location of the emergency; ii) estimated magnitude of the situation; iii) estimated persons harmed; iv) time it happened; v) in case of a spill, which hazardous substance spilled; and vi) in case of fire and explosion, what caused it. Such details would allow the EERT to prepare for the appropriate response actions.

For an effective reporting/alerting of an emergency:

(i) The names and contact details of the relevant persons and institutions should be readily available in, or near to, all forms of communication equipment, and strategically posted (at legible size) in all Subproject sites and vehicles: - Most relevant construction/operations staffs namely, the ERTL, Deputy ERTL, first-aiders, supervising engineers, foremen - EERT institutions/organizations 382

Appendix 10.2.2

- Concerned village authority/ies - PIU Office, SS (ii) All Subproject sites should have good access to any combination of audible and visual alarms, landline phones, mobile phones and two-way radio communication at all times. (iii) Contractor’s construction vehicles should also be equipped with the appropriate communication facilities.

B. Emergency Response Situations

50. The following tables suggest general procedures that will be refined in the final EMP during detailed design, and described in more detail in the Emergency Management Plans of the Contractor.

Table 11: Evacuation procedure

Procedure Remarks . Move out as quickly as possible as a . All workers/staff, sub-contractors, site group, but avoid panic. visitors to move out, guided by the ERT. . Evacuate through the directed . The safe evacuation shall have been evacuation route. determined fast by the ERTL/Deputy ERTL & immediately communicated to ERT members. . Keep moving until everyone is safely . A restricted area must be established away from the emergency site and its outside the emergency site, all to stay influence area. beyond the restricted area. . Once outside, conduct head counts. . Foremen to do head counts of their sub-groups; ERTL/Deputy ERTL of the ERT. . Report missing persons to EERT . ERTL/Deputy ERTL to communicate immediately. with the EERT. . Assist the injured in evacuation & . ERT to manage injured persons to hand them over to the ERT first- ensure proper handling. aiders or EERT medical group . If injury warrants special care, DO . ERTL/Deputy ERTL communicates NOT MOVE them, unless necessary with EERT to get & instructed/directed by the EERT. instructions/directions in handling the injured.

Table 12: Response procedure during medical emergency

Procedure Remarks . Administer First Aid regardless of . Fundamentals when giving First Aid: severity immediately. - Safety first of both the rescuer and the victim. - Do not move an injured person unless: - victim is exposed to more danger when left where they are, e.g., during fire, chemical spill - it would be impossible for EERT to aid victims in their locations, e.g., under a collapsed structure - instructed or directed by the EERT. 383

Appendix 10.2.2

Procedure Remarks . First AID to be conducted only by a person who has been properly trained in giving First Aid. . Call the EERT emergency medical . ERTL/Deputy ERTL or authorized on- services &/or nearest hospital. site emergency communicator . Facilitate leading the EERT to the . ERTL/Deputy ERTL to instruct: emergency site. - an ERT member on- site to meet EERT in access road/strategic location. He/she shall hold orange safety flag to get their attention & lead them to site. - Other ERT members to clear access road for smooth passage of the EERT. . If applicable, vacate site & influence . Follow evacuation procedure. area at once, restrict site, suspend work until further notice.

Table 13: Response procedure in case of fire

Procedure Remarks . Alert a fire situation. . Whoever detects the fire shall immediately: - call the attention of other people in the site, - sound the nearest alarm, and/or - Foreman or any ERT member among the construction sub-group contacts the fire department (in this case it should be agreed on that it is alright for any ERT member in the sub-group to alert the fire department) - Report/communicate the emergency to the ERTL/Deputy ERTL. . Stop all activities/operations and . All (non-ERT) workers/staff sub- evacuate. contractors, site visitors and concerned public to move out to safe grounds following the evacuation procedure. . Activate ERT to contain fire/control . Guided by the training they undertook, fire from spreading. ERT members assigned to mitigate the fire shall assess their own safety situation first before attempting to control fire spread. . Call the nearest fire & police stations . When alerting the EERT, ERTL will &, if applicable, emergency medical give the location, cause of fire, services. estimated fire alarm rating, any injuries. . Facilitate leading the EERT to the . ERTL/Deputy ERTL to instruct: emergency site. - an ERT member to meet the EERT in the access road or strategic location and lead them to the site. He/she shall hold the orange safety flag to get their attention and lead them to the site. - some ERT members to stop traffic in, & clear, the access road to facilitate 384

Appendix 10.2.2

Procedure Remarks passage of the EERT. . ERT to vacate the site as soon as . Follow appropriate evacuation their safety is assessed as in procedure. danger.

ANNEX A: INDICATIVE RESPONSIBILITIES OF KEY MANAGEMENT UNITS OF EMP

EMP Implementation Roles and Responsibilities organizations

Executing agency (EA)  Overall responsibility for the execution of the project (MICT)  Reviews the project implementation progress  Reviews and endorses any proposed change in the project scope or implementation arrangements  Supervises compliance with loan covenants

Project Coordination Unit  Project preparation, including the setting up of financial and (PCU), inside MICT management systems and procedures, and the procuring of PCU office equipment  Consultant recruitment and supervision  Review and approval of goods and civil works contracts, including bid documents  Coordination between the concerned agencies at the national and provincial levels  Coordination of activities of the PIUs and the inputs of concerned stakeholders  Coordination of all reporting aspects of the project  Coordination of institutional strengthening measures  Ensuring compliance with ADB Loan covenants, assurances and safeguard requirements, as well as with national and provincial policies and regulations  Provision of administrative and technical support to the PIUs  Preparation of consolidated Project accounts to be forwarded to ADB  Advice to PIUs on revenue-enhancing activities related to the recovery of costs of constructing, operating, and maintaining Project facilities and equipment;  Coordination of project audits  All specified monitoring, evaluation and reporting activities  Communication of Project's outcomes, outputs, and activities to all stakeholders  Provide coordination for safeguards and monitoring for PIU

Provincial Project  Ensuring that concerns of all stakeholders are adequately reflected in Steering Committee the project (PPSC)  Coordination of project implementation between the concerned agencies  Confirming compliance with local regulations and provincial policies  Overseeing budgeting and disbursement of counterpart funds  Overseeing implementation of resettlement plans, compensation schemes and all other project safeguard procedures

Project Implementation  Coordination and supervision of consultants’ inputs on the appraisal of Units (PIU) DICT, feasibility studies, and conceptual and detailed designs construction  Procurement of goods and civil works contracts, including the preparation of bid documents and bid evaluations  Approving payments to contractors and maintaining disbursement records  Ensuring that institutional-strengthening and capacity-building initiatives involving DMOs, private partners, SMEs and CBTOs are implemented in line with agreed Project designs, schedules and budgets  Ensuring compliance with loan covenants and assurances in respect of all sub projects, including updating of IEEs, EMPs, IPPs, GAPs, 385

Appendix 10.2.2

EMP Implementation Roles and Responsibilities organizations

resettlement plans  Oversee implementation of EMP by contractor EO, and EMC  Prepare quarterly reports on EMP implementation for PCU  Coordinate with PMCES to design and deliver capacity development & training.  Meetings with all concerned stakeholders  Quarterly progress and monitoring-and-evaluation reporting to the PCU

Project Management &  Completes detailed designs of subprojects with PIU Supervision Consultant  Update EMP to meet final detailed designs of subprojects (PMCES)  Supervises and assists PIU with contractor management  Provides technical advice and support when needed to PIU and EMC  Designs and oversees delivery of all training and capacity development of PIU for construction and operation of completed subprojects including EMP.  Provides advisory role for implementation of EMP by PIU and EMC

Environmental  Implements environmental sampling for EMP Monitoring Consultant  Conducts laboratory analyses of environmental quality samples from (EMC) field sampling  Prepares periodic monitoring reports for PIU

Environmental Officer  Implements the CEMP for the construction phase (EO) of Contractor  Maintains a daily log of environmental issues at the construction sites  Prepares brief monthly summaries of mitigation activities and environmental issues at constructions site to PIU. ADB  Assists PCU through timely guidance at each stage of project implementation following agreed implementation arrangements  Review all documents that require ADB approval  Review of monitoring reports on EMP implementation to ensure EMP meets SPS (2009)  Approval of procurement activities  Periodic project review missions, a mid-term review and a completion mission for the project  Ensuring compliance of all loan covenants  Timely processing of withdrawal applications and release of eligible funds  Ensuring compliance of financial audit recommendations  Regularly updates project information disclosure on the ADB website

386

Appendix 10.2.2

ANNEX B: INDICATIVE TOR FOR ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIALISTS OF PMCES

International Environmental Specialist (IES). With assistance from the national environmental specialist the international consultant will be responsible for updating the provincial EMPs at detailed design, and assisting the PIU with overall environmental management of the implementation of the subprojects in Champasak province. The consultant will: (i) update environmental management plans (EMP) for the subprojects to ensure that EMPs address the detailed designs and engineering of subprojects. Updates to both EMPs include mitiation and monitoring plans, budget, and capacity development needs of executing agency (EA/PCU) and PIU (DICT and OPWT): (ii) with national consultant design comprehenisve training plan for safeguards specialist/PIU and on principles of EIA, and the purpose, content, and roles and responsibilities for implementation of updated EMPs highlighting environmental issues of subprojects; (iii) ensure that all relevant safeguards of the EMPs are adequately addressed in the bidding documents (instruction to bidders), and in the evaluation criteria for awarding contracts; (iv) Coordinate and work with the PIUs to ensure that contractors finalize their respective site-specific CEMPs based on the updated EMPs and the actual site conditions; (v) oversee the implementation of all safeguards of the three EMPs relating to construction phase activities including handling of construction spoil and waste, water and air quality protection, public nuisance impacts (noise, dust, traffic, blocked access, workers, and camps), and public safety; (vi) Assist with the finalzation of the groundwater monitoring study at exisitng dumpsite site; (vii) Coordinate with the provincial Department of Natural Resources & Environment (DONRE) on all relevant environmental regulatory compliance issues (e.g. noise and dust from construction sites, sanitation in workers campsite etc); (viii) Prepare TOR(s) for the LAO UXO for the survey, detection, and removal of unexploded ordnance (UXO) at all civil works sites. Ensure that EA and/or PIUs consult LAO UXO and Government authorities to assist with ToR development and implementation; (ix) With PIU/DICT, prepare TORs for the follow-up interviews and consultations with the same affected stakeholder and local residents contacted during the PPTA on issues and concerns arising during project construction; (x) Prepare TOR(s) for external national environment monitoring consultant (EMC) for conducting water and air quality sampling, and laboratory analyses for the monitoring plans for the town EMPs; (xi) Coordinate with PWDTs to address vehicle and boat traffic issues; (xii) Advise PIU/DICT on environment-related concerns arising during sub-projects construction, and recommend corrective measures; (xiii) With PIU/DICT, ensure dissemination to stakeholders the results of environment quality monitoring and implementation of safeguards, especially among households or small businesses near the civil construction works areas; (xiv) Assist EA and PIU/DPWTs prepare a table of contents for regular reports PIU must submit to the EA on implementation of EMPs, environmental, issues, and corrective actions; (xv) Assist PIU/DICT prepare simple report template for construction contractors to report monthly on mitigation activities, and environmental issues that occur during construction phase; and (xvi) Prepare a quarterly status report on implementation of EMPs, environmental issues, and public safety protection to be submitted through the PIU and EA to the provincial DONREs as part of semi-annual environmental reporting to ADB.

387

Appendix 10.2.2

The consultant should have an advanced degree in environmental sciences, and at least 7 years experience implementing and managing environmental assessment of infrastructure projects in southeast Asia countries (preferably Lao PDR). Other requiremetns include: a) understanding of ADB and national environmental safeguard requirements; b) experience working with and supervising the activities of provincial and national environmental management agencies with envronmental safeguards; and c) designing and delivering training and capacity development programs to provincial environment, project implementing units.

National Environmental Specialist (NES). Assist the international environmental specialist including acquisition of information new information to update the provincial EMPs at detailed design, and work with the PIU with overall environmental management of the implementation of the subprojects in Champasak province. The national consultant will assist with:

(i) updating environmental management plans (EMP) for subprojects in Champasak to ensure that EMPs address the detailed designs and engineering of subprojects.; (ii) deliver initial training to DICT and OPWT on the purpose, content, and roles and responsibilities for implementation of updated EMPs; (iii) ensure relevant safeguards of the EMPs are addressed in the bidding documents in paccurate local language and in evaluation criteria for awarding contracts; (iv) help PIUs to ensure that contractors prepare their respective site-specific plans based on the updated EMPs and the actual site conditions; (v) help international consultant oversee the implementation of all safeguards of the three EMPs relating to construction phase activities including handling of construction spoil and waste, water and air quality protection, public nuisance impacts (noise, dust, traffic, blocked access, workers, and camps), and public safety; (vi) assist coordination with the provincial Department of Natural Resources & Environment (DONRE) on all relevant environmental regulatory compliance issues (e.g. noise and dust from construction sites, sanitation in workers campsite etc); (vii) with PIU/DICT, prepare ToRs for the follow-up interviews and consultations with the same affected stakeholder and local residents contacted during the PPTA on issues and concerns arising during project construction. Of particular concern is upgrades to access roads; (viii) assist OPWT to address vehicle traffic issues, respectively during road upgrades; (ix) with international consultant advise the PIU/DICT/DPWTs on environment-related concerns arising during sub-projects construction, and recommend corrective measures; (x) with PIU/DICT, ensure dissemination to stakeholders the results of environment quality monitoring and implementation of safeguards, especially among households or small businesses near the civil construction works areas; and (xi) assist with all EMP reporting. T

Rhe consultant should have a university degree in the environmental sciences and at least 5 years experience with environmental assessment of infrastructure projects in Lao PDR) including: a) understanding of ADB and national environmental safeguard requirements; b) experience working with international consultants; and c) delivering training and capacity development programs to provincial project implementing units.

388

Appendix 10.2.2

ANNEX C: ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS

Water Resources and Environment Administration No 2734 / PMO.WREA (now MONRE) Vientiane, 7 Dec 2009

Agreement on the National Environmental Standards

Based on the Environmental Protection Law No. 02/99/NA, dated 3 April 1999. Based on decree on mandate of Water Resources and Environmental Administration dated 149/PM, dated 10 May 2007.

Surface water quality standards in Lao PDR

Standard Method of No Substances Symbol Unit Value Measurement 1 Color, Odor and Taste - - N -

2 Temperature t °C N’ Thermometer

3 Potential of Hydrogen pH - 5-9 Electronic pH Meter 4 Dissolved Oxygen DO mg/l 6 Azide Modification 5 COD COD ml/l 5 Potassium permanganate 6 BOD5 BOD5 mg/l 1,5 Azide Modification at 20 degree C, 5 days

7 Total Coliform Coliform MPN/100 ml 5000 Bacteria Bacteria Multiple Tube 8 Fecal Coliform Fecal MPN/ 100 ml 1000 Fermentation Bacteria Coliform 9 Nitrate-Nitrogen NO3-N mg/l <5.0 Cadmium Reduction 10 Ammonia-Nitrogen NH3-N mg/l 0.2 Distillation Nesslerization 11 Phenols C6H3-OH mg/l 0.005 Distillation, 4-Amin anti-pyrenne 12 Copper Cu mg/l 0.1

13 Nickel Ni mg/l 0.1 14 Manganese Mn mg/l 1.0 Atomic Absorption 15 Zinc Zn mg/l 1.0 Direct Aspiration 16 Cadmium Cd mg/l 0.005 17 Chromium, Hexavalent Cr 6+ mg/l 0.05 18 Lead Pb mg/l 0.05 19 Mercury Hg mg/l 0.002 Atomic Absorption Cold Vapor

389

Appendix 10.2.2

Standard Method of No Substances Symbol Unit Value Measurement 20 Arsenic As mg/l 0.01 Atomic Absorption Direct Aspiration - 21 Cyanide CN mg/l 0.005 Pyridine-Barbituric 22 Alpha ¬Radioactive Becquere l/l 0.1 α Counting machine 23 Beta ¬ Radioactive β Becquere l/l 1.0 24 Total Organochlorine - mg/l 0.05 Gas Chromatography 25 DDT C14H9Cl5 mg/l 1.0 26 Alpha -BHC αBHC mg/l 0.02 27 Dieldrin C12H8Cl6O mg/l 0.1 28 Aldrin - mg/l 0.1 29 Heptachlor and - mg/l 0.2 Heptachlor Epoxide 30 Endrin - mg/l None

Drinking Water Quality Standards

Bacteriological Parameters Parameters Units Concentration Fecal Coliform MPN/100ml 0 Total Coliform MPN/100ml <2.2 Entero virus MPN/100ml 0

Physical -Chemical Parameters Concentration No. Parameters Symbol Unit Minimum Maximum 1 Aluminum Al mg/l 0.1 0.2 2 Ammonia NH3 mg/l 0.5 1.5 - 3 Chloride Cl mg/l 200 250 4 Copper Cu mg/l 1.0 2.0 5 Iron Fe mg/l 0.3 <1 6 Manganese Mn mg/l 0.1 0.5 7 Sodium Na mg/l 200 250 8 Sulphate 2- mg/l 200 250 SO4 9 Hydrogen Sulphide H2S mg/l 0.05 0.1 10 Conductivity Ec µs/cm - <1,000 11 Total dissolved solids TDS mg/l 500 600 12 Sodium Chloride NaCl mg/l 100 300-350 13 Potential of Hydrogen pH - 6.5 8.5 14 Temperature T 0C 25 35 15 Hardness - mg/l 50 300 16 Turbidity - NTU - <10 17 Taste and Odor - - - Acceptable 18 Color - TCU - 5 19 Residual Chloride (if Cl2 mg/l - <0.2 Chlorine disinfection is used)

390

Appendix 10.2.2

Health Significant Chemical Parameters Maximum No. Parameters Symbol Unit Concentration 1 Antimony Sb mg/l 0.005 2 Arsenic As mg/l 0.01-0.05 3 Barium Ba mg/l 0.7 4 Boron B mg/l 0.50 5 Cadmium Cd mg/l 0.003 6 Chromium Cr mg/l 0.05

Maximum No. Parameters Symbol Unit Concentration - 7 Cyanide CN mg/l 0.07 8 Fluoride F- mg/l 1.5 9 Lead Pb mg/l 0.01 10 Mercury Hg mg/l 0.001 - 11 Nitrate NO mg/l 50 -3 NO 12 Nitrite 2 mg/l 3 13 Selenium Se mg/l 0.01

A. Priority Parameters Maximum No. Parameters Symbol Unit Concentration 1 Iron Fe mg/l <1 2 Manganese Mn mg/l <0.5 3 Arsenic As mg/l <0.05 4 Fluoride - mg/l <1.5 F - 5 Nitrate NO3 mg/l 50 - 6 Nitrite NO2 mg/l 3 - 7 Nitrite Nitrogen NO2 N mg/l 1 8 Potential of Hydrogen pH - 6.5-8.5 9 Coliform - MPN/100ml 0 10 Conductivity Ec µs/cm 1000 11 Residual Chloride (if Cl2 mg/l 0.2 Chlorine disinfection is used) 12 Total Hardness - mg/l <300 13 Turbidity - NTU <10 14 Taste and Odor - - Acceptable

Groundwater Standards for Drinking Purposes Permitted Standard Characteristics Parameters Symbol Unit Value Suitable Maximum 1. Color - Platinum- 5 15 Cobalt (Pt- Co) Physical 2. Turbidity - JTU 5 20

391

Appendix 10.2.2

3. Potential of pH - 7.0-8.5 6.5-9.2 Hydrogen 4. Iron Fe mg/l ≤0.5 1

5. Manganese Mn mg/l ≤0.3 0.5 6. Copper Cu mg/l ≤1.0 1.5 7. Zinc Zn mg/l ≤5.0 15 Chemical 8. Sulphate 2- mg/l ≤200 250 SO4- 9. Chloride Cl mg/l ≤250 600 10. Fluoride - mg/l ≤0.7 1 F - 11.Nitrate NO3 mg/l ≤15 45 12. Total Total mg/l ≤300 500 Hardness as CaCO3

Permitted Standard Characteristics Parameters Symbol Unit Value CaCO3 13.Non-carbo- Non mg/l ≤200 250 nate hardness as CaCO3 CaCO3 14. Total solids TS mg/l ≤600 1,200 15. Arsenic As mg/l None 0.05 - 16. Cyanide CN mg/l None 0.1 Toxic chemical 17. Lead Pb mg/l None 0.05 substances 18. Mercury Hg mg/l None 0.001 19. Cadmium Cd mg/l None 0.01 20. Selenium Se mg/l None 0.01 21. Coliform Coliform MPN/100 <2.2 <2.2 bacteria ml Bacteria 22. E. coli E. coli - None None bacteria 23. Standard - Colonies/ml ≤500 - plate count

Soil Quality Standards for Residential and Agriculture

Standard Method of No. Substances Symbol Unit Value Measurement I. Volatile Organic Compound

1 Benzene C6H6 mg/kg 0.5

2 CarbonTetrachloride CCI4 mg/kg 89 3 1,2 Dichloroethane CH2CI- mg/kg 230

CH2CI 4 1,1 Dichloroethylene CCI2=CH2 mg/kg 1,700 5 Cis 1,2 CHCl=CHCl mg/kg 57

Dichloroethylene

392

Appendix 10.2.2

6 Trans-1.2- CHCl=CHCl mg/kg 520

Dichloroethylene 7 Dichloromethane CH2CI2 mg/kg 28 Gas Chromatography or 8 Ethly benzene lC2ClC-CH3 mg/kg 630 Gas Chromatography/. 9 Styrene C H mg/kg 8.4 Mass Spectrometry 6 5- (GC/MS) or other methods CH=CH2 approved by DONRE 10 Tetrachloroethylene C2Cl4 mg/kg 210 11 Toluene C6H5-CH3 mg/kg 6.5 12 Trichloroethylene CI2C=CHCI mg/kg 2.5 13 1.1.1 Trichloroethane CI3C-CH3 mg/kg 3.5 14 1.1.2 Trichloroethane CI2CH- mg/kg 43 CH2CI 15 Total Xylenes (CH3-C6H4- mg/kg 63 CH3) II. Heavy Metals 1 Arsenic As mg/kg 3.9 Inductively Coupled 2 Cadmium and its Cd mg/kg 37 Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry or Inductive- compounds ly Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry or Atomic Absorption, Gaseous Hyd- ride or Atomic Absorption, Borohydride Reduction or other Methods Approved

Standard Method of No. Substances Symbol Unit Value Measurement by DONRE Coprecipitation or Colori- 3 Hexavalent Cr+6 mg/kg 300 Chromium metric or Chelation/ Extraction or other Methods Approved by DONRE 4 Lead Pb mg/kg 400 Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry or Inductive- 5 Manganese and its Mn mg/kg 1,800 ly Coupled Plasma-Mass compounds Spectrometry or Atomic Absorption, Direct Aspira- tion or Atomic Absorption, Furnace Techniques or other Methods Approved by DONRE 6 Mercury and its Hg mg/kg 23 Cold-Vapor Technique or compounds other Methods Approved by DONRE 7 Nickel, soluble salts Ni mg/kg 1,600 Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry or Inductive- 8 Selenium Se mg/kg 390 ly Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry or Atomic Absorption, Direct Aspira- tion or Atomic Absorption, Furnace Techniques or other Methods Approved by DONRE III. Pesticides

393

Appendix 10.2.2

1 Atrazine C8H14CIN5 mg/kg 22 Gas Chromatography or other Methods Approved by DONRE 2 Chlordane - mg/kg 16 Gas Chromatography/ Mass Spectrometry (GC/MS) or other Methods Approved by DONRE 3 2,4 D - mg/kg 690 Gas Chromatography or High Performance Liquid Chromatography/ Thermal Extraction/ Gas Chromato- graphy/Mass Spectrometry (TE/GC/MS) or other Me- thods Approved by DONRE 4 DDT DDT mg/kg 17

5 Dieldrin C12H8Cl6O mg/kg 0.3 Gas Chromatography or Gas Chromatography/ 6 Heptachlor Cl7 mg/kg 1.1 Mass Spectrometry (GC/MS) or other Methods 7 Heptachlor Epoxide - mg/kg 0.5 Approved by DONRE 8 Lindane - mg/kg 4.4 IV. Others 1 Benzo(a)pyrene - mg/kg 0.6 Gas Chromatography/ Mass Spectrometry (GC/MS) or Thermal Extraction Gas Chromato- graphy/ Mass Spectrome-

Standard Method of No. Substances Symbol Unit Value Measurement try (TE/GC/MS) Chromato- graphy/ Fourier Transform Infrared (GC/FT-IR) Spec- trometry or other Methods Approved by DONRE - 2 Cyanide and its CN mg/kg 11 Total and Amenable compounds Cyanide: Distillation, or Total Amenable Cyanide (Automated Colorimetric, with off-line Distillation), or Cyanide Extraction Procedure for Solids and Oils or other Methods Approved by DONRE 3 PCBs - mg/kg 2.2 Gas Chromatography or other Methods Approved by DONRE 4 Vinyl Chloride mg/kg 1.5 Gas Chromatography or Gas Chromatography/ Mass Spectrometry (GC/MS) or other Methods Approved by DONRE

Ambient Air Quality Standard

Average Time Unit: mg/m3

394

Appendix 10.2.2

Hours 1 1 Method of Parameters Symbol 1 hr 8 hr 24 hr month year Measurement Carbon CO 30 10.26 - - - Non dispersive infrared monoxide detection

Nitrogen NO2 0.32 - - - - Chemilumine scene dioxide method

Sulphur SO2 0.78 - 0.30 - 0.10 UV Fluorescence (1hr, dioxide 24hr, 1yr) or Pararosaniline (1hr,4hr) Total TSP - - 0.33 - 0.10 Gravimetric Suspended Particulate Particulate PM-10 - - 0.12 - 0.05 Gravimetric or Beta Matter less Ray or Taper Element Oscillating than 10 Microbalance or microns Dichotomous

Ozone O3 0.20 - - - - Chemiluminescence or UV Absorption Phoptometry Lead Pb - - - 1.5 - Atomic Absorption Spectrometer

Noise Standard

Standards Method of Measurement

Maximum Sound Level (Lmax) should not Equivalent Sound Level (Leq) from exceed 115 dB(A) Fluctuating Noise

Leq 24 hour not exceeding 70 dB(A) Equivalent Sound Level (Leq) from Steady Noise

Noise Standards for Other Places

Standard Value in dB(A) Type of Area 6.00-18.00 18.00-22.00 22.00-6.00 Quiet areas: hospitals, libraries, treatment places, 50 45 40 kindergarten and schools Residential areas: hotels 55 55 45 and houses Commercial and service 70 70 50 areas Small industrial factories 70 70 50 located in residential areas

395

Appendix 10.2.2

General Industrial Wastewater Discharge Standards Standards for General Industries No. Parameters Symbols Unit Maximum Concentration 1 BOD5 BOD5 mg/l 40 2 Ammonia Nitrogen NH3-N mg/l 4 3 Total Suspended Substances TSS mg/l 40 4 Potential of Hydrogen pH - 6-9.5 5 Total Dissolved Substances TDS mg/l 3,500 6 Phenols C6H5OH mg/l 0.3 7 Phosphorous P mg/l 1.0 8 Silver Ag mg/l 0.1 9 Zinc Zn mg/l 1.0 10 Sulphide S mg/l 1.0 11 Free Chlorine Cl2 mg/l 1.0 - 12 Chloride Cl mg/l 500 13 Iron Fe mg/l 2.0 14 Fluoride F mg/l 15 - 15 Cyanide CN mg/l 0.1 16 Copper Cu mg/l 0.5 17 Lead Pb mg/l 0.2 18 Oil and Grease - mg/l 5 19 Nickel Ni mg/l 0.2 20 Mercury Hg mg/l 0.005 21 Manganese Mn mg/l 1.0 22 Arsenic As mg/l 0.25 23 Barium B mg/l 1.0 24 Cadmium Cd mg/l 0.03 25 Chromium Cr+6 mg/l 0.1 26 Total Chromium Total Cr mg/l 0.5

Wastewater Discharge Standards from the Urban Area Wastewater Discharge Standards

Standards No. Parameters Symbol A B C D E 1. Biochemical BOD5 Not more than (mg/l) Oxygen 30 40 50 60 200 Demand 2. Suspended SS Not more than (mg/l) Solids 30 40 50 50 60 3. Settle able - Not more than (mg/l) Solids 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 - 4. Total Dissolved TDS Not more than (mg/l) Solids 3000 2500 2000 1500 - 5. Chemical COD Not more than (mg/l)

396

Appendix 10.2.2

Oxygen 120 130 150 350 400 Demand 6. Sulphide S2- Not more than (mg/l) 1.0 1.0 3.0 4.0 - 7. Total Kjeldahl TKN Not more than (mg/l) Nitrogen 35 35 40 40 - 8. Fat Oil and - Not more than (mg/l) Grease 20 20 20 20 100 9. Temperature t Not more than (degree Celsius) 40 40 40 40 40 10. Potential of pH Not more than Hydrogen 6-9.5 6-9.5 6-9.5 6-9.5 6-9.5

397

Appendix 10.2.2

ANNEX D: COST NORMS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

LAO PEOPLE’S DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC Peace Independence Democracy Unity Prosperity

Prime Minister’s Office-PMO Water Resources and Environment Administration-WREA (now DONRE) Water Resources and Environment Research Institute-WERI

QUOTATION Customer

Name: Date: Address: Order Date: City: Rep: Phone: FOB:

No Description Unit Quantity Unit Price US$ 1 pH Sample 01 $2.00 2 EC Sample 01 $4.00 3 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) Sample 01 $6.00 4 Biochemical Oxygen Demand Sample 01 $8.00 (BOD5) 5 Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) Sample 01 $8.00 2- 6 Sulfate ion (SO4 ) Sample 01 $7.00 7 Total Dissolves Suspended (TDS) Sample 01 $8.00 8 Total Solid Suspended (TSS) Sample 01 $8.00 9 Dissolved Oxygen (DO) Sample 01 $6.00 3- 10 Phosphate (PO4 ) Sample 01 $12.00 11 Chloride (Cl-) Sample 01 $8.00 12 Nitrate Sample 01 $7.00 13 Nitrite Sample 01 $8.00 14 Magnesium (Mg) Sample 01 $8.00 15 Potassium (K) Sample 01 $8.00 16 Sodium (Na) Sample 01 $8.00 17 Calcium (Ca) Sample 01 $8.00 18 Ammonia Sample 01 $8.00 19 Total Nitrogen (T-N) Sample 01 $8.00 20 Total Phosphorus (T-P) Sample 01 $8.00 21 Iron (Fe) Sample 01 $12.00 22 Lead (Pb) Sample 01 $12.00 23 Mercury (Hg) Sample 01 $15.00 24 Arsenic (As) Sample 01 $15.00 25 Zinc (Zn) Sample 01 $12.00 26 Copper (Cu) Sample 01 $12.00 27 Cyanide (CN) Sample 01 $12.00 28 Cadmium (Cd) Sample 01 $12.00 29 Chromium (Cr) Sample 01 $12.00

398

Appendix 10.2.2

30 Manganese (Mn) Sample 01 $12.00 31 Selenium (Se) Sample 01 $12.00 32 Nickel (Ni) Sample 01 $12.00 33 Zinc (Zn) Sample 01 $12.00 34 Antimony (Sb) Sample 01 $12.00 35 Salinity Sample 01 $6.00

Unit Price Amount Items Unit Q’ty (US$) (US$) Environmental surveys

(1) Water Quality (River water) sample/parameter 400 18.00 7,200.00

(2) Water Quality (Groundwater/lake) sample/parameter 400 18.00 7,200.00

(3) Sediment Quality sample/parameter 36 18.00 648.00

(4) Soil Quality sample/parameter 27 20.00 540.00

(5) Air Quality sample 210 69.00 14,490.00

(6) Noise Survey sample 42 230.00 9,660.00

Water Quality analytical parameters

Sediment and soil analytical parameters

Air quality

399

Appendix 10.2.2

Noise

400